Home

Workstation User`s Manual

1. ok Cancel Appy Her 2 Choose Subnet or DHCP e Inthe Subnet dialog box you can change the subnet s IP address and the Subnet mask IP Address 192 168 198 Subnet Mask 255 255 265 0 The address should specify a valid network address that is suitable for use with the subnet mask The default subnet mask is 255 255 255 0 a class C network Typically this means you should modify only the third number in the IP address for example x in 192 168 x 0 or 172 16 x 0 In general you should not change the subnet mask Certain virtual network services may not work as well with a customized subnet mask When you modify the network address or subnet mask VMware Workstation automatically updates the IP address settings for other components such as DHCP NAT and host virtual adapter on that virtual network to reflect the new settings The specific settings that are automatically updated include DHCP lease range DHCP server address NAT gateway address and host virtual 321 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 322 adapter IP address However if you have changed any of these settings from its default value even if you have later changed the setting back to the default VMware Workstation does not update that setting automatically Workstation presumes that custom settings are not to be modified e Inthe DHCP settings dialog box you can change the range
2. TESTMACHINE Performance object VMware O All counters O All instances Select counters from list Select instances from list Virtual Disk Bytes Read sec SUSE Linux 9 Virtual Disk Bytes Transferred s SUSE Linux 9 1 Virtual Disk Bytes Written sec Windows XP Professional Virtual Disk Reads sec 3 Inthe Performance object list select VMware 4 Decide whether you want to add all counters or select specific counters from the list To use these counters for all running virtual machines select All instances To use the counters for specific virtual machines select Select instances from list then choose the virtual machines you want The names shown in the list correspond to the display names of running virtual machines Note For a brief description of each counter click Explain When you select a counter from the list a description appears below the Add Counters dialog box 6 Click Add to add the counters to the Performance console iis Performance Q File Action view Favorites Window Help e m 2 M raa 0 H GIL 4 EA a 2 g Performance Logs and Alerts POA LTO l ae T HX AM td dao ee Last 268435456 Average 268435456 Minimum 268435456 Maximum 268435456 Duration 1 40 Ses Counts _____tarce bane Ohya Commuter Guest Virtual Physical Memo SUSE Lin VMware PUBS XP JS Virtual Disk Writes sec SUSE Lin VMware Netwo
3. The wizard makes a copy of your virtual machine and prepares it for use with Mware Workstation Your existing virtual machine is not changed 2 Back Bnei 4 Select the configuration and click Next F Mware Yirtual Machine Importer Select the Appropriate Configuration How would you prefer to import this virtual machine Typical Creates a new virtual machine compatible with the Mware virtual machine software installed on your computer The hard disks of the source virtual machine will be copied Custom Choose this option if you want to create a virtual machine For a specific version of Mware Workstation or GSX Server or if you want to link directly to the hard disks of the source virtual machine 113 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 5 Browse or type the path to the source VirtualPC virtual machine Click Next F Mware Yirtual Machine Importer Specify the Source irtual Machine Specify the virtual machine to be used with Mware Workstation incoming Old v Mware bin 2 ypc win200 jg w2kpro vme Virtual Machine Importer inspects the file momentarily Mware Virtual Md r 6 Browse or type the path to the location you want to create a VMware virtual machine and click Next f Mware Yirtual Machine Importer Specify the Destination irtual Machine What name would you like to use for this virtual machine 2kpro2 d My
4. 3 The script creates a compressed tgz file in the current directory Include that output file with your support request If you are reporting a problem you encountered while installing VMware Workstation it is also helpful to have your installation log file On a Windows host the file is VMInst log It is saved in your temp folder On a Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 host the default location is C Documents and Settings lt username gt Local Settings Temp You can use the command cd temp to locate the Local Settings folder which is hidden by default To see its contents open My Computer go to Tools gt Folder Options click the View tab and select Show Hidden Files and Folders Be sure to register your serial number You may then report your problems by submitting a support request at www vmware com requestsupport 33 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Where to Go Next e Installing VMware Workstation on page 35 e Upgrading VMware Workstation on page 51 34 www vmMware com CHAPTER Installing VMware Workstation This chapter discusses how to install VMware Workstation on your Linux or Windows host system Selecting Your Host System on page 36 e Upgrading from Previous Versions on page 36 Installing VMware Workstation 5 on a Windows Host on page 37 e Installing Workstation on a Windows Host on page 38 e Installing VMware Workstation Silently on page 41 e Uninstalling VMware Workstati
5. Use the Hardware tab to add remove and configure virtual devices for the virtual machine e Memory See Memory Usage Notes on page 418 e Virtual Disk See Adding a New Virtual Disk to a Virtual Machine on page 197 e CD ROM See Adding DVD or CD Drives to a Virtual Machine on page 204 e Floppy See Adding Floppy Drives to a Virtual Machine on page 206 e Ethernet See Adding and Modifying Virtual Network Adapters on page 316 e Serial Port See Using Serial Ports on page 377 e Parallel Port See Using Parallel Ports on page 372 e USB Controller See Using USB Devices in a Virtual Machine on page 397 e Sound Adapter See Configuring Sound on page 369 e Generic SCSI Device See Steps to a New Virtual Machine on page 102 e Mouse Linux host only See Human Interface Devices on page 401 83 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Options The Options tab lets you adjust characteristics of the selected virtual machine General Virtual Machine Settings Hardware Options Settings Summary Virtual machine name ym0209b Windows XP Pro SP2 Shared Folders Enabled Virtual machine configuration file Snapshots C Documents and Settings user My Documents My amp Guest isolation Drag and drop enabled El Advanced Normal Normal T emplate Guest operating system Microsoft Windows O Linux O Novell Netware O Sun Solaris O Other Version Windows XP Profe
6. VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual The Devices Tab VMware Tools Properties Options Devices Scripts Shared Folders Shrink About Check a device to connect it to the virtual machine M DETG V Floppy 1 Iv NICI IV Audio The Devices tab allows you to enable or disable removable devices You can also enable or disable removable devices in VM gt Removable Devices The Scripts Tab VMware Tools Properties Options Devices Scripts Shared Folders Shrink About Script Event EPEE ETEA EE ere V Use Script Bun Now Use the Scripts tab to enable disable and run scripts for the Suspend Resume Power On and Power Off buttons Windows hosts If the virtual machine is configured to use DHCP the script executed when suspending a virtual machine releases the IP address of the virtual machine The script executed when resuming a virtual machine renews the IP address of the virtual machine Linux hosts The script executed when suspending a virtual machine stops networking for the virtual machine The script executed when resuming a virtual machine starts networking for the virtual machine To run one of these scripts at some other time select the script you want from the drop down menu then click Run Now To disable all scripts deselect Use Scripts Note Scripts cannot be run in Windows 95 NetWare and FreeBSD guest operating systems Note Scripts in Windows NT and Windows Me guest
7. 5 Select Enable Template mode to be used for cloning Virtual Machine Settings Ed Hardware Options Settings Summary Ei General Windows XP Pro SP2 Input grabbed normal x Process priorities Power p Shared Folders Enabled Input ungrabbed normal x I Snapshots These settings override the global values specified in A Guest isolation Drag and drop enabled Edit gt Preferences gt Priority ET Advanced Normal Normal T emplate Settings C Run with debugging information C Disable acceleration C Log virtual machine progress periodically Enable Template mode to be used for cloning 6 Click OK With template mode enabled a virtual machine cannot be deleted or added to a team and the virtual machine s snapshots cannot be deleted 275 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Creating a Linked Clone From a Template When you create a linked clone of a template virtual machine the Clone Virtual Machine Wizard includes several special options To create a linked clone from a template 1 Select the virtual machine to use as a parent of your linked clone 2 Verify that the parent has at least one snapshot Open the snapshot manager and create a snapshot if none exists 3 Verify that template mode has been enabled See Protecting the Parent of Linked Clones on page 275 4 With the virtual machine still selected launch the Clone Virtual Machine Wizard 5 Click Next to dis
8. CHAPTER 13 Configuring Video and Sound Configuring Sound VMware Workstation provides a sound device compatible with the Sound Blaster AudioPCl and supports sound in Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows Me Windows NT Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 and Linux guest operating systems The VMware Workstation sound device is enabled by default Sound support includes PCM pulse code modulation output and input For example you can play wav files MP3 audio and Real Media audio MIDI output from Windows guests is supported through the Windows software synthesizer MIDI input is not supported and no MIDI support is available for Linux guests Windows 2000 Windows XP and most recent Linux distributions automatically detect the sound device and install appropriate drivers for it Installing Sound Drivers in Windows 9x and Windows NT Guest Operating Systems Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows 98SE and Windows NT 4 0 do not have drivers for the Sound Blaster AudioPC adapter To use sound in these guest operating systems you must download the driver from the Creative Labs Web site www creative com and install it in the guest operating system Creative Labs has a number of Web sites serving various regions of the world The adapter name varies depending on the region but usually includes PCI 128 369 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 370 TE arate CHAPTER Connecting Devices The following sections describe how to use
9. E Windows 2000 Professional 3 EQ Windows XP Home Edition 2 2 Windows XP Professional Powered on icon o SEE E Windows XP Pro Linux Close E Mandrake 9 Suspended icon JH t RHEL ws G Teams Client Server 683 3 tier Private Ne Reset Take Snapshot Revert to Snapshot Power Off Suspend G vm01170a E vm0209b LinkedClone Clone of vm0209b 4 Capture Screen Capture Movie Install Mware Tools Rename Clone Remove from Favorites Settings The Favorites list e Fast access Like bookmarks in a web browser the Favorites list helps you quickly access frequently used items With your virtual machines and teams on the Favorites list you can open them without browsing the host file system Also like browser bookmarks Favorites list icons can be organized in folders added rearranged or deleted without affecting the items they open e Status The Favorites list displays the status of virtual machines and teams by using different icons A Favorites list icon indicates whether the team or virtual machine is powered off powered on or suspended The icon also indicates whether the virtual machine is a legacy virtual machine that needs to be upgraded to use all the features of the current Workstation version e Right click commands You can right click on a Favorites icon to display a menu of commands you can use for that virtual machine or team Addin
10. The choices are Never Daily Weekly or Monthly Note This check works only if the host computer is connected to the Internet 75 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Setting Preferences for VMware Workstation The Preferences dialog box allows you to change a number of settings that apply to VMware Workstation itself no matter what virtual machine you are running Note Ona Linux host you must be logged in as root to save global preference changes The settings on the Workspace Input and Hot Keys tabs apply to the user currently logged on to the host computer They do not affect settings made by any other user on the computer The settings on the Display Memory and Lockout tabs apply no matter what virtual machine is running or who is logged on to the host computer The settings on the Priority tab apply to all virtual machines for the user currently logged on to the host computer They do not affect settings made by any other user on the computer To make changes to these settings choose Edit gt Preferences www vmware comM 76 CHAPTER 4 Learning VMware Workstation Basics Workspace Preferences _ Workspace Input Hot Keys Display Memory Priority Lockout Default location for teams and virtual machines C Documents and Settings user My Docume Opened tabs Remember opened tabs between sessions Software updates Check for software updates Weekly v The Workspace tab let
11. To connect a virtual machine to a switch In the virtual machine settings editor select the virtual network adapter to connect and then configure the adapter to use the desired virtual network Bridge The bridge lets you connect your virtual machine to the LAN used by your host computer It connects the virtual network adapter in your virtual machine to the physical Ethernet adapter in your host computer The bridge is installed during VMware Workstation installation on a Linux host you must choose to make bridged networking available to your virtual machines When you create a new virtual machine using bridged networking the bridge is set up automatically You can set up additional virtual bridges for custom configurations that require connections to more than one physical Ethernet adapter on the host computer 307 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Host Virtual Adapter The host virtual adapter is a virtual Ethernet adapter that appears to your host operating system as a VMware virtual Ethernet adapter on a Windows host and as a host only interface on a Linux host The host virtual adapter allows you to communicate between your host computer and the virtual machines on that host computer The host virtual adapter is used in host only and NAT configurations The host virtual adapter is not connected to any external network unless you set up special software on the host computer a proxy server for example to connect t
12. When a virtual machine is powered on you shrink its virtual disks from the VMware Tools control panel You cannot shrink virtual disks if a snapshot exists To remove the snapshot if one exists choose VM gt Snapshot gt Snapshot Manager gt Delete See Unsupported and Disabled Partitions on page 196 In a Linux or FreeBSD guest operating system to prepare virtual disks for shrinking you should run VMware Tools as the root user This way you ensure the whole virtual 1 94 www vmware com CHAPTER 8 Using Disks disk is shrunk Otherwise if you shrink disks as a nonroot user you cannot wipe the parts of the virtual disk that require root level permissions To shrink a virtual disk k Launch the control panel e Windows guest double click the VMware Tools icon in the system tray or choose Start gt Settings gt Control Panel then double click VMware Tools e Linux or FreeBSD guest become root su then run vmware toolbox Click the Shrink tab VMware Tools Properties Options Devices Scripts Shared Folders Shrink About Supported partiicns Unsupported partitions Select the partitions you wish to prepare for shrinking Mount Point MICS Prepare to shrink Cancel 4p Help Select the virtual disks you want to shrink then click Prepare to Shrink A dialog box tracks the progress of the wiping process Preparing C for shrinking Note If you deselect so
13. You must prepare each volume of the virtual disk drive C or D for example for shrinking before you can shrink the disk To prepare a volume for shrinking you must first mount it To mount the volume use the VMware DiskMount Utility available as a free download from the VMware Web site Go to www vmware com download diskmount html The VMware DiskMount user s manual is available from the VMware Web site at www vmware com pdt VMwareDiskMount pdf It contains instructions on mounting and unmounting virtual disk volumes with DiskMount VMware DiskMount mounts individual volumes of a virtual disk For the best results when you shrink a virtual disk you should mount all the volumes and prepare them for shrinking After you mount a virtual disk volume use the virtual disk manager to prepare the volume for shrinking Once you prepare a volume unmount it then repeat the process for each volume of the virtual disk After you prepare all the volumes of the virtual disk you can shrink the virtual disk For examples see Preparing a Virtual Disk for Shrinking on page 214 and Shrinking a Virtual Disk on page 214 212 a ooe Examples Using the VMware Virtual Disk Manager The following examples illustrate how to use the virtual disk manager You run the virtual disk manager from a command prompt Creating a Virtual Disk To create a new virtual disk use a command like the following vmware vdiskmanager c t 0 s 40GB a ide myDisk vmdk
14. All Linux distributions you can select in the wizard use SCSI virtual disks by default as do Windows NT Windows 2000 and Longhorn All Windows operating systems except Windows NT Windows 2000 and Longhorn use IDE virtual disks by default NetWare FreeBSD MS DOS and other guests default to IDE virtual disks 15 Specify the capacity of the virtual disk New Virtual Machine Wizard Specify Disk Capacity How large do you want this disk to be Disk capacity This virtual disk can never be larger than the maximum capacity that you set here Disk size GB m C Allocate all disk space now By allocating the full capacity of the virtual disk you enhance performance of your virtual machine However the disk will take longer to create and there must be enough space on the host s physical disk IF you do not allocate disk space now your virtual disk files will start small then become larger as you add applications files and data to your virtual machine C Split disk into 2 GB files Enter the size of the virtual disk that you wish to create You can set a size between 0 1GB and 950 GB for a SCSI virtual disk The default is AGB The option Allocate all disk space now gives somewhat better performance for your virtual machine If you do not select Allocate all disk space now the virtual disk s files start small and grow as needed but they can never grow larger than the size you set here Note Allocate all disk s
15. Company Your Company Serial Number XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXXJ Note If you skip this step you must enter your serial number later before you can power on a virtual machine Click Finish The VMware Workstation software is installed i VMware Workstation Installation Wizard Completed The installation wizard has successfully installed Y Mware Workstation Click Finish to exit the wizard Some installations may require that you reboot your PC Reboot now to allow VMware Workstation to complete the installation correctly Installing VMware Workstation Silently If you are installing VMware Workstation on a number of Windows host computers in a corporate environment for example you may want to use the silent installation features of the Microsoft Windows Installer Before installing VMware Workstation silently you must ensure that the host computer has version 2 0 or higher of the MSI runtime engine This version of the installer is available in versions of Windows beginning with Windows XP and is available separately from Microsoft 41 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual The following steps outline the procedures for a silent install For additional details on using the Microsoft Windows Installer see the Microsoft Web site 1 Silently extract the administrative installation image from the VMware Workstation installer setup exe a s v qn TARGETDIR lt InstallTempPath gt setup exe is the name of
16. G Gated host network 334 Global configuration file 439 Go To snapshot 263 Grab keyboard and mouse input 78 Graphics See also Display support in virtual machine 27 360 Guest autofit 152 fit 152 Guest operating system defined 448 installing 117 supported 30 H Halt virtual machine 144 145 virtual machines in full screen switch mode 443 Hardware profiles 225 Help configuring Web browser for on Linux host 48 Hide controls 153 toolbar 435 Host computer 449 system requirements 23 Host operating system 449 Host virtual adapter adding 323 defined 308 disabling 323 enabling 323 removing 323 Host virtual network mapping 320 Host only networking basic configuration 312 defined 448 selecting IP addresses 327 Hot key for full screen switch mode 440 441 Hot keys 78 for full screen switch mode 440 I ICMP 347 IDE drives in virtual machine 27 Image file floppy 28 207 ISO 27 204 207 Independent disk 194 257 Input capturing from keyboard and mouse 78 Install guest operating system 117 guest operating system on raw disk 241 on Linux host 44 457 458 on Windows host 37 software in a virtual machine 155 VMware Tools 120 VMware Workstation 35 lomega parallel port Zip drives 376 IP address assigning 329 clone 273 in virtual machine 107 Static 327 IP forwarding 331 ISO image file 27 204 207 K Kbps for LAN segment 301 Kernel reconfiguring Workstation after Linux kernel upgrade 48 Key code
17. System gt Advanced gt Environment Variables gt System variables gt Path Examples for vmrun For example to start a virtual machine e Ina Linux terminal enter vmrun start usr local VMs lt virtual_machine_name gt vmx e Onthe Windows command line enter vmrun start c My Virtual Machines lt virtual_machine name gt vmx With virtual machines that require input through a VMware Workstation dialog box vmrun may time out and fail To disable Workstation dialog boxes insert the following line into the vmx configuration file for a virtual machine msg autoAnswer TRUE 94 www vmMware comM CHAPTER 4 Learning VMware Workstation Basics Keyboard Shortcuts If you prefer to work from the keyboard as much as possible you may find the following keyboard shortcuts handy If you have changed the Preferences setting for the hot key combination substitute your new setting for Ctrl Alt as needed in the shortcuts listed here Open a virtual machine Ctrl F4 Close the summary console view for the selected virtual machine uw A confirmation dialog appears only if the virtual machine is powered on Ctrl Alt Enter Go to full screen mode Ctrl Alt Return to normal windowed mode Ctrl Alt Tab Switch among open virtual machines while mouse and keyboard input are grabbed Ctrl Tab Switch among open virtual machines while mouse and keyboard input are not grabbed VMware Workstation must be the active application Ctrl Shift Ta
18. The following sections discuss your options for using Workstation 5 in a mixed environment with legacy virtual machines created in Workstation 4 x GSX Server 3 x ESX Server 2 x or VMware ACE 1 x e Upgrading a Legacy Virtual Machine for New Features of Workstation 5 on page 24 7 e Using aLegacy Virtual Machine without Upgrading on page 247 e Creating a Legacy Virtual Machine with Workstation 5 on page 247 246 www vmMware com CHAPTER 8 Using Disks Upgrading a Legacy Virtual Machine for New Features of Workstation 5 In order to use features of Workstation 5 with legacy virtual machines you must upgrade the virtual machine hardware as described in Use a Legacy Virtual Machine with Upgrade on page 58 Note After the upgrade the virtual machine is fully compatible with virtual machines created in Workstation 5 You cannot use the upgraded virtual machine in Workstation 4 x GSX Server 3 x ESX Server 2 x or VMware ACE 1 x Using a Legacy Virtual Machine without Upgrading Workstation 5 can power on an unmodified legacy virtual machine allowing you to share a virtual machine with users of Workstation 4 x GSX Server 3 x ESX Server 2 x and ACE 1 x However Workstation 5 features are not available in this legacy virtual machine Note When you are running a legacy virtual machine Workstation 5 indicates that VMware Tools is out of date Do not upgrade your VMware Tools if you want to continue using the virtual machine on Worksta
19. VMware Workstation on a Linux Host on page 415 e Process Scheduling e Windows Host Disk Caching Process Scheduling Note The information in this section was created to address scheduling problems with Windows NT Although Windows NT is no longer supported as a host OS VMware currently has no corresponding information for Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 hosts The process scheduler on Windows NT does not necessarily schedule processes in a way that allows you to get the best performance from your particular combination of virtual machines and applications running on the host VMware Workstation on a Windows host provides configuration options that let you adjust scheduling priorities to meet your needs These configuration options are available from the Edit gt Preferences gt Priority and VM gt Settings gt Options gt Advanced menu options These menu items allow you to specify either high or normal priority when the mouse and keyboard are grabbed by the virtual machine and either normal or low priority when they are not grabbed 413 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Global priority is taken as the default across all virtual machines Local priority overrides the global settings for just the specific virtual machine where you make the changes Pay particular attention to the grabbed HIGH ungrabbed NORMAL and grabbed NORMAL ungrabbed LOW settings The grabbed HIGH ungrabbed NORMAL setti
20. VMware on the Web gt Register Now and Help gt VMware on the Web gt Request Support This allows us to direct you to the correct Web page to register and get support for your product 3 Start the New Virtual Machine Wizard When you start VMware Workstation you can open an existing virtual machine or create a new one Choose File gt New gt Virtual Machine to begin creating your virtual machine 4 The New Virtual Machine Wizard presents you with a series of screens that you navigate using the Next and Prev buttons at the bottom of each screen At each screen follow the instructions then click Next to proceed to the next screen New Virtual Machine Wizard Welcome to the New Virtual Machine Wizard This wizard will guide creating a new virtual you through the steps of machine 103 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 5 Select the method you want to use for configuring your virtual machine New Virtual Machine Wizard Select the Appropriate Configuration How would you prefer to configure your new virtual machine Virtual machine configuration O Typical Create a new virtual machine with the most common devices and configuration options Custom Choose this option if you need to create a virtual machine with additional siti or specific configuration options or if you need to create a legacy virtual machine If you select Typical the wizard prompts you to specify or accept defaults for the
21. Working Directory The working directory is where Workstation stores suspended state vms s snapshot vmsn and redo log files By default this is the same directory the virtual machine files are stored in Power Virtual Machine Settings Hardware Options Settings Ei General gt Power O Shared Folders Snapshots A Guest isolation a Advanced Summary Windows XP Pro SP2 Enabled Drag and drop enabled Normal Normal T emplate i Power options C Enter full screen mode after powering on Power options C Power on after opening this virtual machine C Close after powering off or suspending Power Controls E Power Off QQ Suspend Virtual Machine gt Power on Resume Virtual Machine A Reset Run VMware Tools scripts C After powering on C After resuming C Before suspending C Before powering off e Power on after opening this virtual machine Select this option to power on the selected virtual machine automatically when Workstation launches With this option selected you do not have an opportunity to change the virtual machine s configuration before it starts since the virtual machine powers on immediately e Enter full screen mode after powering on Select this option to enter full screen mode automatically after powering on the selected virtual machine e Close after powering off or suspending Select this option to close the selected
22. connecting and disconnecting 164 disconnecting from USB controller 401 in virtual machine 164 provided in virtual machine 27 USB 397 Devices tab tools 132 DHCP assigning IP addresses on a virtual network 327 changing settings 321 configuring on a Linux host 328 configuring on a Windows host 328 BPHEPR335 lease 322 on a virtual network with NAT 346 server 308 322 server on virtual network 311 312 stopping 342 troubleshooting on a Linux host 335 Dial up connection 331 Direct memory access See DMA Disable autorun 40 DHCP 342 drag and drop 163 host virtual adapter 323 interface features 431 removable devices 67 132 scripts 132 snapshot 265 Snapshot menu functions 435 USB controller 397 455 456 Disabling snapshot 254 snapshots 265 Disconnect removable devices 67 132 164 USB devices 401 Disk files on host 191 independent 194 257 performance 429 size 188 190 202 238 space required on host computer 24 Disks adding virtual disks 197 available in virtual machine 27 defragmenting 193 DMA and performance 425 dynamic 234 existing partition 448 physical 190 201 raw 450 See also Virtual disk shrinking 142 193 212 virtual 188 451 virtual disk files 97 virtual disk manager 208 virtual disk size in new virtual machine 104 Display color depth 360 fitting window to virtual machine 152 full screen 150 multiple monitor 151 resolution on a Linux host 362 switching virtual machines 151
23. directory differently If your CD ROM drive is not dev cdrom or if the mount point for a CD ROM is not mnt cdrom you must modify the following commands to reflect the conventions used by your distribution mount dev cdrom mnt cdrom cd tmp Note If you have a previous installation delete the previous vmware distrib directory before installing The default location of this directory is tmp vmware tools distrib Untar the VMware Tools tar file tar zxf mnt cdrom VMwareTools 5 0 0 lt xxxx gt tar gz umount dev cdrom Where lt xxxx gt is the build revision number of the VMware Workstation release Note If you attempt to installa tar installation overan rpm installation or the reverse the installer detects the previous installation and must convert the installer database format before continuing 123 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 5 Run the tar VMware Tools installer cd vmware tools distrib vmware install pl Respond to the configuration questions on the screen Press Enter to accept the default value 6 Log off of the root account exit 7 Start X and your graphical environment 8 In an X terminal launch the VMware Tools background application vmware toolbox amp Note You may run VMware Tools as root or as a normal user To shrink virtual disks you must run VMware Tools as root su _ Installing VMware Tools from the Command Line with the RPM Installer The first steps are performed on th
24. e Inthe system console for a NetWare 6 5 virtual machine type LOAD CDDVD e Inthe system console for a NetWare 6 0 or NetWare 5 1 virtual machine type LOAD CD9660 NSS 4 When the driver finishes loading you can begin installing VMware Tools In the system console type vmwtools setup ncf When the installation finishes the message VMware Tools for NetWare are now running appears in the Logger Screen NetWare 6 5 and NetWare 6 0 guests or the Console Screen NetWare 5 1 guests 5 Restart the guest operating system In the system console type restart server After you install VMware Tools make sure the VMware Tools virtual CD ROM image netware iso is not attached to the virtual machine If it is disconnect it Right click the CD ROM icon in the status bar of the console window and select Disconnect 129 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual VMware Tools Configuration Options This section discusses VMware Tools configuration options in the following topics e Using the Control Panel to Configure VMware Tools on page 130 e Using the System Console to Configure VMware Tools in a NetWare Guest Operating System on page 135 Using the Control Panel to Configure VMware Tools This section shows the options available in a Windows XP guest operating system Similar configuration options are available in VMware Tools for other guest operating systems When VMware Tools is running an icon with the VMware boxes logo appears in th
25. parallel port hardware If the parallel port is in use by the host the guest cannot use it If a virtual machine is using the parallel port the host and any users accessing the host are not given access to the device VMware Workstation puts a lock on the device and this lock restricts access so only the virtual machine can use the port You can choose VM gt Removable Devices to disconnect the parallel port from the virtual machine and reconnect it 375 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Device Permissions Some Linux distributions by default do not grant the virtual machine access to the 1p and parport devices In most of these cases the owner of the device is root and the associated group is 1p To allow the VMware user to access the device add the user to the associated group To view the owner and group of the device run this command ls la dev parport0 The third and fourth columns of the output show the owner and group respectively To add the user to the device group edit the etc group file On the line starting with lp which defines the 1p group add the VMware Workstation user s user name You must make this change as the root user The following line provides an example for a user whose user name is user lp 7 daemon 1lp userj The next time the user logs on to the host the changes take effect Special Notes for the lomega Zip Drive On Windows 95 or Windows 98 use of older drivers for the lomega Zip drive
26. that is the parent snapshot of the You Are Here position Revert immediately activates the parent snapshot of the current state of the virtual machine The current disk and memory states are discarded and the virtual machine reverts to the disk and memory states of the parent snapshot To Revert to the parent snapshot choose VM gt Snapshot gt Revert to Snapshot or click the revert button on the toolbar Go to Snapshot This command activates the snapshot currently selected in the snapshot manager Unlike Revert the Go To command is not limited to the parent snapshot of the current state You can choose any snapshot To go to a snapshot choose VM gt Snapshot and select the snapshot by name or in the snapshot manager select a snapshot and click Go To Reverting at Power Off This setting causes the virtual machine to revert automatically to the parent snapshot any time it is powered off The parent snapshot of a virtual machine is the snapshot on which the current state the You Are Here position is based see The Parent Snapshot on page 263 1 Choose VM gt Settings gt Options gt Snapshots 2 Inthe section When powering off select Revert to snapshot 263 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Deleting a Snapshot You can delete a snapshot any time Deleting snapshots does not affect other snapshots or the current state of the virtual machine To delete a snapshot 1 Choose VM gt Snapshot gt Snapshot Man
27. the third virtual machine s Ethernet adapter connected to VMnetz2 At this point you should be able to ping the router machine from virtual machines one and two And if the router software is set up correctly you should be able to communicate between the first and second virtual machines 343 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Using Virtual Ethernet Adapters in Promiscuous Mode on a Linux Host VMware Workstation does not allow the virtual Ethernet adapter to go into promiscuous mode unless the user running VMware Workstation has permission to make that setting This follows the standard Linux practice that only root can put a network interface into promiscuous mode When you install and configure VMware Workstation you must run the installation as root VMware Workstation creates the VMnet devices with root ownership and root group ownership which means that only root has read and write permissions to the devices To set the virtual machine s Ethernet adapter to promiscuous mode you must launch VMware Workstation as root because you must have read and write access to the VMnet device For example if you are using bridged networking you must have access to dev vmneto To grant selected other users read and write access to the VMnet device you can create a new group add the appropriate users to the group and grant that group read and write access to the appropriate device You must make these changes on the host operating sy
28. to give a name to the virtual machine You can the use that alias in switchto and poweroff commands Use directkey lt keyspecs to specify the virtual machine s direct switch key If a direct switch key is specified in the virtual machine s configuration file the one specified on the command line overrides the one in the configuration file For example to start a virtual machine and specify that its direct switch key combination is Ctrl Shift F1 use the following command vmware fullscreen poweron directkey 0x70 0x6 lt config file gt The complete command must be entered on one line Use fullscreen to start a virtual machine and go straight to full screen switch mode The virtual machine takes over the display immediately instead of running invisibly until the user switches to it later 443 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Starting a Virtual Machine vmware fullscreen poweron lt config file gt Use this command to power on the virtual machine without passing any additional information to the virtual machine Provide the full path to the virtual machine s configuration vmx file The user sees no immediate indication that the virtual machine has started but the user can switch to the virtual machine with its direct switch key or with the cycle key Stopping a Virtual Machine vmware fullscreen poweroff lt config file gt vmware fullscreen poweroff lt alias gt Use this command to shut down the specifie
29. you may prefer to upgrade it for full compatibility with VMware Workstation 5 before moving it To do so power on the virtual machine under VMware Workstation 5 and choose VM gt Upgrade Virtual Machine You can then follow the instructions in Moving a VMware Workstation 5 Virtual Machine on page 173 If you upgrade the virtual machine you can no longer run it under VMware Workstation 4 If you need to run the virtual machine under both VMware Workstation 4 and VMware Workstation 5 do not upgrade the virtual machine Follow the instructions in this section These instructions assume that you are using a virtual disk stored in a set of vmdk files on your host computer Caution It s always safest to make backup copies of all the files in your virtual machine s directory before you start a process like this This section discusses the following topics regarding moving a Workstation 4 virtual machine e Preparing Your Workstation 4 Virtual Machine for the Move on page 177 e Moving a Workstation 4 Virtual Machine to a New Host Machine on page 178 www vmMware com 176 CHAPTER 7 Moving and Sharing Virtual Machines Preparing Your Workstation 4 Virtual Machine for the Move 1 Use VMware Workstation 4 to open the virtual machine 2 Be sure the guest operating system is completely shut down If the virtual machine is suspended resume it then shut down the guest operating system 3 Doone of the following If you are moving
30. 711 672 6 725 289 6 735 601 6 785 886 6 789 156 and 6 795 966 patents pending VMware is a registered trademark and the VMware boxes logo GSX Server ESX Server Virtual SMP VMotion and VMware ACE are trademarks of VMware Inc Microsoft Windows and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation The Mware Tools Service is running The About tab displays version and copyright information In Windows guests this tab also shows the status of the VMware Tools Service 1 34 WWWwW vmware comMm CHAPTER 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine Using the System Console to Configure VMware Tools in a NetWare Guest Operating System You can configure certain virtual machine options such as time synchronization CPU idling and device configuration with VMware Tools in a NetWare virtual machine using the system console The VMware Tools command line program is called vmwtool To see the options associated with this command at the system console type vmwtool help Summary of VMware Tools Commands for a NetWare Guest Each command in the following table must be entered into the system console after the VMware Tools command vmwtool Use the following format vmwtool lt commands gt help Displays a summary of VMware Tools commands and options in a NetWare guest partitonlist Displays a list of all disk partitions in the virtual disk and whether or not a partition can be shrunk shrink lt partition gt Shrinks th
31. 8 stock 2 4 19 64 bit e SUSE Linux 8 2 stock 2 4 20 25 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual e SUSE Linux 8 1 stock 2 4 19 e SUSE Linux 8 0 stock 2 4 18 e SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 7 stock 2 4 7 and patch 2 e SUSE Linux 7 3 stock 2 4 10 Platforms not listed above are not supported A Web browser is required for the Help system 26 www vmware comM CHAPTER 1 Introduction and System Requirements Virtual Machine Specifications Each virtual machine created with VMware Workstation 5 provides a platform that includes the following devices that your guest operating system can see Processor e Same processor as that on host computer Note A 64 bit processor runs in 32 bit legacy mode inside the virtual machine e Single processor per virtual machine on symmetric multiprocessor systems Chip Set e Intel 440BX based motherboard e NS338 SIO e 82093AA IOAPIC BIOS e PhoenixBIOS 4 0 Release 6 with VESA BIOS Memory e Up to 3 6GB depending on host memory e Maximum of 4GB total available for all virtual machines Graphics e VGA and SVGA support IDE Drives e Up to four devices disks CD ROM or DVD ROM DVD drives can be used to read data DVD ROM discs DVD video is not supported e Hard disks can be virtual disks or physical disks e IDE virtual disks up to 950GB e CD ROM can be a physical device or an ISO image file 27 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual SCSI Devices e Upto seve
32. After you mount a virtual disk volume use the virtual disk manager to prepare the disk for shrinking To prepare the volume mounted as the M drive for shrinking use the following command vmware vdiskmanager p M Once the preparations are complete unmount the volume Repeat this process for each volume of the virtual disk After you prepare all the volumes for shrinking you can shrink the virtual disk Shrinking a Virtual Disk To shrink a virtual disk it must be located on a Windows host Before you can shrink the virtual disk make sure you prepare all the volumes of the virtual disk for shrinking Then use a command like the following vmware vdiskmanager k myDisk vmdk Remember you cannot shrink a virtual disk if you allocated all the disk space when you created the virtual disk You cannot shrink a physical disk If the virtual disk has any snapshots you cannot shrink the virtual disk You must delete all snapshots before you shrink the virtual disk 21 4 www vmware com CHAPTER 8 Using Disks Configuring a Dual Boot Computer for Use with a Virtual Machine Many users install VMware Workstation on a dual boot or multiple boot computer so they can run one or more of the existing operating systems in a virtual machine If you are doing this you may want to use the existing installation of an operating system rather than reinstall it in a virtual machine To support such installations VMware Workstation makes it possible for
33. Close The closed team is removed from the summary window To remove the team from the Favorites list see Removing an Item from the Favorites List on page 73 284 www vmMware com CHAPTER 11 Configuring Teams Deleting a Team When you delete a team you can choose to delete e only the team retaining the virtual machines in the team e the team and the virtual machines in the team Caution Deleting a team permanently removes the team files from the host file system and removes associated LAN segments from all virtual machines Deleting the team s virtual machines along with the team removes the virtual machine files permanently To remove a team from the Workstation window without deleting the team see Closing a Team on page 284 To delete a team permanently 1 Make sure the team is powered off 2 Select the team to delete Click the summary or console tab for the desired team or select the team name in the Favorites list 3 Choose Team gt Delete from Disk 4 To delete the team without deleting the virtual machines in it choose Delete To delete the team and the virtual machines in it choose Delete Team and VMs When you delete a team you also delete all team LAN segments The virtual ethernet adapters associated with deleted LAN segments become disconnected Bridged host only NAT and custom configurations remain unchanged 5 Click OK The team is removed permanently from VMware Workstation and the host
34. Device list select the physical drive Under Usage select whether to use the entire disk or individual partitions If you selected Use entire disk click Next then go to step 6 If you selected Use individual partitions the Select Physical Disk Partitions panel appears Select the partitions you want the virtual machine to use then click Next In the entry field enter a name of your choice for the physical disk Caution If you browse to place the disk file in another directory do not select an existing virtual disk file To specify a device ID for the physical disk click Advanced In the Virtual device node list select the SCSI ID that corresponds to the one used by your SCSI drive For example if your SCSI drive has SCSI ID 2 select SCSI 0 2 If you do not know the SCSI ID set on your physical SCSI drive try using SCSI 0 0 237 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual On the advanced settings screen you can also specify a disk mode This is useful in certain special purpose configurations in which you want to exclude disks from snapshots For more information on the snapshot feature see Using Snapshots on page 251 Normal disks are included in snapshots In most cases this is the setting you want Independent disks are not included in snapshots You have the following options for an independent disk e Persistent changes are immediately and permanently written to the disk e Nonpersistent changes to the disk
35. Exact performance degradation depends on e The fragmentation of the parent virtual machine disk when you created the snapshot or linked clone e The nature of the subsequent updates to the parent virtual machine disk Defragmentation tends to make the redo file grow The redo file itself can become defragmented with respect to the host file system If your use of virtual machines is strongly performance oriented you should avoid defragmenting or using linked clones and snapshots Adequate Free Disk Space For better performance avoid the situation of very low free space on the host disk Performance can degrade considerably when VMware Workstation has to use a nearly full host hard disk to write guest sparse disk snapshot checkpoint or redo files NIC Interrupt Coalescing Increasing host NIC interrupt coalescing can improve performance for workloads involving heavy network traffic into the guest Interrupt coalescing is a feature implemented in hardware under driver control on high performance NICs allowing the reception of a group of network frames to be notified to the operating system kernel via a single hardware interrupt 409 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Configuring VMware Workstation This section offers advice and information about factors that can affect the performance of VMware Workstation itself This section does not address performance of the guest operating system or the host operating system
36. IP forwarding 331 IP packet leaks 330 331 locking out access to settings 433 MAC address 332 NAT 310 345 449 NAT as firewall 353 NAT device 308 NAT subnet 327 packet filtering 331 performance 278 promiscuous mode on a Linux host 344 routing between two host only net works 340 routing on a Linux host 334 Samba 358 second bridged network on a Linux host 336 459 460 switch 307 Token Ring 311 troubleshooting DHCP on a Linux host 335 two host only networks 337 virtual DHCP server 311 312 virtual Ethernet adapter 308 virtual network editor 318 323 328 452 virtual switch 307 wireless 309 Network address translation defined 449 See NAT New clone 270 team 279 New team Wizard adding LAN segment 282 New team wizard adding virtual machines 280 creating clone 281 New Virtual Machine Wizard 103 188 449 Newsgroups 32 NFS specifying connection from port below 1024 352 NIC adding and configuring virtual Ethernet adapter 316 promiscuous mode on a Linux host 344 Novell NetWare supported guest operating systems 31 VMware Tools for 129 NVRAM 96 O Operating system guest 448 host 449 installing guest 117 supported guest 30 supported Linux host 25 supported Windows host 24 25 www vmware com Opteron 23 Options tab tools 131 Overview clone 268 team 278 P Packet filtering 331 leaks 330 331 Packet loss LAN segment 301 Page sharing 429 disk performance 429 Paralle
37. Kbps 56 Kbps Packet Loss 0 3 z 3a 3 Select the LAN segment you want to rename 4 Type anew name in the Name field 5 Click OK The LAN segment now has the new name Deleting a LAN Segment To delete a LAN segment from a team 1 Choose Team gt Settings 2 Click the LAN Segments tab 3 Select the LAN segment you want to delete 4 Click Remove The LAN segment is removed Note Deleting aLAN segment disconnects all virtual Ethernet adapters that are configured for that LAN segment When you remove a virtual machine from a team you must manually configure its disconnected virtual Ethernet adapter if you want to reconnect the virtual machine to a network 294 WWW VMware com CHAPTER 11 Configuring Teams The Startup Sequence In the start up sequence you can specify e The order in which team virtual machines start and stop Team virtual machines start one at a time in the order you set in the start up sequence Setting the start up sequence is useful for example if you have a virtual machine that runs an application to be tested and you want it to start before the virtual machines running an automated testing script e The delay between team members in the sequence You can set the time that Workstation delays after starting or stopping a virtual machine before starting or stopping the next virtual machine in the sequence This delay can be useful to reduce the load on the h
38. LSI Logic Web site Note Drivers for a Mylex BusLogic compatible host bus adapter are not obvious on the LSI Logic Web site Search the support area for the numeric string in the model number For example search for 958 for BT KT 958 drivers See the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide for details about the driver and the guest operating system you plan to install in this virtual machine 108 Tricor CHAPTER 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine 13 Select the disk you want to use with the virtual machine New Virtual Machine Wizard Select a Disk Which disk do you want this drive to use Disk reate a new virtual disk virtual disk is composed of one or more files on the host file system which will appear as a single hard disk to the guest operating system Virtual disks can easily be copied or moved on the same host or between hosts Use an existing virtual disk Choose this option to reuse a previously configured disk O Use a physical disk for advanced users Choose this option to give the virtual machine direct access to a local hard disk Select Create a new virtual disk Virtual disks are the best choice for most virtual machines They are quick and easy to set up and can be moved to new locations on the same host computer or to different host computers By default virtual disks start as small files on the host computer s hard drive then expand as needed up to the size you specify in
39. Networking Configurations Bridged Networking Network Address Translation NAT Host Only Networking Custom Networking Configurations Changing the Networking Configuration Adding and Modifying Virtual Network Adapters Configuring Bridged Networking Options on a Windows Host Enabling Disabling Adding and Removing Host Virtual Adapters Advanced Networking Topics Selecting IP Addresses on a Host only Network or NAT Configuration Avoiding IP Packet Leakage in a Host Only Network Maintaining and Changing the MAC Address of a Virtual Machine __ Controlling Routing Information for a Host only Network on a Linux Host Other Potential Issues with Host Only Networking on a Linux Host Setting Up a Second Bridged Network Interface on a Linux Host Setting Up Two Separate Host Only Networks Routing between Two Host Only Networks Using Virtual Ethernet Adapters in Promiscuous Mode on a Linux Host__ Understanding NAT Using NAT The Host Computer and the NAT Network DHCP on the NAT Network DNS on the NAT Network External Access from the NAT Network Advanced NAT Configuration 11 Custom NAT and DHCP Configuration on a Windows Host 352 Considerations for Using NAT 553 Using NAT with NetLogon 353 Sample Linux vmnetnat conf File 555 Using Samba with Workstation 358 Modifying Your Samba Configuration 358 Using a Samba Server for Both Bridged and Host Only Networks 358 Using Samba without Network Access 358 Configuring Video and Sound 359 Setting Screen Colo
40. Note In addition to the VMware Workstation configuration options discussed below you should always install VMware Tools in any guest operating system for which a VMware Tools package exists Installing VMware Tools provides better video and mouse performance and also greatly improves the usability of the virtual machine For details see Installing VMware Tools on page 120 General VMware Workstation Options Guest Operating System Selection Make certain you select the correct guest operating system for each of your virtual machines To check the guest operating system setting choose VM gt Settings gt Options gt General VMware Workstation optimizes certain internal configurations on the basis of this selection For this reason it is important to set the guest operating system correctly The optimizations can greatly aid the operating system they target but they may cause significant performance degradation if there is a mismatch between the selection and the operating system actually running in the virtual machine Selecting the wrong guest operating system should not cause a virtual machine to run incorrectly but it may degrade the virtual machine s performance Memory Settings Make sure to choose a reasonable amount of memory for your virtual machine Many modern operating systems have a growing need for memory so assigning a generous amount is a good thing The same holds true for the host operating system especially a Wind
41. Once you resume and do additional work in the virtual machine there is no way to return to the state the virtual machine was in at the time you suspended To preserve the state of the virtual machine so you can return to the same state repeatedly take a snapshot For details see Using Snapshots on page 251 The speed of the suspend and resume operations depends on how much data has changed while the virtual machine has been running In general the first suspend operation takes a bit longer than later suspend operations do When you suspend a virtual machine a file with a vmss extension is created This file contains the entire state of the virtual machine When you resume the virtual machine its state is restored from the vmss file To suspend a virtual machine 1 If your virtual machine is running in full screen mode return to window mode by pressing the Ctrl Alt key combination 2 Click Suspend on the VMware Workstation toolbar 3 When VMware Workstation has completed the suspend operation it is safe to exit VMware Workstation File gt Exit Windows or File gt Quit Linux To resume a virtual machine that you have suspended 1 Start VMware Workstation and choose a virtual machine you have suspended 2 Click Resume on the VMware Workstation toolbar Note that any applications you were running at the time you suspended the virtual machine are running and the content is the same as it was when you suspended the vir
42. Professional and Home Edition Service Pack 1 or 2 listed versions also supported with no service pack e Windows 2000 Professional and Server Service Pack 1 2 3 or 4 listed versions also supported with no service pack Windows 2000 Advanced Server Service Pack 3 or 4 e Windows NT Workstation and Server 4 0 Service Pack 6a required Windows NT 4 0 Terminal Server Edition Service Pack 6 required e Windows Me e Windows 98 including all Customer Service Packs and Windows 98 SE e Windows 95 including Service Pack 1 and all OSR releases e Windows for Workgroups 3 11 e Windows 3 1 Microsoft MS DOS e MS DOS 6x 30 www vmMware com CHAPTER 1 Introduction and System Requirements Linux e Mandrake Linux 8 2 9 0 9 2 10 e Red Hat Linux 7 0 7 1 7 2 7 3 8 0 9 0 e Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS ES WS 4 0 32 bit e Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS ES WS 2 1 3 0 e Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Server 2 1 s gt SUSE Linux 7 3 8 0 8 1 8 2 9 0 91 92 e SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 7 7 patch 2 8 9 9 SP1 e Turbolinux 7 0 Enterprise Server 8 Workstation 8 e Novell Linux Desktop 9 e Sun Java Desktop System JDS 2 Novell Netware e Netware Server 5 1 SP8 6 0 SP4 6 5 SP3 FreeBSD e FreeBSD 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 2 4 8 5 0 Note Ifyou use SCSI virtual disks larger than 2GB with FreeBSD 4 0 4 3 there are known problems and the guest operating system does not boot To work around this issue see the V
43. RAM actually used for a particular virtual machine varies dynamically as a virtual machine runs If multiple virtual machines run simultaneously they work together to manage the memory The recommended amount of RAM to specify for all running virtual machines is calculated on the basis of the host computer s physical memory and appears in the reserved memory control Edit gt Preferences gt Memory If you want VMware Workstation to use more or less RAM move this slider to change the amount If you set this value too high the host may thrash when other applications are run on the host If you set this value too low virtual machines may perform very poorly and you cannot run as many virtual machines at once www vmware comM 420 CHAPTER 15 Performance Tuning Using Additional Memory By default VMware Workstation limits the number of virtual machines that can run at once based on the amount of memory specified in the application settings This prevents virtual machines from causing each other to perform poorly To allow more or larger virtual machines to run you can adjust a third setting the amount of virtual machine memory that the host operating system may swap to disk To change this setting go to Edit gt Preferences gt Memory and change the additional memory setting Select one of the following radio buttons Fit all virtual machine memory into reserved host RAM Strictly apply the reserved memory limit set in th
44. READ THE TERMS OF THIS EULA CAREFULLY BY INSTALLING COPYING OR OTHERWISE USING THE SOFTWARE AS DEFINED BELOW YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS EULA IF YOU ce lt back conc Select the Yes accept the terms in the license agreement option then click Next 5 Choose the directory in which to install VMware Workstation i VMware Workstation Destination Folder Click Next to install to this Fold Install Mware Workstation to C Program Files WMwarelMware Workstation Change To install it in a directory other than the default click Change and browse to your directory of choice If the directory does not exist the installer creates it for you Click Next Caution Do not install VMware Workstation on a network drive Note Windows and the Microsoft Installer limit the length of a path to a folder on a local drive to 255 characters For a path to a folder on a mapped or shared drive the limit is 240 characters If the path to the VMware Workstation program folder exceeds this limit an error message appears You must select or enter a shorter path 39 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 6 Select the shortcuts that you want the installer to create i VMware Workstation Configure Shortcuts Creates program shortcuts Create shortcuts for YMware Workstation in the following places JV Desktop JV Start Menu Programs Folder V Quick Launch toolbar Choices include Desktop Start m
45. Reset button to send a restart signal to the guest operating system An operating system that recognizes this signal shuts down gracefully and restarts Note Not all guest operating systems respond to a restart signal from this button If your operating system does not respond to a restart signal restart from within the operating system as you would with a physical machine For instructions on configuring the Reset button see Power Controls in the section Power on page 85 145 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Taking and Reverting to a Snapshot VMware Workstation lets you take snapshots of a virtual machine at any time A snapshot preserves the state of all virtual machine disks and the virtual machine s power state powered on powered off or suspended You can take a new snapshot or revert to any previous snapshot at any time When you revert to a snapshot you discard all changes made to the virtual machine since the most recent snapshot Multiple snapshots allow you to preserve different states of the same virtual machine Use the Take Snapshot and Revert buttons on the Workstation toolbar to take a snapshot and revert to it later For more information including examples of ways you can use snapshots see Using Snapshots on page 251 www vmMware com 146 CHAPTER 6 Running VMware Workstation Cloning a Virtual Machine A clone is a copy of a virtual machine You can do anything with a clone that you could with the
46. Run with VMware Workstation on page 219 before proceeding 225 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Each virtual machine provides a platform that consists of the following set of virtual devices e Virtual DVD CD ROM e Virtual IDE and SCSI hard disk drives e Standard PCI graphics adapter e Standard floppy disk drive e Intel 82371 PCI Bus Master IDE controller includes primary and secondary IDE controllers e BusLogic BT 958 compatible SCSI host adapter e Standard 101 102 key keyboard e PS 2 compatible mouse e AMD PCnet PCl Il compatible Ethernet adapter e Serial ports COM1 COM4 e Parallel ports LPT1 LPT2 e Two port USB hub e Sound card compatible with the Sound Blaster AudioPCl e 82093AA IOAPIC This set of virtual devices is different from the set of physical hardware devices on the host computer and is independent of the underlying hardware with a few exceptions the processor itself is such an exception This feature provides a stable platform and allows operating system images installed within a virtual machine to be migrated to other physical machines regardless of the configuration of the physical machine If an operating system is installed directly into a VMware Workstation virtual machine the operating system properly detects all the virtual devices by scanning the hardware However if an operating system is already installed on the physical computer for example in a dual boot configuration the operati
47. The debugger virtual machine must be running Debugging Tools for Windows WinDbg or Kernel Debugger KD in a Windows guest operating system To prepare the target virtual machine follow the steps for the server virtual machine for the appropriate host in Connecting Two Virtual Machines on page 382 Make sure when you configure the target virtual machine s virtual serial port that you select the Yield CPU on poll check box as the kernel in the target virtual machine uses the virtual serial port in polled mode not interrupt mode To prepare the debugger virtual machine make sure you have downloaded Debugging Tools for Windows Then follow the steps for the client virtual machine in Connecting Two Virtual Machines on page 382 When you are ready to begin complete the following steps 1 Power on both virtual machines 2 Check to make sure the serial port is connected Choose choose VM gt Removable Devices If the serial port is not connected choose the virtual serial port then Connect 3 Inthe debugger virtual machine start debugging with WinDbg or KD normally 388 waar CHAPTER 14 Connecting Devices Keyboard Mapping on a Linux Host This section addresses the following issues and provides additional details on keyboard mapping in Linux e My language specific keyboard is not supported by VMware Workstation e Some of the keys on my keyboard don t work right in the virtual machine e My keyboard works fine when run a
48. This approach requires special steps described in detail in the Workarounds section below to work with VMware products The CONFIG_2GB option calls for recompiling your kernel as a 2GB kernel You do this by recompiling your kernel with CONFIG_2GB enabled This allows Linux to support nearly 2GB of physical memory by dividing the address space into a 2GB user section and a 2GB kernel section as opposed to the normal division of 3GB for user and 1GB for kernel The third approach uses the CONFIG_BIGMEM option in Linux With the CONFIG_BIGMEM option enabled the kernel does not directly address all of physical memory and it can then map 1GB or 2GB of physical memory into the address space at a time This allows the use of all of physical memory at the cost of changing the semantics the kernel uses to map virtual to physical addresses However VMware products expect physical memory to be mapped directly in the kernel s address space and thus do not work properly with the CONFIG_BIGMEM option enabled Workarounds If you are using a 1GB kernel with CONFIG_BIGMEM enabled and have 960MB to 1983MB of memory VMware Workstation does not run To work around this issue you can either e Recompile the kernel as a 2GB kernel by enabling the CONFIG_2GB option This allows for 100 percent use of physical memory e Pass the boot time switch mem 95 9M at the LILO prompt or add it to lilo conf to disable CONFIG_BIGMEM and thus allow you to run VMw
49. Virtual Machines w2kpro2 1 1 4 WWWwW vmware comMm Vi CHAPTER 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine If you did not select Custom in step 4 skip to step 9 Select the format of the virtual machine E Mware irtual Machine Importer jo x Select a irtual Machine Format What Format would you like to use to create the new virtual machine New Workstation 5 Create the new virtual machine using the latest format to leverage new features available in Workstation 5 This virtual machine will not be compatible with VMware ESX Server 2 x GSX Server 3 x Workstation 4 x or ACE 1 x C Legacy Create the new virtual machine using legacy format This virtual machine can be used with Workstation 5 but will operate in legacy mode It will be compatible with Mware ESX Server 2 x G5X Server 3 x Workstation 4 x and ACE 1 x Finish e Select New if you want to use the virtual machine only with Workstation 5 0 e Select Legacy if you want to use the virtual machine with Workstation 4 ESX 2x Gor Server 3X OF AGE 1X Click Next Select the import options for the new virtual machine E Mware irtual Machine Importer iol xi irtual Machine Import Options How would you like to set up this virtual machine The Virtual Machine Importer can set up a new virtual machine in two different ways It can make a copy of your existing virtual machine or it can link directly to your existing Virtual PC virtual di
50. When you select this option you do not have to edit a configuration file or restart the virtual machine to extract more detailed logging for technical support e Enable Template mode to be used for cloning See Linked Clones and Access to the Parent Virtual Machine on page 274 for help configuring this option 90 www vmMware com CHAPTER 4 Learning VMware Workstation Basics Command Line Reference The following sections describe command line options that are available when you launch VMware Workstation and keyboard shortcuts you can use while VMware Workstation is running Startup Options on a Linux Host The following list describes various options available when you run VMware Workstation from the command line on a Linux host operating system VMware x X q s lt variablename gt lt value gt m v lt path_to config gt lt config gt virtual machinex X toolkit options You can type these commands manually in a terminal window or create scripts to run multiple commands Automatically powers on the virtual machine when VMware Workstation starts This is equivalent to clicking the Power On button in the VMware Workstation toolbar Automatically powers on the virtual machine then switches the VMware Workstation window to full screen mode Closes the virtual machine s tab when the virtual machine powers off If no other virtual machine is open it also exits VMware Workstation This is particul
51. Which partitions would you like to use for this virtual disk Partitions Device PhysicalDriveD Partition File System Capacity C Partition 0 HPFS NTFS 3 4GB C Partition 1 HPFS NTFS 3 4GB M Partition 2 HPFS NTFS 21 8GB If you selected Use individual partitions in the previous step select which partitions you want to use in the virtual machine If you selected Use entire disk this step does not appear Click Next The partition on which you are installing the guest operating system should be unmapped in the host Caution Corruption is possible if you allow the virtual machine to modify a partition that is simultaneously mounted under Windows Since the virtual machine and guest operating system access a physical disk partition while the host continues to run Windows it is critical that you not allow the virtual machine to modify any partition mounted by the host or in use by another virtual machine To safeguard against this problem be sure the physical disk partition you use for the virtual machine is not in use by the host 243 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Windows Server 2003 Windows XP or Windows 2000 host Use Disk Management Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt Administrative Tools gt Computer Management gt Storage gt Disk Management Select the partition you want to unmap then choose Action gt All Tasks gt Change Drive Letter and Path Click the Remove button 7 Use t
52. Windows 2000 or Windows XP host Make sure hardware acceleration is turned up in the display properties 1 Right click the desktop and choose Properties gt Settings gt Advanced gt Troubleshoot 2 Move the Hardware Acceleration slider all the way to the Full position Linux Perform these steps to test your Linux host for compatibility 1 To verify that direct rendering is enabled run glxinfo grep direct 2 To ensure that 3 D applications work on your host run glxgears After your host is configured configure a virtual machine for accelerated 3 D 365 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Enabling Accelerated 3 D for a Virtual Machine To enable a virtual machine for accelerated 3 D 1 Choose a virtual machine with Windows 2000 or XP guest operating system Note Do not enable Direct3D on a virtual machine that is powered on or Suspended 2 Add the following to the configuration vmx file for the virtual machine mks enable3d TRUE This line enables accelerated 3 D on the host It is required to support accelerated 3 D in the guest and also enables the host to accelerate 2 D portions of the guest display 3 You may also add one or both of the following optional lines Ssvga vramSize 67108864 This line increases the amount of VRAM on the virtual display card to 64 MB Adding more VRAM helps to reduce thrashing in the guest The maximum value is 128 MB vmmouse present FALSE This line disables the abs
53. Windows Host 1 Go to Edit gt Virtual Network Settings gt Host Virtual Adapters Virtual Network Editor Summary Automatic Bridging Host Virtual Network Mapping Host Virtual Adapters DHCP NAT The list below shows which virtual networks have host virtual adapters virtual Ethernet adapters that allow the host computer to connect to the network Network Adapter Virtual Network Status VMware Network Adapter VMnet1 VMnet1 Enabled BY VMware Network Adapter VMnet8 VMnet8 Enabled Enable Disable J Remove 2 Select the adapter you want to remove then click Remove adapter 3 Click OK 324 WWW VMware com CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network Removing a Host Virtual Adapter on a Linux Host Become root and run the VMware Workstation configuration program su vmware config pl Watch for the following question Do you want networking for your Virtual Machines yes no help yes Answer Yes if you still want to use any networking in your virtual machines then continue to the next question Otherwise answer No to remove all networking If you answer Yes the program prompts you to select the wizard or editor to edit your network configuration Select editor This is the only way to delete virtual network adapters without removing all of them Would you prefer to modify your existing networking configuration using the wizard or the editor wizard editor help wizard editor
54. Wizard Add Virtual Machines to the Team 4 team is a collection of virtual machines that can be powered on and off as a group Would you like to add virtual machines to the team now Oes O No will add virtual machines later You can add virtual machines at any time using the Team gt Add menu e Click Next If you select No I will add virtual machines later skip to step 9 If you select Yes the wizard continues 5 Click Add to add virtual machines to your team New Team Wizard Add Virtual Machines to the Team Use the Add and Remove buttons to set up the virtual machines in this team Virtual Machine Guest OS A drop down menu appears with three options e New Virtual Machine Select this option to launch the New Virtual Machine Wizard See Steps to a New Virtual Machine on page 102 e Existing Virtual Machine Select this option to open a file browser from which you can navigate the host file system to locate an existing vmx file When you add a virtual machine to a team it can no longer be accessed outside the team See Adding an Existing Virtual Machine to a Team on page 286 280 TE arate CHAPTER 11 Configuring Teams e New Clone of Virtual Machine Select this option to open a file browser from which you can navigate the host file system to locate an existing vmx file After you select a virtual machine Workstation launches the Clone Virtual Machine Wizard See The
55. You must then change the setting for each affected virtual machine s network adapter individually This can be especially troublesome if your host has only one physical Ethernet adapter and you reassign it to a VMnet other than 320 TE arate CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network VMnet0O even though the VMnet still appears to be bridged to an automatically chosen adapter the only adapter it can use has been assigned to another VMnet 4 Click OK to save your changes and close the virtual network editor Changing Subnet or DHCP Settings for a Virtual Network To make changes to the subnet or the DHCP settings for a virtual network 1 Click the button on the right that corresponds to the virtual network you want to configure Virtual Network Editor Summary Automatic Bridging Host Virtual Network Mapping Host Virtual Adapters DHCP NAT f Use this page to associate individual virtual networks to specific physical and virtual network adapters as well as change their settings VMnet0 Bridged to an automatically chosen adapter VMnet1 E9 VMware Network Adapter YMnet1 VMnet2 E Realtek RTL9139 Family PCI Fast Ethemet NIC Packet Scheduler Mir ViMnet3 Not bridged VMnet4 Not bridged VMnet8 Not bridged ViMnet6 Not bridged VMnet Not bridged VMnet8 BY VMware Network Adapter VMnet8 VMnet9 Not bridged i I a a a a a
56. a ooe CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network Linux Hosts If you find packets leaking out of a host only network on a Linux host computer check to see if forwarding has mistakenly been enabled on the host machine If it is enabled disable it For many Linux systems disable forwarding by writing a O zero to the special file proc sys net ipv4 ip forward As root enter this command echo 0 gt proc sys net ipv4 ip forward Other Linux systems have a system configuration option that you can set The method depends on your Linux distribution You may use a control panel specify a setting at the time you compile your kernel or possibly enter a specification when you boot your system Consult your operating system documentation for details on the method to use with your particular distribution Using Filtering If the host computer has multiple network adapters it may be intentionally configured to do IP forwarding If that is the case you do not want to disable forwarding In that case to avoid packet leakage you must enable a packet filtering facility and specify that packets from the host only network should not be sent outside the host computer Consult your operating system documentation for details on how to configure packet filtering Leaks from a Virtual Machine Virtual machines may leak packets as well For example if you use Dial Up Networking support in a virtual machine and packet forwarding is enabled host only netwo
57. a snapshot you return the virtual machine s memory settings and virtual disks to the state they were in when you took the snapshot If you want the virtual machine to be suspended powered on or powered off when you launch it be sure it is in the desired state when you take the snapshot Note The state of a physical disk or independent disk is not preserved when you take a snapshot Snapshots and Other Activity in the Virtual Machine When you take a snapshot be aware of other activity going on in the virtual machine and the likely impact of reverting to that snapshot In general it is best to take a snapshot when no applications in the virtual machine are communicating with other computers The potential for problems is greatest if the virtual machine is communicating with another computer especially in a production environment Consider a case in which you take a snapshot while the virtual machine is downloading a file from a server on the network After you take the snapshot the virtual machine continues downloading the file Communicating its progress to the server If you revert to the snapshot communications between the virtual machine and the server are confused and the file transfer fails Or consider a case in which you take a snapshot while an application in the virtual machine is sending a transaction to a database on a separate machine If you revert to that snapshot especially if you revert after the transaction starts
58. amp Guest isolation Drag and drop enabled ag Advanced Normal NormalT emplate When powering off Just power off O Revert to snapshot O Take a new snapshot O sk me General You can disable snapshots for the virtual machine The virtual machine must not have any snapshots if you want to disable snapshots To disable snapshots for this virtual machine select Disable snapshots When powering off You can specify the way Workstation handles snapshots when you power off the virtual machine Options when powering off include e Just power off powers off without making any changes to snapshots e Revert to the snapshot reverts to the parent snapshot of the virtual machine s current state that is the parent snapshot of the You Are Here position in the Snapshot Manager window so the virtual machine always starts in the state it was in when the parent snapshot was taken e Take anew snapshot takes a new snapshot of the virtual machine state after it is powered off e Ask me always asks what you want to do with snapshots when you power off See Using Snapshots on page 251 for more information on setting these options 88 WWW VMware com CHAPTER 4 Learning VMware Workstation Basics Guest Isolation Windows only Virtual Machine Settings Hardware Options Drag and drop Settings Summary Ei General Windows XP Pro SP2 Disable drag and drop to and from this virtual D Power
59. any virtual machine on the NAT network appears to be the host itself because its network traffic uses the host s IP address It is able to send and receive data using TCP IP to any machine that is accessible from the host Before any such communication can occur the NAT device must set up a mapping between the virtual machine s address on the private NAT network and the host s network address on the external network When a virtual machine initiates a network connection with another network resource this mapping is created automatically The operation is perfectly transparent to the user of the virtual machine on the NAT network No additional work needs to be done to let the virtual machine access the external network The same cannot be said for network connections that are initiated from the external network to a virtual machine on the NAT network When a machine on the external network attempts to initiate a connection with a virtual machine on the NAT network it cannot reach the virtual machine because the NAT device does not forward the request Network connections that are initiated from outside the NAT network are not transparent 347 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual However it is possible to configure port forwarding manually on the NAT device so network traffic destined for a certain port can still be forwarded automatically to a virtual machine on the NAT network For details see Advanced NAT Configuration below Fi
60. are normally used for bridged host only and NAT configurations respectively Special steps are required to make them available for use in custom configurations You should choose one of the other switches 7 Click Finish The new adapter is added 8 Click OK to save your configuration and close the virtual machine settings editor 316 TE arate CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network To change the configuration of an existing virtual network adapter follow these steps 1 2 3 4 a Open the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings Select the adapter you want to modify Select the network type you want to use Bridged NAT Host only or Custom If you select Custom choose the VMnet virtual network you want to use for the network from the drop down list Click OK to save your changes and close the virtual machine settings editor Be sure the guest operating system is configured to use an appropriate IP address on the new network If the guest is using DHCP release and renew the lease If the IP address is set statically be sure the guest has an address on the correct virtual network 317 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Configuring Bridged Networking Options on a Windows Host Note The virtual network editor is not available on a Linux host Use the virtual network editor to configure bridged networking You can View and change the settings for bridged networking on your host Determine whic
61. automatically detect it at installation time and install the required drivers Some operating systems including Linux Windows NT and Windows 2000 automatically detect the ports at boot time Others like Windows 95 and Windows 98 do not To add a parallel port to the virtual machine s configuration take these steps with the virtual machine powered off 1 Open the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings 2 Click Add to start the New Hardware Wizard 3 Select Parallel Port then click Next 4 Make the appropriate selection to use a physical parallel port or connect the virtual parallel port to a file 5 Ifyou selected Use physical port choose the port from the drop down list If you selected Use output file enter the path and filename or browse to the location of the file Under Device status the default setting is Connect at power on Clear the check box if you want to deselect this setting 372 TE arate CHAPTER 14 Connecting Devices 6 Click Finish In a Windows 95 or Windows 98 guest after you add the port run the guest operating system s Add New Hardware Wizard Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt Add New Hardware and let Windows detect the new device Configuring a Parallel Port on a Linux Host For the parallel port to work properly in a guest it must first be configured properly on the host Most issues involving parallel port functionality are a result of the host configuration Check th
62. boot process tries to switch from the BIOS bootstrap to the disk driver installed in the operating system Operating System Configuration Many operating systems have configuration information that is different for SCSI and IDE drives For example Linux uses dev hd x as the device name for IDE disks and dev sd x for SCSI disks References to these names appear in etc fstab and other configuration files This is one reason that booting a raw IDE disk as a SCSI disk or vice versa does not work well if at all 239 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual However even when you are dealing only with SCSI devices it is possible for an operating system to encode information in a way that causes problems when you are dual booting For example Solaris names its SCSI disks dev c x t y d z s0 where the y represents the SCSI ID So if you had a raw disk configured as SCSI ID 3 on the host and as SCSI ID 0 in your VMware Workstation configuration file it would move if you were running Solaris and most likely Solaris would not boot The precise dependencies in various operating systems can be complex That is why it is safest to configure SCSI raw disks in a virtual machine using the same SCSI ID as they use on the host 240 www vmware com Installing an Operating System onto a Physical Partition from a Virtual Machine In some situations you may want to install a guest operating system directly on a physical disk or partition eve
63. by the New Virtual Machine Wizard It is used by VMware Workstation to identify and run a specific virtual machine Virtual machine settings editor A point and click editor used to view and modify the settings of a virtual machine after its initial creation See also New Virtual Machine wizard Virtual Network A network between virtual machines with no dependence on real world hardware connections For example you can create a virtual network between a virtual machine and a host that has no external network connections You can also create a LAN segment for communications between virtual machines on a team See also LAN segment and Teams 451 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Virtual Network Editor A point and click editor used to view and modify the networking settings for the virtual networks created by VMware Workstation VMware Tools A suite of utilities and drivers that enhances the performance and functionality of your guest operating system Key features of VMware Tools include some or all of the following depending on your guest operating system an SVGA driver a mouse driver the VMware Tools control panel and support for such features as shared folders drag and drop in Windows guests shrinking virtual disks time synchronization with the host VMware Tools scripts and connecting and disconnecting devices while the virtual machine is running You Are Here icon A special icon appearing in the snapsho
64. can easily share files among virtual machines and the host computer To use shared folders you must have the current version of VMware Tools installed in the guest operating system and you must configure your virtual machine settings to specify which directories are to be shared VMware Workstation 5 includes new performance enhancements for shared folders You can use shared folders with virtual machines running the following guest operating systems e Windows Server 2003 e Windows XP e Windows 2000 e Windows NT 4 0 e Linux with a kernel version of 2 4 or higher To set up one or more shared folders for a virtual machine be sure the virtual machine is open in Workstation and click its tab to make it the active virtual machine Choose VM gt Settings gt Options and click Shared folders Virtual Machine Settings Hardware Options Settings Summary Asie folders Ei General Windows XP Pro SP2 Name Host folder Status D Power VMware C WMshare Enabled Shared Folders Enabled O Documents C doc Enabled Snapshots amp Guest isolation Drag and drop enabled El Advanced Normal Normal T emplate C Disable Shared Folders You can add one or more directories to the list Those directories may be on the host computer or they may be network directories accessible from the host computer 157 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Adding a Shared Folder on a Windows Host To add a shared folder on a
65. configured for the team You can also configure network transmission properties for the LAN segment from this tab The list in the left pane displays LAN segments associated with the team Click a name to select the LAN segment you want to configure The right pane displays parameters for the physical properties of the emulated LAN segment link e Name The name of the LAN segment To change the name type a new name in the Name field e Bandwidth A drop down menu of bandwidths for typical network links To change the bandwidth by connection type choose another connection type from the drop down menu 300 waar CHAPTER 11 Configuring Teams e Kbps In this field you can set a custom bandwidth one that is different from the choices in the Bandwidth menu Changes here are overwritten when you make a selection from the Bandwidth menu To change the bandwidth type a number into the field e Packet Loss A specification of the efficiency or faultiness of the link measured in the percentage of packets lost from the total number of packets transmitted To change the packet loss setting tyoe a number into the field Click OK to save your changes Click Cancel to discard your changes Note LAN settings changes are ignored by virtual machines that are currently running Changes to LAN settings become active for a given virtual machine only after that virtual machine is powered on reset or resumed 301 VMware Wor
66. disabled by default for security reasons configport 33445 VMnet device if not specified on command line device VMnet8 Allow PORT EPRT FTP commands they need incoming TCP stream activeFTP 1 Allows the source to have any OUI Turn this one if you change the OUI in the MAC address of your virtual machines allowAnyOUI 1 udp Timeout in seconds 0 no timeout default 60 real value might be up to 100 longer timeout 30 dns This section applies only to Windows Policy to use for DNS forwarding Accepted values include order rotate burst order send one DNS request at a time in order of the name servers rotate send one DNS request at a time rotate through the DNS servers 355 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual burst send to three servers and wait for the first one to respond policy order Timeout in seconds before retrying DNS request timeout 2 Retries before giving up on DNS request retries 3 Automatically detect the DNS servers not supported in Windows NT autodetect 1 List of DNS servers to use Up to three may be specified nameserverl 208 23 14 2 nameserver2 63 93 12 3 nameserver3 208 23 14 4 netbios This section applies only to Windows Timeout for NBNS queries nbnsTimeout 2 Number of retries for each NBNS query 3 nbnsRetries Timeout for NBDS queries nbdsTimeout 3 incomingtcp
67. disk virtual disk is composed of one or more files on the host file system which will appear as a single hard disk to the quest operating system Virtual disks can easily be copied or moved on the same host or between hosts Use an existing virtual disk Choose this option to reuse a previously configured disk Use a physical disk for advanced users Choose this option to give the virtual machine direct access to a local hard disk 3 Select Use a physical disk then click Next Windows XP Pro SP2 WARNING Use of this feature is for advanced users only and may cause loss of data or inability to boot particularly when this raw disk partition is used as the boot device Only limited support is available for this feature For the most current documentation please see http www ymware com info id 15 and click the link Installing an Operating System onto a Raw Partition from a Virtual achine A warning appears Click OK 4 Select the physical disk characteristics and click Next Add Hardware Wizard Select a Physical Disk Which local hard disk do you want this virtual machine to use Device PhysicalDrive0 Usage Use entire disk O Use individual partitions 201 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual e Choose the physical hard disk to use from the drop down list VMware Workstation supports physical disks up to 27B e Select whether you want to use the entire disk or use only individual partit
68. e The Linked Clone Snapshot on page 274 e Linked Clones and Access to the Parent Virtual Machine on page 274 Making a Linked Clone of a Linked Clone It is possible to make a linked clone from a linked clone using the Clone Virtual Machine Wizard Keep these cautions in mind e Performance degrades when you do this When possible make a linked clone of the parent virtual machine e To power on and to work with a linked clone of a linked clone Workstation must be able to locate all ancestors in the chain Refer to Linked Clones and Access to the Parent Virtual Machine on page 274 Making a Full Clone of a Linked Clone It is possible to make a full clone from a linked clone using the Clone Virtual Machine Wizard e The linked clone can be used as before e The full clone created with this action is an independent virtual machine that does not require access to the linked clone or its ancestors Note To make a full clone from a linked clone Workstation must have access to the linked clone and all ancestors at the time you run the Clone Virtual Machine Wizard Refer to Linked Clones and Access to the Parent Virtual Machine on page 274 Network Identity for a Clone The Clone Virtual Machine Wizard creates a new MAC address for the cloned virtual machine Other configuration information is identical to that of the parent virtual machine For example a machine s name and static IP address configuration are not altered by the Cl
69. following choices e The guest operating system e The virtual machine name and the location of the virtual machine s files e The network connection type e Whether to allocate all the space for a virtual disk at the time you create it e Whether to split a virtual disk into 2GB files If you select Custom you also can specify how to set up your disk create a new virtual disk use an existing virtual disk or use a physical disk and specify the settings needed for the type of disk you select There is also an option to create a legacy virtual disk for use in environments with other VMware products Select Custom if you want to e Make a legacy virtual machine that is compatible with Workstation 4 x GSX Server 3 x ESX Server 2 x and ACE 1 x e Make a virtual disk larger or smaller than 4GB e Store your virtual disk s files in a particular location e Usean IDE virtual disk for a guest operating system that would otherwise have a SCSI virtual disk created by default e Use a physical disk rather than a virtual disk for expert users e Set memory options that are different from the defaults 1 04 WWW VMware com CHAPTER 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine 6 Ifyou selected Typical as your configuration path skip to step 7 If you selected Custom as your configuration path you may create a virtual machine that fully supports all Workstation 5 features or a legacy virtual machine compatible with specific VMware products
70. for dial up and DSL connections and performance is adequate for most VMware Workstation uses NAT is not perfectly transparent It does not normally allow connections to be initiated from outside the network although you can set up server connections by manually configuring the NAT device The practical result is that some TCP and UDP protocols that require a connection be initiated from the server machine some peer to peer applications for example do not work automatically and some may not work at all A standard NAT configuration provides basic level firewall protection because the NAT device can initiate connections from the private NAT network but devices on the external network cannot normally initiate connections to the private NAT network Using NAT with NetLogon When using NAT networking in a virtual machine with a Windows guest operating system running on a Windows host you can use NetLogon to log on to a Windows domain from the virtual machine You can then access file shares known by the WINS server in the domain To use NetLogon you need to know how WINS servers and Windows domain controllers work This section explains how to set up the virtual machine to use NetLogon The setup process is similar to the way you set up a physical computer on one LAN that is using a domain controller on another LAN In order to log on to a Windows domain outside the virtual NAT network the virtual machine needs access to a WINS serve
71. for your hard drive and use a drive size and type IDE or SCSI that matches the size and type of the virtual disk you plan to move e Select all appropriate network floppy and CD ROM settings Do not make any changes in the virtual machine settings editor at this point e Save your settings and close VMware Workstation In the directory just created for the new virtual machine delete the brand new vmdk files that were just created Locate the virtual disk files you are moving and copy them into the new virtual machine directory Note f your virtual machine is using disks in undoable mode and you did not commit or discard your changes before the move you must also move the redo log REDO files to the new host computer Start VMware Workstation 5 again and open the new virtual machine you just created Choose VM gt Settings Be sure the virtual machine is configured to use the virtual disk files you moved from the original host You need to confirm that the new disk s settings IDE or SCSI and the file name for the first vmdk file match those that were used on the original host machine The device listing for the hard drive shows whether it is SCSI or IDE If that setting does not match the virtual disk you are moving select the hard disk and click Remove Then click Add and use the Add Hardware Wizard to add an IDE or SCSI disk as appropriate To specify IDE or SCSI when you reach the Disk File screen in the wiz
72. full screen 150 448 quick switch 151 450 Modifier keys for full screen switch mode 440 Mouse sending input to virtual machine 78 USB 401 Move virtual machine 169 Movie capture 165 CODEC 166 playback 166 MP3 369 MS DOS supported guest operating systems 30 Multi tier team 278 Mylex 28 108 235 402 405 N Name changing LAN segment name 300 changing team name 302 changing virtual machine name 84 Named pipe 380 381 382 NAT advanced configuration 348 and DHCP 346 and DNS 347 and the host computer 346 defined 449 external access from a NAT network 347 on virtual network 310 345 port forwarding 351 356 357 sample configuration file for Linux host 355 selecting IP addresses 327 specifying connection from port below 1024 352 virtual device 308 when creating a virtual machine 107 NAT conf 349 355 NetLogon 353 NetWare See Novell NetWare Network adding and modifying virtual Ether net adapters 316 automatic bridging 318 bridge 307 bridged networking 447 changing DHCP settings 321 changing subnet settings 321 changing the configuration 316 common configurations 309 components 307 configuring bridged networking options 318 custom configurations 313 custom networking 447 DHCP 327 DHCP server 308 dial up connection 331 dynamic domain name service 336 hardware address 332 host virtual adapter 308 host virtual network mapping 320 host only 312 448 host only subnet 327 identity clone 273
73. higher This section describes the following topics e Restrictions and Requirements on page 194 193 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual e The Shrinking Process on page 194 e Unsupported and Disabled Partitions on page 196 Restrictions and Requirements Shrinking requires free disk space on the host equal to the size of the virtual disk you are shrinking Shrinking applies only to virtual disks You cannot shrink physical disks or CD ROMs The shrink feature is not enabled if the virtual machine e Contains a snapshot e Isa parent of a linked clone e Isalinked clone The shrink feature is not enabled for a virtual machine if any of its virtual disks are e Preallocated when created e Not used in independent persistent mode e Legacy disks that are not in persistent mode e Booted as independent disks Note You can change the mode of a virtual disk before the virtual machine is powered on See Excluding Disks from Snapshots on page 256 for a discussion of independent disks The Shrinking Process Shrinking a disk is a two step process e Inthe first step called wiping VMware Tools reclaims all unused portions of disk partitions such as deleted files and prepares them for shrinking Wiping takes place in the guest operating system e The second step is the shrinking process itself which takes place on the host Workstation reduces the size of the disk s files by the amount of disk space reclaimed in the wipe process
74. in press Ctrl Alt Ins instead Virtual Machine Location On Windows hosts VMware Workstation stores virtual machines in the My Documents folder of the user who is logged on when the virtual machine is created On Windows Server 2003 Windows XP and Windows 2000 the default folder is C Documents and Settings lt username gt My Documents My Virtual Machines lt guestOSname gt On Linux hosts VMware Workstation stores virtual machines in lt homedir gt VMware lt guestOSname gt where lt homedirs gt is the home directory of the user who is logged on when the virtual machine is created 141 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Checking the Status of VMware Tools For best performance it is important to have VMware Tools installed and running in your virtual machine After you install VMware Tools in a Windows virtual machine the VMware Tools services start automatically when you start the guest operating system 2 11 43 AM When VMware Tools is running in a Windows virtual machine the VMware Tools icon appears in the system tray unless you disable the icon If the VMware Tools icon is not displayed in the system tray you can use the VMware Tools control panel in the guest operating system Go to Start gt Settings gt Control Panel or Start gt Control Panel depending on the version of Windows you are using locate the VMware Tools icon and double click it to change settings for VMware Tools You can also react
75. in the original virtual disk The virtual disk grows in size as you add data to it These features and the ability to use scripting to automate management of virtual disks were added to VMware Workstation in version 5 0 You can use the virtual disk manager for the following tasks e Automate the management of virtual disks with scripts e Create virtual disks that are not associated with a particular virtual machine for example to be used as templates e Switch the virtual disk type from preallocated to growable or vice versa When you change the disk type to growable you reclaim some disk space You can shrink the virtual disk to reclaim even more disk space 208 TE arate e Expand the size of a virtual disk so it is larger than the size specified when you created it e Defragment virtual disks e Prepare and shrink virtual disks without powering on the virtual machine Windows hosts only You can use the virtual disk manager with virtual disks created under VMware GSX Server VMware Workstation and VMware VirtualCenter provided the virtual disk was created on a GSX Server host managed by VirtualCenter Note You cannot use the virtual disk manager to create physical disks Physical disks cannot be shrunk by the virtual disk manager or by Workstation For more information about using the virtual disk manager read the following sections e Running the VMware Virtual Disk Manager Utility on page 209 e Shrinking Virtual D
76. is also a local administrator Although an administrator must install Workstation on Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 a normal user without administrative privileges can run the program after it is installed Note Keep in mind that you need one license for each user 2 Ifyou are installing from a CD from the Start menu choose Run and enter D setup exe where D is the drive letter for your CD ROM drive If you are installing from a downloaded file from the Start menu choose Run browse to the directory where you saved the downloaded installer file and run the installer The filename is similar to VMwareWorkstation lt XKXX gt exe Where lt Kxxx gt s a series of numbers representing the version and build numbers 3 Click Next to dismiss the Welcome dialog box i VMware Workstation Welcome to the installation wizard for Y Mware Workstation The installation wizard will install VMware Workstation on your computer To continue click Next WARNING This program is protected by copyright law and international treaties 38 o ome CHAPTER 2 Installing VMware Workstation 4 Acknowledge the end user license agreement EULA i VMware Workstation License Agreement Please read the following licen END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR VMWARE DESKTOP SOFTWARE PRODUCT VMWARE INC LICENSES THIS DESKTOP SOFTWARE PRODUCT TO YOU SUBJECT TO THE TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT EULA
77. it for special purpose configurations 111 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual You have the following options for an independent disk e Persistent changes are immediately and permanently written to the disk e Nonpersistent changes to the disk are discarded when you power off the virtual machine 17 Click Finish The wizard sets up the files needed for your virtual machine 112 TT e CHAPTER 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine Converting a VirtualPC Virtual Machine VMware Virtual Machine Importer is a separate downloadable application that creates a new VMware virtual machine from a Microsoft VirtualPC virtual machine in a few simple steps You must install Virtual Machine Importer to use this procedure The most up to date instructions appear the Virtual Machine Importer User s Manual See www vmware com pdf vm_importer_manual pdf To migrate a VirtualPC virtual machine 1 Ensure the VirtualPC virtual machine is powered off Note You cannot migrate a virtual machine while it is operating 2 Launch Virtual Machine Importer to start the wizard Start gt Programs gt VMware gt Virtual Machine Importer 3 From the opening panel click Next f Mware irtual Machine Importer lel x Welcome to the VMware Virtual Machine Importer This wizard quides you through the steps of importing a virtual machine created with Microsoft Virtual PC or Virtual Server For use with Mware Workstation
78. machine is running There may be more than one such file The indicates a unique suffix added automatically by VMware Workstation to avoid duplicate file names This is a centralized file for storing information and metadata about snapshots This is the snapshot state file which stores the running state of a virtual machine at the time you take that snapshot This is the file which stores the state of a snapshot This is the suspended state file which stores the state of a suspended virtual machine Some earlier VMware products used the extension std for suspended state files 97 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual erin eNane Be This is the configuration file containing team data VMX lt vmname gt vmx This is the primary configuration file which stores settings chosen in the New Virtual Machine Wizard or virtual machine settings editor If you created the virtual machine under an earlier version of VMware Workstation on a Linux host this file may have a cfg extension vmx lt vmname gt vmxf This is a supplemental configuration file for virtual machines that are in a team Note that the vmxf file remains if a virtual machine is removed from the team There can be other files in the directory some of which are present only while a virtual machine is running 98 www vmMware comM CHAPTER 4 Learning VMware Workstation Basics Where to Go Next e Creating a New Virtual Machine on page 101 e
79. machine to revert to a snapshot any time it is powered off You might use this feature for example in setting up student virtual machines to power on for each new class at the beginning of the lesson discarding previous student work See Reverting at Power Off on page 263 for the procedure Automatically Recording Milestone Status You can configure a virtual machine to take a snapshot any time it is powered off preserving a virtual audit trail as work progresses See Virtual Machine Settings for Snapshots on page 265 for configuring automatic snapshots at power off Disabling Snapshots for Better Performance VMware Workstation operates more efficiently with snapshots disabled If you do not need to use snapshot functionality you should disable it for better performance See Virtual Machine Settings for Snapshots on page 265 254 www vmMware com CHAPTER 9 Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine What Is Captured by a Snapshot A snapshot captures the entire state of the virtual machine at the time you take the snapshot This includes e Memory state The contents of the virtual machine s memory e Settings state The virtual machine settings e Disk state The state of all the virtual machine s virtual disks Snapshots operate on individual virtual machines In a team of virtual machines taking a snapshot preserves only the active virtual machine s state See The Active Virtual Machine on page 297 When you revert to
80. machines Configuring and Maintaining the Host Computer on page 408 Configuring VMware Workstation on page 410 Monitoring Virtual Machine Performance on page 416 Memory Usage Notes on page 418 Improving Performance for Guest Operating Systems on page 424 Disk I O Performance Tips on page 429 407 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Configuring and Maintaining the Host Computer The host computer is an obvious place to look to improve performance This section discusses these key areas e Location of the Working Directory on page 408 e Defragmentation of Disk Drives on page 408 e Adequate Free Disk Space on page 409 e NIC Interrupt Coalescing on page 409 Location of the Working Directory The installer locates the working directory holding the virtual disk files on the host computer You can customize your configuration to place the working directory or the virtual disk files on a different physical computer There may be performance advantages to such customization Defragmentation of Disk Drives Host disks virtual disks and guest disks all affect the performance of VMware Workstation See Defragmenting Virtual Disks on page 193 for the procedures Host Hard Drives Performance is weakened by fragmentation on the physical disk holding the virtual machine s working directory or virtual disk files Fragmentation of the host disk can affect any or all of the following e The files that hold a virtual disk e The
81. machines in full screen mode on dual monitor systems 150 TT evmurecorn CHAPTER 6 Running VMware Workstation Using Quick Switch Mode Quick switch mode is similar to full screen mode with the addition of tabs at the top of the screen for switching from one active virtual machine to another The virtual machine s screen is resized to fill the screen completely except for the space occupied by the tabs To enter quick switch mode choose View gt Quick Switch To view the VMware Workstation menu and toolbar while you are using quick switch mode move the mouse pointer to the top of the screen To resize a Windows guest operating system s display so it fills as much of the screen as possible in quick switch mode choose View gt Fit Guest Now The Fit Guest Now option works only if you have the current version of VMware Tools installed in the guest operating system Note When you choose Fit Guest Now VMware Workstation adjusts the display settings of your Windows guest operating system as needed If you subsequently run the virtual machine in normal mode you may want to change the display settings back to their previous values To get out of quick switch mode move the mouse pointer to the top of the screen to activate the menu then choose View gt Quick Switch Taking Advantage of Multiple Monitors If your host has a standard multiple monitor display you can run separate sets of virtual machines on each of the monitors To u
82. mapping 391 Keyboard mapping ona Linux host 389 sending input to virtual machine 78 shortcuts 95 USB 401 Keysym defined 390 mapping 392 Knowledge base 32 KT 958 108 235 L LAN segment changing name 300 New Team Wizard 282 setting bandwidth 282 300 setting Kbps 301 setting packet loss 301 Launch virtual machine 141 virtual machines in full screen switch mode 443 Leak IP packets in a virtual machine 331 IP packets in host only network 330 www vmware com LILO 220 223 236 Link symbolic link does not work in shared folder 161 Linked clone 269 parent 274 parent as template 275 snapshot 274 template mode 275 Linux installing on Linux host 44 supported guest operating systems 31 supported host operating systems 25 uninstalling Workstation on Linux host 49 upgrading on Linux host 56 VMware Tools for 122 Location of virtual machine files 141 Lock files 192 Lockout for some interface features 433 Log files 444 LSI Logic 28 108 235 402 405 M MAC address 268 assigning manually 333 clone 273 of virtual Ethernet adapter 332 Map key code 391 keyboard 389 keysym 392 Memory amount required on host 23 available in virtual machine 27 choosing for best performance 410 more than 1GB on a Linux host 422 reserved memory 420 setting size 418 swapping 80 virtual machine memory size 418 Memory trimming Disk performance 429 MIDI 369 Migrate disks in undoable mode 182 virtual machine 57 179 Mode
83. module in the etc modules conf or etc conf modules file is removed or commented out by inserting a hash character at the beginning of the line The name of the configuration file depends on the Linux distribution you are using When you reboot 373 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual the host after removing this line the configuration file no longer starts the 1p module To ensure that the proper modules for the parallel port are loaded at boot time add this line to the etc modules conf or etc conf modules file alias parport_lowlevel parport pc Parallel Ports and Linux 2 4 x Kernels Be sure that PC Style Hardware CONFIG_PARPORT_PC is loaded as a module as mentioned at the beginning of Using Parallel Ports on page 372 If you are using a 2 4 x kernel the modules that provide parallel port functionality are parport parport pc and ppdev To see if these modules are installed and running on your system run the 1smod command as the root user These three modules should be included in the listing of running modules You can also look at the proc modules file for the same list To load the proper modules run this command insmod k lt modulename gt If none of the listed parallel port modules is running use this command insmod k parport_pc This command inserts the three modules needed for a parallel port If you continue to see problems it is possible that the 1p module is running If it is the virtual mach
84. of Workstation The status bar displays an icon for each removable device On a Windows host you can right click an icon to disconnect it or edit its configuration 67 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Displaying the Console View The console view for an active virtual machine is like the monitor screen of a hardware PC B XP VPN1 VMware Workstation Fie Edit View YM Team Windows Help a ii gt G Bm Favorites a Gp xP ve E ee E E A B Teams n b amp 2T Client Server amp 3T Client Server DB Linux Ms E Mandrake Linux E RHEL3 clean install ij welcome Microsoft Word E RHEL3 gold File Edit Yiew Insert Format Tools Table Window Help DHASAR e e amm e E windows 98 E WinXP template lt EEaEREE EEEEESES EEE EE E XP YPN1 a Welcome to 1 1 At 1 in 1 Coli REC fR ExT ovr Ge i welcome Microsoft A Your version of Mware Tools is out of date oO B g 4 Windows host console window Qd VMware Workstation Eile Edit View VM Team Tabs Help m gt 6 Power Off Suspend Power On Reset a o e Snapshot Revet Snapshot Manager Full Screen Quick Switch Summary Console Favorites v Teams 3Tier Client Server Team v Linux Mandrake Linux GyRHEL3a SUSE Linux 3 E Document WordPad v Windows File Edit View Insert Format Help Os SRA i DBH R xppro2 cy Longhorn experimental NetWare 5 Solaris 9 experiment
85. of memory you may want to use a higher memory setting For more information see Virtual Machine Memory Size on page 418 Note You cannot allocate more than 2GB of memory to a virtual machine if the virtual machine s files are stored on a file system such as FAT32 that does not support files greater than 2GB Configure the networking capabilities of the virtual machine New Virtual Machine Wizard Network Type What type of network do you want to add Network connection Give the guest operating system direct access to an external Ethernet network The guest must have its own IP address on the external network O Use network address translation NAT Give the guest operating system access to the host computer s dial up or external Ethernet network connection using the host s IP address O Use host only networking Connect the quest operating system to a private virtual network on the host computer Do not use a network connection If your host computer is on a network and you have a separate IP address for your virtual machine or can get one automatically from a DHCP server select Use bridged networking If you do not have a separate IP address for your virtual machine but you want to be able to connect to the Internet select Use network address translation NAT NAT allows you to share files between the virtual machine and the host operating system 107 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual For more details a
86. operating systems do not release and renew the IP address 132 waar CHAPTER 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine The Shared Folders Tab VMware Tools Properties Your shared folders are at host Shared Folders You can map a drive letter to this path using Windows Explorer gt Tools gt Map Network Drive You can also access your shared folders from Windows Explorer under My Network Places See the user s manual for more details The Shared Folders tab provides information on where to find your shared folders For more information on shared folders see Using Shared Folders on page 157 The Shrink Tab VMware Tools Properties Options Devices Scripts Shared Folders Shrink About Unsupported partitions Select the partitions you wish to prepare for shrinking Mount Point MCs Prepare to shrink Shrink disk enabled supported partitions The Shrink tab gives you access to controls that reclaim unused space in a virtual disk However some configurations do not allow you to shrink a virtual disk For more information see Shrinking Virtual Disks on page 193 133 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual The About Tab VMware Tools Properties Options Devices Scripts Shared Folders Shrink f VMware Tools for Windows Build build 12749 Copyright C 1998 2005 VMware Inc All rights reserved Protected by one or more U S Patent Nos 6 397 242 6 496 847 6 704 925 6
87. particular USB device is connected to a virtual machine for the first time the host detects it as a new device named VMware USB Device and installs the appropriate VMware driver Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 hosts User confirmation is required in the Found New Hardware Wizard Select the default action Install the software automatically Once the software is installed the guest operating system detects the USB device and searches for a suitable driver 398 a ooe CHAPTER 14 Connecting Devices When you are synchronizing a PDA such as a Palm handheld or Handspring Visor to a virtual machine for the first time the total time required to load the VMware USB device driver in the host and the PDA driver in the guest may exceed the device s connection timeout value This causes the device to disconnect itself from the computer before the guest can synchronize with it If this occurs let the guest finish installing the PDA driver dismiss any connection error warnings then try synchronizing the PDA again The second attempt should succeed Replacing USB 2 0 Drivers on a Windows 2000 Host To use VMware Workstation 5 on a Windows 2000 host that has USB 2 0 ports you must use the Microsoft USB 2 0 drivers for the USB controller in the host operating system If your host operating system is using a third party driver a driver supplied by your motherboard vendor for example you must replace it Take the following steps to chec
88. problems However you will not have the benefits of certain new features including multiple snapshots streaming USB devices and performance improvements 57 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Use a Legacy Virtual Machine with Upgrade If you upgrade an existing virtual machine from Workstation 4 x GSX Server 3 x or ESX Server 2 x you gain access to new features and enjoy the performance benefits of the new virtual machine including e Multiple snapshots e Streaming USB input devices e Increased network bandwidth optimized disk and memory cache Notes on Upgrading a Virtual Machine e Ifyou previously installed the version of VMware Tools included in Workstation 5 you must reinstall after the virtual machine upgrade and choose the Repair option e f you are upgrading a virtual machine that runs from a physical disk rather than a virtual disk you may see the following error message while VMware Workstation is upgrading the virtual machine Unable to upgrade lt drivename gt One of the supplied parameters is invalid You may safely click OK to continue the upgrade process e When you update a Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 virtual machine the Microsoft product activation feature requires you to reactivate the guest operating system e The virtual machine upgrade is irreversible Virtual machines upgraded to Workstation 5 are incompatible with VMware Workstation 3 Workstation 4 x GSX Server 3 x and ESX S
89. that are typically stored on your host computer s hard disk In some circumstances you may need to give your virtual machine direct access to a physical hard drive on your host computer e Virtual Disk on page 188 e Physical Disk on page 190 Virtual Disk A virtual disk is a file or set of files that appears as a physical disk drive to a guest operating system The files can be on the host machine or on a remote computer When you configure a virtual machine with a virtual disk you can install a new operating system onto the virtual disk without repartitioning a physical disk or rebooting the host Virtual disks can be as large as 950GB IDE or SCSI Depending on the size of the virtual disk and the host operating system VMware Workstation creates one or more files to hold each virtual disk By default the actual files used by the virtual disk start out small and grow to their maximum size as needed The main advantage of this approach is the smaller file size 188 TT rirecor CHAPTER 8 Using Disks Smaller files require less storage space and are easier to move if you want to move the virtual machine to a new location However it takes longer to write data to a disk configured in this way You may also configure virtual disks so all the disk space is allocated at the time the virtual disk is created This approach provides enhanced performance and is useful if you are running performance sensitive applications in the virtual machin
90. the VMware Web site at www vmware com download Adding a Generic SCSI Device to a Virtual Machine You can add generic SCSI devices to your virtual machine in the virtual machine settings editor The virtual machine settings editor lets you map virtual SCSI devices to physical generic SCSI devices on the host When you set up a generic SCSI device the virtual machine must be powered off 1 Launch VMware Workstation and select the virtual machine Make sure the virtual machine is powered off 2 Choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens CHAPTER 14 Connecting Devices 405 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 3 Click Add to start the Add Hardware Wizard Select Generic SCSI Device then click Next 4 Choose the name of the physical device you want to use Then choose the virtual device node where you want this device to appear in the virtual machine A check box under Device status allows you to specify whether the device should be connected each time the virtual machine is powered on 5 Click Finish to install the new device 6 Click OK to save the configuration and close the virtual machine settings editor To remove this device launch the virtual machine settings editor select the generic SCSI device then click Remove 406 www vmware com CHAPTER Performance Tuning The following sections offer suggestions for getting the best performance from VMware Workstation and your virtual
91. the VMware Workstation configuration program vmware config pl 2 Ifyou have more than one physical Ethernet adapter one of the prompts you see is similar to this The following bridged networks have been defined vmnetO is bridged to etho Do you wish to configure another bridged network yes no no Enter yes 3 Ifyou have additional physical Ethernet adapters not yet connected to a bridged network the prompt is repeated showing information about all currently configured bridged networks 4 When you have set up all the bridged networks you want enter no 336 TT warmatecim CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network Setting Up Two Separate Host Only Networks For some configurations you may need to set up more than one host only network on the same host computer You may for example want to have two virtual machines connected to one host only network and at the same time have other virtual machines connected to another host only network so the network traffic on each network is isolated Or you may want to test routing between two virtual networks Or test a virtual machine with multiple network interface cards without using any physical Ethernet adapters On Windows hosts the first host only network is set up automatically when you install VMware Workstation On Linux hosts the first host only network is set up when you run the vmware config pl program after you install VMware Workstation provided you agr
92. the global priorities choose the priority you want then click OK You can also set the global priorities directly from a Workstation window by choosing Edit gt Preferences and clicking the Priority tab 89 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual e Settings e Run with debugging information You can run a virtual machine so it collects additional debugging information that is helpful to VMware technical support in resolving issues To turn debugging mode on select Run with debugging information then click OK to apply your changes e Disable acceleration In rare instances you may find that when you install or run software inside a virtual machine Workstation appears to hang Generally the problem occurs early in the program s execution In many cases you can get past the problem by temporarily disabling acceleration in the virtual machine To disable acceleration select Disable acceleration then click OK This setting slows down virtual machine performance so it is recommended only for getting past the problem with running the program After you pass the point where the program was encountering problems try returning to the virtual machine settings editor and removing the check beside Disable acceleration You may then be able to run the program with acceleration e Log virtual machine progress periodically This special configuration option increases logging information for debugging and troubleshooting purposes
93. the virtual machine start order Select any virtual machine and use the Up or Down buttons to change the sequence 4 Set the delay time between virtual machines Under Startup details you can set a delay time between each virtual machine and the next virtual machine in the start up sequence This delay is applied to power on power off suspend and resume operations The default delay is 10 seconds To change the delay use the up and down arrows or type a number into the field See Understanding the Start Up Sequence Delay on page 295 for a discussion of this option 299 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 5 Click OK Your changes are saved Note The start up sequence applies to team suspend and resume operations as well as power on and power off operations e Team virtual machines power off and suspend in the reverse order of the start up sequence with the delays you set in Startup details e Team virtual machines power on and resume in the order of the sequence with the delays you set in Startup details LAN Segments To configure LAN segments 1 Choose Team gt Settings 2 Click LAN Segments Team Settings Connections Virtual Machines LAN Segments Options Settings LAN Segment 56 Kbps 0 3 loss Name client gt server Unlimited Kbps 0 loss Bandwidth Modem 56 Kbps w 56 Kbps o3 g From this tab you can add remove and rename the LAN segments
94. the virtual machine to a new host and have a network connection between the original host machine and the new host you are finished with the preparations on the original host Otherwise you need to have a way of moving the virtual disk vmdk files from the virtual machine s directory to the new host You could move them to a shared network directory for example or burn them to CD ROMs if they are not too large Once you know how you are going to move the virtual machine go to Moving a Workstation 4 Virtual Machine to a New Host Machine on page 178 If you are moving this virtual machine to another directory on the same host you are ready to make the move Copy all the files in the virtual machine s original directory to the new location If you stored any files in directories other than the virtual machine directory be sure to move them into a directory of the same name and same position relative to the location of the virtual machine 4 Start VMware Workstation 5 and open the virtual machine you just moved Choose File gt Open then browse to the virtual machine s configuration vmx file 177 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Moving a Workstation 4 Virtual Machine to a New Host Machine 1 Make sure VMware Workstation 5 is installed and working correctly on the new host computer 2 Locate the virtual disk files you are moving and copy them into the new virtual machine directory Be sure to copy all the files in th
95. this signal shuts down gracefully and restarts Note Not all guest operating systems respond to a restart signal from this button If your operating system does not respond to a restart signal restart from within the operating system as you would with a physical machine Run VMware Tools Scripts This option allows you to run scripts when you power on a virtual machine See Command Line Reference on page 91 for help with scripting 86 www vmMware com CHAPTER 4 Learning VMware Workstation Basics Shared Folders Virtual Machine Settings Hardware Options Settings Summary amp General Windows XP Pro SP2 gt Power Shared Folders Enabled Snapshots amp Guest isolation Drag and drop enabled gg Advanced Normal Normal T emplate Shared folders Name Host folder Status Ha C WMshare Enabled O Documents C doc Enabled C Disable Shared Folders Shared Folders This option allows a virtual machine to share a folder with the host file system for convenient file transfers See Using Shared Folders on page 157 for help configuring this option 87 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Snapshots Virtual Machine Settings Hardware Options Settings Summary General El General Windows XP Pro SP2 Disable snapshot D Power To disable the snapshot feature this virtual machine Shared Folders Enabled must not currently have a snapshot i Snapshots
96. to install VMware Tools VM gt Install VMware Tools Among other things the installation process automatically sets IDE virtual drives to use DMA In Windows 2000 DMA access is enabled by default In other Windows guest operating systems the method for changing the setting varies with the operating system See the following technical notes for details e Windows NT Disk Performance on Multiprocessor Hosts on page 427 e Windows 95 and Windows 98 Guest Operating System Performance Tips on page 424 When a snapshot exists virtual disks often have very good performance for random or nonsequential access But they can potentially become so fragmented that performance is affected In order to defragment the disk you must first delete the snapshot VM gt Snapshot gt Snapshot Manager gt Delete When no snapshot exists raw disks and virtual disks with all the space allocated in advance both use flat files that mimic the sequential and random access performance of the underlying disk When a snapshot exists and you have made changes since powering on the virtual machine any access to those changed files performs at a level similar to the performance of a virtual disk that does not have all space allocated in advance If you delete the snapshot performance is again similar to that of the underlying disk Overall if no snapshot exists and you are using raw disks or virtual disks with all the space allocated in advance you see somewhat
97. to use a static IP address See Configuring a Virtual Network on page 305 292 a ooe Creating a Team LAN Segment To create a virtual network for a team 1 Choose Team gt Add gt LAN Segment 2 Entera name for the private network The LAN segment is added to the team Connecting to or Changing a LAN Segment To connect a virtual machine to a LAN segment 1 Choose Team gt Settings The team settings editor opens to the Connections tab Each virtual Ethernet adapter is displayed in a separate row Team Settings Connections Virtual Machines LAN Segments Options Virtual Machine Adapter Data Client Bridged NAT Host Custom ed Database Server Nici Oo OO E Database Application NIC 1 Mw o o o NIC 2 client 001 NIC 1 client 002 NIC 1 2 For each virtual Ethernet adapter select a LAN segment Check one box on each row to set the type of network connection for that virtual Ethernet adapter 3 Click OK The virtual machine is now connected to the selected LAN segment CHAPTER 11 Configuring Teams 293 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Renaming a LAN Segment To rename an existing LAN segment 1 Choose Team gt Settings 2 Click LAN Segments Team Settings Connections Virtual Machines LAN Segments Options Settings LAN Segment Summary client 56 Kbps 0 3 loss Name client gt server Unlimited Kbps 0 loss Bandwidth Modem 56
98. various devices with a virtual machine Using Parallel Ports on page 372 Using Serial Ports on page 377 Keyboard Mapping on a Linux Host on page 389 Using USB Devices in a Virtual Machine on page 397 Connecting to a Generic SCSI Device on page 402 371 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Using Parallel Ports VMware Workstation supports a partial emulation of bidirectional PS 2 style ports On Linux hosts VMware Workstation requires that the parallel port PC style hardware option CONFIG_PARPORT_PC be built and loaded as a kernel module that is it must be set to m VMware Workstation is unable to use parallel port devices if CONFIG_PARPORT_PC is built directly compiled into the kernel This limitation exists because CONFIG_PARPORT_PC does not correctly export its symbols Parallel Ports Parallel ports are used by a variety of devices including printers scanners dongles and disk drives Currently VMware Workstation provides only partial emulation of PS 2 hardware Specifically interrupts requested by a device connected to the physical port are not passed to the virtual machine Also the quest operating system cannot use DMA direct memory access to move data to or from the port For this reason not all devices that attach to the parallel port are guaranteed to work correctly Installation in Guest Operating Systems If the virtual machine is configured with a parallel port most guest operating systems
99. virtual machine To remove a virtual disk from a virtual machine 1 Select a virtual machine and choose VM gt Settings Note A virtual machine must be powered off before you can remove a virtual disk You cannot remove a virtual disk if the virtual machine is suspended 2 Select the virtual disk you want to remove 3 Click Remove The virtual disk is disconnected from virtual machine Note The Remove command does not delete files from the host file system You can delete virtual disk files manually You can also retain the virtual disk files and reconnect the virtual disk to the virtual machine later See Adding an Existing Virtual Disk to a Virtual Machine on page 199 200 o oome CHAPTER 8 Using Disks Adding Physical Disks to a Virtual Machine Use the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings to add a new raw disk to your virtual machine The virtual machine should be powered off before you begin If it is not shut down the guest operating system normally then click Power Off on the VMware Workstation toolbar Caution Physical disks are an advanced feature and should be configured only by expert users 1 Open the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings and click Add The Add Hardware Wizard guides you through the steps to create your virtual disk 2 Click Hard Disk then click Next Add Hardware Wizard Select a Disk Which disk do you want this drive to use Disk O Create a new virtual
100. virtual disk when you create a new one or reconfigure an existing one Specify one of the following disk types 0 to create a growable virtual disk contained in a single virtual disk file 1 to create a growable virtual disk split into 2GB files 2 to create a preallocated virtual disk contained in a single virtual disk file 3 to create a preallocated virtual disk split into 2GB files Disables virtual disk manager logging If you keep logging enabled messages generated by the virtual disk manager are stored in a log file The name and location of the log file appear in the command prompt or terminal window after the virtual disk manager command is run 211 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Shrinking Virtual Disks with VMware Virtual Disk Manager On a Windows host you can use the virtual disk manager to prepare and shrink virtual disks You cannot use the virtual disk manager to prepare or shrink virtual disks located on a Linux host You cannot use the virtual disk manager to shrink physical disks Shrinking a virtual disk does not reduce the maximum capacity of the virtual disk itself For more information about shrinking see Shrinking Virtual Disks on page 193 Caution You cannot shrink a virtual disk if the virtual machine has snapshots To keep the virtual disk in its current state use the snapshot manager to delete all snapshots To discard changes made since you took a snapshot revert to the snapshot
101. virtual machine You must copy all the files in this folder to the user s computer after you finish creating and configuring the virtual machine e Instep 15 specify the desired size for the virtual disk and select Allocate all disk space now This selection is not required but it is strongly recommended If you do not make this selection and the host computer s hard disk runs out of space for a growing virtual disk file the user sees no warning message and does not know what is causing the problem in the virtual machine Make all needed configuration settings before you configure the user s computer to launch VMware Workstation when the computer starts You cannot change Virtual Machine Settings using the virtual machine settings editor when VMware Workstation is running in full screen switch mode You may find it most convenient to finish configuring the virtual machine and to install the guest operating system and application software before you move the virtual machine to the user s computer 438 www vmware com CHAPTER 16 Special Purpose Configuration Options Moving a Virtual Machine to the User s Computer The easiest way to move the virtual machine to the user s computer is to use a network connection to copy all the files in the virtual machine directory to a directory on the user s computer You may also move it using a DVD or other removable media large enough to store the files Each virtual machine should be in its own
102. virtual machine locally but not when run the same virtual machine with a remote X server Quick Answers If your keyboard works correctly with a local X server and you just want the same behavior with a remote X server which is also an XFree86 server running on a PC just power off the virtual machine and close the VMware Workstation window then add the line xkeymap usekeycodeMapIifxXFree86 true to the virtual machine configuration file or to vmware config Make this change on the host machine where you run the virtual machine not on the machine with the remote X server If you are using an XFree86 based server that VMware Workstation does not recognize as an XFree86 server use this instead xkeymap usekeycodeMap true If you are using an XFree86 server running locally and the keyboard does not work correctly please report the problem to the VMware technical support department The Longer Story Unfortunately keyboard support for the PC virtual or otherwise is a complex affair To do it justice we have to start with some background information greatly simplified Pressing a key on the PC keyboard generates a scan code based roughly on the position of the key For example the Z key on a German keyboard generates the same code as the Y key on an English keyboard because they are in the same position on the keyboard Most keys have one byte scan codes but some keys have two byte scan codes with prefix Oxe0
103. virtual network 309 313 316 virtual network subnet settings 321 VMware Tools 130 Web browser on Linux host 48 Settings editor virtual machine 164 451 Share drag and drop 448 files among host and guest 157 163 files on a Linux host with Samba 358 Shared folder adding on a Linux host 160 adding on a Windows host 158 and Linux symbolic link 161 and Windows shortcut 161 defined 450 enable and disable 159 160 linux 162 tab in tools 133 using 157 viewing 161 Shortcut does not work in shared folder 161 Shortcuts keyboard 95 Shrink tab in tools 133 unsupported and disabled parti tions 196 virtual disks 133 135 142 193 212 Shut down a virtual machine 144 145 Size disk 188 190 202 238 virtual disk 27 28 110 virtual machine window 152 Sleep ACPI 446 Snapshot defined 450 disabling 254 265 disabling functions 435 files 97 Go To 263 linked clone 274 parent 263 removing 264 revert 263 team 288 using 146 virtual machine 251 ways of using 254 what is saved in 255 Snapshots disabling 265 Sound configuring 369 drivers for Windows 9x and Win dows NT guest operating systems 369 Sound Blaster 369 support in guest 29 Specifications virtual machine platform 27 Start suspended virtual machine 143 250 virtual machine 141 virtual machines in full screen switch mode 443 VMware Tools 142 Static IP 342 346 clone 273 Status bar hide 153 Stop DHCP 342 virtual machine 144 145 virtua
104. you find the highest speed at which your connection works reliably 386 a ooe CHAPTER 14 Connecting Devices Examples Debugging over a Virtual Serial Port You can use Debugging Tools for Windows WinDbg or Kernel Debugger KD to debug kernel code in a virtual machine over a virtual serial port You can download Debugging Tools for Windows from the Windows DDK Web site at www microsoft com whdc devtools debugging default mspx The following two examples illustrate how to use a virtual serial port to debug kernel code in a virtual machine e With the debugging application on the VMware Workstation host Windows hosts only e With the debugging application in another virtual machine on the same VMware Workstation host useful on a Linux host and can also be done on a Windows host Using either of these methods lets you debug kernel code on one system without the need for two physical computers a modem or serial cable Debugging an Application in a Virtual Machine from the Windows Host In this example you have kernel code to debug in a virtual machine called the target virtual machine and are running WinDbg or KD on your Windows host To prepare the target virtual machine follow the steps for a Windows host in Connecting an Application on the Host to a Virtual Machine on page 380 Make sure you configure the virtual machine s virtual serial port as follows e Select This end is the server e Under I O Mode select the Yield C
105. you to use a physical IDE disk or partition also known as a raw disk inside a virtual machine Note VMware Workstation supports booting from raw disk partitions only on IDE drives Booting guest operating systems from raw SCSI drives is not supported For a discussion of the issues on a Linux host see Configuring Dual or Multiple Boot SCSI Systems to Run with VMware Workstation on a Linux Host on page 235 Setting up a raw disk configuration for a virtual machine is more complicated than using a virtual disk Virtual disks are recommended unless you have a specific need to run directly from a physical disk or partition Caution Raw disks are an advanced feature and should be configured only by expert users This section describes the following topics e Using the Same Operating System in a Virtual Machine and on the Host Computer on page 216 e Before You Begin on page 217 e Configuring Dual or Multiple Boot Systems to Run with VMware Workstation on page 219 e Setting Up Hardware Profiles in Virtual Machines on page 225 e Running a Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 Virtual Machine from an Existing Multiple Boot Installation on page 230 e Setting Up the SVGA Video Driver for a Windows 95 Guest Operating System Booted from a Raw Disk on page 230 e Setting Up the SVGA Video Driver for Use with a Windows 98 Guest Operating System Booted from a Raw Disk on page 232 e Do Not Use Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows S
106. you use the resume feature See also Resume Teams A group of virtual machines that are configured to operate as one object You can power on power off and suspend a team with one command You can configure a team to communicate independently of any other virtual or real network by setting up a LAN segment See also LAN segment Virtual Network Template A virtual machine that cannot be deleted or added to a team Setting a virtual machine as a template protects any linked clone or snapshots from being disabled inadvertently See also Linked clone Parent and Snapshot Virtual disk A file or set of files appearing as a physical disk drive to a guest operating system These files can be on the host machine or on a remote file system When you configure a virtual machine with a virtual disk you can install a new operating system into the disk file without the need to repartition a physical disk or reboot the host See also Raw disk Virtual machine A virtualized x86 PC environment in which a guest operating system and associated application software can run Multiple virtual machines can operate on the same host machine concurrently Virtual machine configuration The specification of what virtual devices disks memory size etc are present in a virtual machine and how they are mapped to host files and devices Virtual machine configuration file A file containing a virtual machine configuration It is created
107. 10 Click OK to save your configuration and close the virtual machine settings editor 11 On your host computer configure the application that communicates with the virtual machine to use the same Unix socket name 12 Power on the virtual machine 381 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 382 Connecting Two Virtual Machines You can set up the virtual serial ports in two virtual machines to connect to each other This is useful for example if you want to use an application in one virtual machine to capture debugging information sent from the other virtual machine s serial port To install a direct serial connection between two virtual machines a server and a client take the following steps Windows Host In the server virtual machine 1 Open the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings 2 Click Add to start the Add Hardware Wizard 3 Select Serial Port then click Next Add Hardware Wizard Serial Port Type What media should this virtual serial port access Serial port Use physical serial port on the host Output to file Output to named pipe 4 Select Output to named pipe then click Next Add Hardware Wizard Specify Named Pipe Which named pipe should this serial port connect to Named pipe pipe com_1 e This end is the server The other end is a virtual machine Device status Connect at power on lt Back Finish Cancel 5 Use the default pipe name or enter
108. 149 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Controlling the Display You can control the VMware Workstation display in a variety of ways to suit the way you prefer to work with your virtual machines e Using Full Screen Mode on page 150 e Using Quick Switch Mode on page 151 e Taking Advantage of Multiple Monitors on page 151 e Fitting the Workstation Console to the Virtual Machine Display on page 152 e Nonstandard Resolutions on page 153 e Simplifying the Screen Display on page 153 Using Full Screen Mode In full screen mode the VMware Workstation virtual machine display fills the screen so you no longer see the borders of the VMware Workstation window To enter full screen mode click the Full Screen button on the toolbar or press Ctrl Alt Enter To switch from full screen mode back to normal mode which shows your virtual machine inside a VMware Workstation window again press Ctrl Alt Virtual machines run faster in full screen mode Linux hosts You can switch between virtual machines without leaving full screen mode by using a Ctrl Alt Fn key combination where Fn is a function key corresponding to the virtual machine you want to see To find out what function key to use for a particular virtual machine check the title bar of the virtual machine while it is running in a window Windows hosts For similar functionality see Using Full Screen Switch Mode on page 438 Note VMware Workstation does not support running virtual
109. 2 Remember that your virtual machine hardware environment which the guest operating system is about to run in for the first time probably differs significantly from the physical hardware of your machine For Windows guest operating systems Plug and Play reconfigures Windows Set up your virtual hardware profile with the devices found and configured by Plug and Play See Setting Up Hardware Profiles in Virtual Machines on page 225 for more information 13 Install VMware Tools in your guest operating system Warning If you take snapshots while using your raw disk before you reboot your guest operating system natively you must either e Revert to a snapshot and delete all other snapshots e Delete all snapshots This is necessary because any changes to sectors on the physical disk that have been modified on the disk invalidate all snapshots for the disk Setting Up Hardware Profiles in Virtual Machines Certain operating systems use hardware profiles to load the appropriate drivers for a given set of hardware devices If you have a dual boot system and want to use a virtual machine to boot a previously installed operating system from an existing partition you must set up physical and virtual hardware profiles Only users who are familiar with VMware Workstation virtual machines and the Windows hardware profiles concept should attempt this If you haven t already done so review Configuring Dual or Multiple Boot Systems to
110. 32 bit Hosts Moving a virtual machine from a 64 bit host to a 32 bit host can require that you recompile the kernel in your Linux guest operating system Moving from a Multiprocessor Host to a Uniprocessor Host If you move a virtual machine created in VMware ESX Server on a multiprocessor host to a uniprocessor host the guest operating system consumes 100 of the host CPU s processing capacity even when the guest operating system is essentially idle To prevent this change the setting for numvcpus from 2 to 1 in the virtual machine configuration vmx file 173 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 174 Virtual Machines Use Relative Paths The path names for all files associated with a VMware Workstation 5 virtual machine are relative meaning the path to each file is relative to the currently active directory For example if you are in the virtual machine s directory the relative path to the virtual disk file is lt machine name gt vmdk Preparing a Workstation 5 Virtual Machine for a Move 1 Shut down the guest operating system and power off the virtual machine If the virtual machine is suspended resume it then shut down the guest operating system 2 Do one of the following e f you are moving the virtual machine to a new host and have a network connection between the original host machine and the new host you are finished with the preparations on the original host Otherwise you need to have a way of moving the vir
111. 5 Torun multiple guest operating systems from different raw disk partitions unmap these partitions on the host On a Windows NT host use the Disk Administrator Start gt Programs gt Administrative Tools First highlight the partition that contains the guest operating system then select Assign Drive Letter from the Tools menu In this form choose Do not assign a drive letter for the partition and click OK The unmapping happens immediately On a Windows Server 2003 Windows XP or Windows 2000 host use Disk Management Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt Administrative Tools gt Computer Management gt Storage gt Disk Management Select the partition you want to unmap then from the Action menu select All Tasks gt Change Drive Letter and Path Click the Remove button 6 Use the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings if you want to change any configuration options from the wizard defaults for example to change the amount of memory allocated to the guest operating system 7 Ifyou have multiple IDE drives configured on a system the VMware BIOS normally attempts to boot them in this sequence a Primary master b Primary slave c Secondary master d Secondary slave If you have multiple SCSI drives configured on a system the VMware BIOS normally attempts to boot them in the order of the SCSI device number If you have both SCSI and IDE drives configured the VMware BIOS normally attempts to boot S
112. AT device should use Linux Host Use the NAT configuration file on the host to configure the NAT device This file is etc vmware vmnet8 nat nat conef The configuration file is divided into sections Each section configures a part of the NAT device Text surrounded by square brackets such as host marks the beginning of a section In each section is a configuration parameter that can be set The configuration parameters take the form ip 192 168 27 1 24 For an example of a NAT configuration file see Sample Linux vmnetnat conf File on page 355 The configuration file variables are described below The host Section 1p The IP address that the NAT device should use It can optionally be followed by a slash and the number of bits in the subnet netmask The subnet mask to use for the NAT network DHCP addresses are allocated from this range of addresses configport A port that can be used to access status information about the NAT device device The VMnet device to use Windows devices are of the form VMnet lt x gt where lt x gt is the number of the VMnet Linux devices are of the form dev vmnet lt x gt 349 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual activeFTP Flag to indicate if active FTP is to be allowed Active FTP allows incoming connections to be opened by the remote FTP server Turning this off means that only passive mode FTP works Set to 0 to turn it off The udp Section timeout Number of minutes to ke
113. CSI drives followed by IDE drives in the order described above The boot sequence can be changed in the Boot menu of the virtual machine s Phoenix BIOS After powering on the virtual machine press F2 during the BIOS boot in the virtual machine to enter the BIOS setup menu 221 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 222 8 Power on the virtual machine Click the Power On button The virtual machine starts runs the Phoenix BIOS then boots from the master boot record MBR Choose the target operating system from the list of options offered by the boot manager 9 Remember that your virtual machine hardware environment which the guest operating system is about to run in for the first time probably differs significantly from the physical hardware of your host computer For Windows guest operating systems Plug and Play reconfigures Windows Set up your virtual hardware profile with the devices found and configured by Plug and Play See Setting Up Hardware Profiles in Virtual Machines on page 225 for more information 10 Install VMware Tools in your guest operating system Warning If you take snapshots while using your raw disk before you reboot your guest operating system natively you must either e Revert to a snapshot and delete all other snapshots e Delete all snapshots This is necessary because any changes to sectors on the physical disk that have been modified on the disk invalidate all snapshots for the disk Conf
114. Clone 273 10 The Linked Clone Snapshot Linked Clones and Access to the Parent Virtual Machine Configuring Teams Teams Overview Creating and Deleting Teams Making a New Team Opening a Team Closing a Team Deleting a Team Adding and Removing Virtual Machines Adding an Existing Virtual Machine to a Team Removing a Virtual Machine from a Team Cloning and Taking Snapshots of Team Members Cloning a Virtual Machine in a Team Taking Snapshots of Individual Virtual Machines in a Team Starting and Stopping Teams Powering On a Team Powering Off a Team Suspending a Team Resuming a Team Power Operations for Individual Members of a Team Working with Team Networks LAN Segment Requirements Creating a Team LAN Segment Connecting to or Changing a LAN Segment Renaming a LAN Segment Deleting a LAN Segment The Startup Sequence Understanding the Start Up Sequence Delay Working with the Team Console View Displaying Teams The Active Virtual Machine Using Full Screen with Teams Editing Team Settings Connections Virtual Machines LAN Segments www vmMware comM 2 4 2 4 277 2 8 279 279 284 284 285 286 286 286 288 288 288 289 289 289 289 290 290 292 292 293 293 294 294 295 295 296 296 297 297 298 298 299 300 Options Command Line for Teams Configuring a Virtual Network Network Basics Components of the Virtual Network Virtual switch Bridge Host Virtual Adapter NAT Device DHCP Server Network Adapter Common
115. Clone Virtual Machine Wizard on page 270 Click Next 281 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 6 If you wish add LAN segments to your team New Team Wizard Add LAN Segments to the Team LAN Segments are connections private to the Team that can be used to connect a team s virtual machines to each other Would you like to add LAN segments to the team now O No will add LAN segments later You can add LAN segments at any time using the Team gt Add menu If you select No will add LAN segments later skip to step 9 If you select Yes the wizard continues For for information about LAN segments see Working with Team Networks on page 292 Click Next 7 Click Add to create a LAN segment New Team Wizard Add LAN Segments to the Team Use the Add and Remove buttons to set up the LAN Segments in this team LAN Segment Summary LAN 1 Unlimited Kbps 0 loss LAN 2 Unlimited Kbps 0 loss You can change default names and bandwidth later See LAN Segments on page 300 for the procedure Click Next 282 Twat CHAPTER 11 Configuring Teams 8 Select the network connections for each virtual machine on the team New Team Wizard Network Virtual Machines in the Team Connect the virtual machines to the Team s LAN Segments or other external options using the checkboxes Virtual Ma Adapter LAN1 LAN2 Bridged NAT Host only window Ethernet 1 m o o o o Window Etherne
116. Create new teams and virtual machines Edit team and virtual machine configurations Manage virtual networks Password eoccece Confirm password eeccces The Lockout tab lets you restrict who can create new virtual machines edit virtual machine configurations and change networking settings For details see Locking Out Interface Features on page 433 There are no corresponding settings on a Linux host 82 WWW VMware com CHAPTER 4 Learning VMware Workstation Basics Virtual Machine Settings VMware Workstation configures a newly created virtual machine based on the guest operating system you select in the New Virtual Machine Wizard File gt New gt Virtual Machine Use the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings if you want to change any configuration options from the wizard defaults Hardware Virtual Machine Settings Hardware 0 ptions Device Summary Memory Memory 256 MB S Hard Disk IDE 0 0 ycp Rom IDE 1 0 Auto detect Memory for this virtual machine Floppy Using drive A g 256 al MB EP ethernet Bridged mmnm cose semen tennis USE Controller Present 444 4 1664 Audio Default adapter Specify the amount of memory allocated to this virtual machine The memory size must be a multiple of 4 MB amp Guest OS recommended minimum 128MB amp Recommended memory 256MB amp Maximum for best performance 732MB Memory swapping may occur beyond this size C e
117. D T S C E a a C a S C C a S C C a S C C T S C C a S C C a S C LC S C p e C L S C E a a S CS C a C C Ea Ce C a S C a a a 394 WwWwWww ymware com e f b C a S C e f f e a a S C a a S C C a S C C a S C C a S C Sma forea o sona To E o0e rove rece one a CT E Ca O a a Cd fee rr on C CC mor e p pe ea roe p fee rr oe C aC C CS C EN a a C a C C CHAPTER 14 Connecting Devices 395 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual ome on oer ere nc one pew femea rmon frena e A one E a Cd aman nina 7 arom nein a fee nin se a ican ft oe int from i mew a CE The 84 key keyboard has a Sys Req key on the numeric pad Keyboards outside the U S usually have an extra key often lt gt or lt gt next to the left shift key 396 a ooe CHAPTER 14 Connecting Devices Using USB Devices in a Virtual Machine VMware Workstation 5 provides a two port USB 1 1 controller You can use up to two USB devices in your virtual machine if both your host operating system and your guest operating system support USB If your host computer supports USB 2 0 devices you can use those devices in the virtual machine Experimental support is provided for isochronous USB devices such as webcams speakers and microphones Note Windows NT and Linux kernels older than 2 2 17 do not support USB Although your host operating system must support USB you do not need to install dev
118. DMA and disk performance 425 427 DMZ 278 DNS 347 Drag and drop 163 448 Driver SCSI 402 sound 369 Drives See Disks tape 402 405 www vmware comM Dual boot and SCSI disks 235 configuring for use in virtual machine 215 219 Dual monitor display 151 Duron 23 DVD adding drive to virtual machine 204 Dynamic disk 234 Dynamic domain name service 336 E Enable drag and drop 163 host virtual adapter 323 removable devices 67 132 template mode for clone 275 USB controller 397 Ethernet adapter in promiscuous mode on a Linux host 344 adding virtual adapter 316 virtual adapter 308 Existing disk using in a virtual machine 190 F Favorites defined 448 hide 153 removing from list 73 Files BIOS in virtual machine 96 location of virtual disk files 104 redo log 97 178 180 183 Samba and file sharing on a Linux host 358 sharing among virtual machines and host 157 163 snapshot 97 suspended state 97 used by a virtual machine 96 used by snapshot 97 virtual disk files 97 virtual machine 141 files 141 Firewall 353 Fit guest 152 window to virtual machine 152 fit window 152 Floppy add drive to virtual machine 206 drives in virtual machine 28 image file 28 207 Folder shared 157 Forums 32 FreeBSD supported guest operating systems 31 VMware Tools for 127 FTP 347 Full clone 269 Full screen mode defined 448 switching between virtual machines 150 using 150 Full screen switch mode 438 log file 444
119. E Windows XP Home Edition Trying to load pxelinux cfg i Windows xP Professional UMware PXE Ghost Automatic Boot Gia Windows XP Pro SP1 If you are not in OPs PXE booting on the Corporate Network s Gi Windows XP Pro SP2 is not going to be of much value to you Linux Mandrake 9 ghost ghostalt Generic Multi boot Ghost Version 3 floppy p Boot from the next BIOS boot device Chard disk etc Teams 3com 3coma lt Any 3C9 5C backward compatible 3COM NIC Client Server Latitude C4880 C648 Optiplex Try 3comnini for older Latitudes eg C818 bcgig bcgigalt Broadcomm 57xx Gig NIC Latitude D466 D686 PowerEdge lt 1756 pr376 pr37 alt Broadcomm 57xx NDIS2 v 61 Precision 376 e1887e188alt Intel EE Pro 188 IBM T38 e18887 7e188 alt Intel Gig NIC Precision 368 PowerEdge 160805C IBM T48 T41 T4ip Optiplex GX268 pe75 0o Intel gig nic in a PE750 or a PE2850 wing8disk Windows 98 Boot Floppy fixmbr Boot from floppy image and run FDISK MBR PR37908 fix G RHEL3 w59 local 689 3 tier Private Network Gj vm01170a E Windows XP Pro SP2 LinkedClone 2 Clone of vm0209b 2 E WinxPPro boot _ A You do not have VMware Tools installed VMware Workstation detects a PXE server on boot Power on the virtual machine to start installing Windows XP ER Windows XP Professional VMware Workstation File Edit View VM Team Windows Help gt a Ba ols Favorites ed ee eget te gp Windows XP Professional fF igre
120. E ACPI S1 sleep is instead implemented as power on suspend The guest operating system is not fully powered down You can awaken the virtual machine e Using keyboard input e Using mouse input e Through programming the CMOS external timer This feature can be useful for test and development scenarios www vmware comM 446 CHAPTER Glossary Administrative Lockout a global setting providing password protection for Windows hosts Administrative lockout restricts users from creating new virtual machines editing virtual machine configurations and changing network settings Bridged networking A type of network connection between a virtual machine and the rest of the world Under bridged networking a virtual machine appears as an additional computer on the same physical Ethernet network as the host See also Host only networking Clone A duplicate copy of a virtual machine See also Full clone and Linked clone Clone Virtual Machine wizard A point and click interface for convenient easy duplication of a virtual machine within VMware Workstation See also Full clone and Linked clone Configuration See Virtual machine configuration file Custom networking Any type of network connection between virtual machines and the host that does not use the default bridged host only or network address translation NAT networking configurations For instance different virtual machines 447 VMware Workstation 5 Us
121. E B Windows E Longhorn experimental 2 Windows 2000 Professional 3 E Windows XP Home Edition UD Windows XP Professional Gi Windows xP Pro SP1 Gi Windows xP Pro SP2 B Linux E Mandrake 9 G RHEL3 w59 To repair a Windows XP installation using B Teams Recovery Console press R Windows XP Professional Setup Welcome to Setup This portion of the Setup program prepares Microsoft lt R Windows R gt XP to run on your computer To set up Windows 8P now press ENTER ao Client Server 89 3 tier Private Network Gj vm01170a E Windows XP Pro SP2 LinkedClone 2 Clone of vm0209b 2 To quit Setup without installing Windows XP press F3 ENTER Continue R Repair F3 Quit A You do not have VMware Tools installed r OR www vmMware com CHAPTER 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine 3 Follow the Windows XP installation steps as you would for a physical computer Bi Windows XP Professional VMware Workstation DAR Fie Edit View YM Team Windows Help a uf GAB OB Favorites aw Windows XP Pro SP2 Gy LinkedClone Gj Clone of vm0209b 2 3 tier Private Network B Windows s E Longhorn experimental Windows 2 Windows 2000 Professional 3 E Windows XP Home Edition amp Windows xP Professional Collecting An exciting new look G Windows xP Pro SP1 information Gi Windows XP Pro SP2 Dynamic Linux Update E Mandrake 9 iy RHEL3 w59 Preparing Teams installation 889 Client Server The redesig a r to fin
122. Ei Shared Folders Enabled Snapshots Guest isolation Drag and drop enabled E Advanced Normal Normal T emplate Drag and Drop By default you can drag and drop files between your host computer and a virtual machine If you wish to disable this feature select Disable drag and drop to and from the virtual machine One reason to disable the drag and drop feature is to prevent files from accidentally being transferred between the virtual machine and the host Advanced Virtual Machine Settings Hardware Options Settings Summary Process priorities General Windows XP Pro SP2 Input grabbed normal be D Power Shared Folders Enabled Snapshots These settings override the global values specified in amp Guest isolation Drag and drop enabled Edit gt Preferences gt Priority IE Advanced Normal Normal T emplate Input ungrabbed normal vi Settings C Run with debugging information C Disable acceleration C Log virtual machine progress periodically Enable Template mode to be used for cloning Process priorities Windows only VMware Workstation sets the default priority for virtual machine processing as Normal for both Input grabbed and Input ungrabbed This means that the processes within virtual machines contend equally for resources with all other processes running on the host To change the default priority for the selected virtual machine overriding
123. Ethernet Virtual adapter Ethernet switch ES VMnet3 Be Virtual machine 3 Firewall Virtual machine 4 internal PC In this custom configuration a Web server connects through a firewall to an external network An administrator s computer can connect to the Web server through a second firewall 313 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 314 To set up this configuration you must create four virtual machines and use the virtual machine settings editor to adjust the settings for their virtual Ethernet adapters You also need to install the appropriate guest operating systems and application software in each virtual machine and make the appropriate networking settings in each virtual machine 1 Set up four virtual machines using the New Virtual Machine Wizard Create the first virtual machine with bridged networking so it can connect to an external network using the host computer s Ethernet adapter Create the other three virtual machines without networking You will set up their virtual Ethernet adapters in later steps 2 Start VMware Workstation and open virtual machine 1 Do not power on the virtual machine Use the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings to add a second virtual network adapter as described in Changing the Networking Configuration on page 316 Connect the second adapter to Custom VMnet2 Click OK to save the configuration and close the virtual machine settings editor 3 If VMware Work
124. Internally VMware Workstation uses a simplified version of the PC scan code that is a single nine bit numeric value called a v scan code A v scan code is written as a three digit hexadecimal number The first digit is O or 1 For example the left hand Ctrl key has a one byte scan code 0x1d its v scan code is 0x01d The right hand Ctrl key scan code is two bytes Oxe0 0x1d its v scan code is 0x11d 389 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual An X server uses a two level encoding of keys An X key code is a one byte value The assignment of key codes to keys depends on the X server implementation and the physical keyboard As a result an X application normally cannot use key codes directly Instead the key codes are mapped into keysyms that have names like space escape x and 2 The mapping can be controlled by an X application via the function XChangeKeyboardMapping or by the program xmodmap To explore keyboard mappings you can use xev which shows the key codes and keysyms for keys typed into its window To recap a key code corresponds roughly to a physical key while a keysym corresponds to the symbol on the key top For example with an XFree86 server running on a PC the Z key on the German keyboard has the same key code as the Y key on an English keyboard The German Z keysym however is the same as the English Z keysym and different from the English Y keysym For an XFree86 server on a PC there is a one to one mapping fro
125. LAN Segments Options Virtual Machine Adapter Data Client Bridged Custom J Database Server E Database Application E client 001 E client 002 Add Adapter Remove Adapter From this tab you can review the virtual machine name guest operating system and network and LAN segment associations for each member of the team You can also change network settings from this screen 298 o ome CHAPTER 11 Configuring Teams Virtual Machines To change the start up sequence and delay 1 Choose Team gt Settings 2 Click Virtual Machines Team Settings Connections Virtual Machines LAN Segments Options Startup details Virtual Machine Delay ED Database Server 10s Before starting the next virtual machine Database Application 1s Client 001 1s E Client 002 1s Delay 10 seconds a Came From this tab you can add and remove virtual machines and change the virtual machine startup sequence The list of virtual machines associated with the team is displayed on the left in the order of the start up sequence the virtual machine at the top of the list is the first in the start up sequence the virtual machine at the bottom of the list is the last in the sequence Changing the Start Up Sequence for a Team To set the start up sequence for members of a team 1 Choose Team gt Settings 2 Click Virtual Machines 3 Arrange
126. LAN segment the virtual Ethernet adapter for that LAN segment on the clone is disconnected To connect to a network you must reconfigure the virtual Ethernet adapter manually Taking Snapshots of Individual Virtual Machines in a Team Snapshots operate on virtual machines not on the whole team When a team is active the Snapshot button on the toolbar takes a snapshot of only the active virtual machine If you want to preserve the state of all virtual machines on a team power off the team then take a snapshot of each virtual machine before you power on the team again 288 o ome CHAPTER 11 Configuring Teams Starting and Stopping Teams Power operations for teams are much the same as those for an individual virtual machine However for a team you can also configure the sequence in which the members of a team power on and off See Changing the Start Up Sequence for a Team on page 299 e Powering On a Team on page 289 e Powering Off a Team on page 289 e Suspending a Team on page 289 e Resuming a Team on page 290 Note You cannot close VMware Workstation if a team is powered on Powering Ona Team TO power on a team 1 Select the team to power on select the team from the Favorites list or click the summary tab for the team 2 Click the Power On button on the toolbar The team begins to power on in the sequence specified in Team gt Settings See The Startup Sequence on page 295 for more information Powering Off a T
127. Linux host see Adding a Shared Folder on a Linux Host on page 160 1 Choose VM gt Settings 2 Select Options 3 Click Shared Folders 4 Click Add to open the Add Shared Folder Wizard and click Next Add Shared Folder Wizard Welcome to the Add Shared Folder Wizard This wizard will guide you through the steps of adding a new shared folder to your virtual machine Add Shared Folder Wizard Name the Shared Folder What would you like to call this shared folder Name Documents Host folder C doc Browse e Name This is the name that appears inside the virtual machine e Host folder The path on the host to the directory you want to share Type in the full path or browse to the directory 158 TT ezmuarecarn CHAPTER 6 Running VMware Workstation 6 Enter attributes for the shared folder Add Shared Folder Wizard Specify Shared Folder Attributes What is the scope and lifetime of this shared folder Additional attributes Enable this share C Read only C Disable after this session Disable the share the next time the virtual machine is powered off or suspended e Enable this share Select this option to enable the shared folder Deselect this option to disable the shared folder without deleting it from the virtual machine configuration You may want to add a folder to the list without enabling it immediately You can then enable the folder at any time by clicki
128. Maintaining and Changing the MAC Address of a Virtual Machine on page 332 169 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Virtual Machine Identifier UUID To ensure all virtual machines are identified properly each virtual machine is automatically assigned a universal unique identifier UUID If you move or copy a virtual machine Workstation offers the choice of creating a new UUID the first time you power on the virtual machine This new UUID is based on the physical computer s identifier and the path to the virtual machine s configuration file in its new location This section discusses the following topics e The UUID Location and Format on page 170 e The UUID and Moving Virtual Machines on page 171 e Specifying a UUID for a Virtual Machine on page 172 e Setting the UUID for a Virtual Machine that Is Being Moved on page 172 The UUID Location and Format The UUID is stored in the SMBIOS system information descriptor It can be accessed by standard SMBIOS scanning software for example SiSoftware Sandra or the IBM utility smbios2 and used for system management in the same way you use the UUID of a physical computer The UUID is a 128 bit integer The 16 bytes of this value are separated by spaces except for a dash between the eighth and ninth hexadecimal pairs An example UUID looks like this 00 11 22 33 44 55 66 77 88 99 aa bb cc dd ee ff The UUID is based on the physical computer s identifier and the path to the virtual m
129. Mware Guest Operating System Installation Guide available from the VMware Web site or from the Help menu Sun Solaris e Experimental support for Solaris x86 Platform Edition 9 10 beta 31 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Technical Support Resources Documentation on the Web You can find full documentation for VMware Workstation including the latest updates to the manual on the VMware Web site at www vmware com support pubs ws_pubs htm VMware Knowledge Base You can find troubleshooting notes and tips for advanced users in the knowledge base on the VMware Web site at www vmware com kb VMware User Community The VMware user community includes VMware sponsored discussion forums and newsgroups Community Discussion Forums The VMware Community is a set of moderated discussion forums hosted on the VMware Web site open to all VMware users In the forums you can share your experiences in using VMware products raise technical questions or issues and benefit from the expertise and advice of other VMware users The VMware community forum is at www vmware com community Newsgroups The VMware newsgroups are primarily forums for users to help each other You are encouraged to read and post issues work arounds and fixes While VMware personnel may read and post to the newsgroups they are not a channel for official support The VMware NNTP news server is at news vmware com For more information on the forums and newsgrou
130. Mware Workstation 5 Run ifconfig You should see at least four network interfaces et ho lo vmneti1 and vmnet2 If the VMnet interfaces do not show up immediately wait for a minute then run the command again These four interfaces should have different IP address on separate subnets Configuring the Virtual Machines Now you have two host only interfaces VMnet1 and VMnet2 You are ready to set up your virtual machines for one of the following configurations 1 The virtual machine is configured with one virtual Ethernet adapter and that virtual adapter is connected to the default host only interface VMnet 1 2 The virtual machine is configured with one virtual Ethernet adapter and that virtual adapter is connected to the newly created host only interface VMnet2 3 The virtual machine is configured with two virtual Ethernet adapters One virtual adapter is connected to the default host only interface VMnet1 and the other virtual adapter is connected to the newly created host only interface VMnet2 338 a ooe CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network Configuration 1 Connect to the Default Host Only Interface i Create the virtual machine using the New Virtual Machine Wizard or use an existing virtual machine Launch VMware Workstation and open the virtual machine Edit the configuration using the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings Select Network Adapter then choose Host only VMnet1 from th
131. Mware recommends that you install your Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 guest operating system in a virtual disk rather than running it from a raw disk If you encounter this problem but it is important for you to run the virtual machine from the existing raw disk configuration you can set up separate hardware profiles described in Setting Up Hardware Profiles in Virtual Machines on page 225 and manually update the IDE driver in the profile for the virtual machine For a detailed description of the workaround see the VMware knowledge base www vmware com info id 41 Setting Up the SVGA Video Driver for a Windows 95 Guest Operating System Booted from a Raw Disk This section explains how to configure the video driver in a Windows 95 raw disk installation using VMware Workstation The steps below assume you are using Windows 95 as one of the operating systems in a dual boot or multiple boot configuration Following these steps you create separate hardware profiles for your virtual machine and your physical machine For more details on hardware profiles see Setting Up Hardware Profiles in Virtual Machines on page 225 1 Boot Windows 95 natively not in a virtual machine 2 Right click the My Computer icon on the desktop then select Properties 3 Click the Hardware Profiles tab 4 Highlight the Original Configuration profile then click Copy 5 Name the profile Virtual Machine then click OK You may also want to
132. New Virtual Machine Wizard Select a Virtual Machine Format Which format would like to use to create the new virtual machine Virtual machine format O New Workstation 5 Create new virtual machine using the latest format to leverage new features available in Workstation 5 This virtual machine will not be compatible with VMware ESX Server 2 x GSX Server 3 x ACE 1 x or Workstation 4 x Create new virtual machine using legacy format This virtual machine can be used with Workstation 5 but will operate in legacy mode It is compatible with VMware ESX Server 2 x GSX Server 3 x ACE 1 x and Workstation 4 x This screen asks whether you want to create a Workstation 5 virtual machine ora legacy virtual machine See Legacy Virtual Disks on page 246 for more information 7 Select a guest operating system New Virtual Machine Wizard Select a Guest Operating System Which operating system will be installed on this virtual machine Guest operating system O O O Novell Netware O Sun Solaris O Other Version Windows 2000 Professional Cte ee This screen asks which operating system you plan to install in the virtual machine Select both an operating system and a version The New Virtual Machine Wizard uses this information to e Select appropriate default values such as the amount of memory needed e Name files associated with the virtual machine e Adjust settings for optimal performance e Work around spe
133. PU on poll check box as the kernel in the target virtual machine uses the virtual serial port in polled mode not interrupt mode To prepare the host make sure you have a recent version of Debugging Tools for Windows one that supports debugging over a pipe You need version 5 0 18 0 or higher 387 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual When you are ready to begin complete the following steps 1 Power on the virtual machine 2 Check to make sure the serial port is connected Choose choose VM gt Removable Devices On that menu serial lt n gt should be reported as pipe lt namedpipe gt on Windows hosts or tmp lt socket gt on Linux hosts If the serial port is not connected choose the virtual serial port then Connect 3 On the host open a Command Prompt window and do one of the following e If you are using WinDbg type the following windbg k com port pipe lt namedpipe gt pipe e f you are using KD type the following kd k com port pipe lt namedpipe gt pipe Then press Enter to start debugging Debugging an Application in a Virtual Machine from another Virtual Machine In this situation you have kernel code to debug in a virtual machine called the target virtual machine and are running Debugging Tools for Windows WinDbg or Kernel Debugger KD in another virtual machine called the debugger virtual machine on the same host This is useful if you are running VMware Workstation on a Linux host
134. Power Off button to work as a power switch works on a power supply The virtual machine is abruptly powered off with no consideration for work in progress Caution If a virtual machine is writing to disk when it receives a Power Off command data corruption may occur e You can also set the Power Off button to send a shut down signal to the guest operating system An operating system that recognizes this signal shuts down gracefully Note Not all guest operating systems respond to a shut down signal from this button If your operating system does not respond to a shut down signal shut down from within the operating system as you would with a physical machine For instructions on configuring the Power Off button see Power Controls in the section Power on page 85 1 44 www vmMware com CHAPTER 6 Running VMware Workstation Resetting a Virtual Machine As with physical computers you may need to reset a guest operating system that has become unresponsive This is generally not recommended If you reset a virtual machine while the virtual disk is being written to data may be lost or corrupted To reset a virtual machine click the Reset button on the toolbar Reset vs Restart You can configure the Reset button to reset or restart a virtual machine or team e You can set the Reset button to work as a reset switch so that it resets the virtual machine abruptly with no consideration for work in progress e You can also set the
135. Preferences for VMware Workstation on page 76 e Virtual Machine Settings on page 83 e Command Line Reference on page 91 e Keyboard Shortcuts on page 95 e What Files Make Up a Virtual Machine on page 96 The illustrations in these sections show a Windows XP guest operating system Some commands used in the illustrations are different from those used in other guest Operating systems 61 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 62 Launching VMware Workstation The method of starting the VMware Workstation application depends on your host operating system e Launching VMware Workstation on a Windows Host e Launching VMware Workstation on a Linux Host Launching VMware Workstation on a Windows Host Launch VMware Workstation by double clicking the shortcut on your desktop or launch the program from the Start menu Start gt Programs gt VMware gt VMware Workstation ron VMware Workstation The VMware Workstation window opens BI XP VPN1 VMware Workstation Gai gt File Edit View VM Team Windows Help e upa HAR OB Os Favorites BS A Home E XP VPH1 eu XP VPN2 gu RHEL3 gold 2T Client Server ga Windows 98 ga SUSE Linux gu Mandrake Linux S 3T Client Server DB fam Teams 7 3 2T Client Server aa 8 3T Client Server DB Linux VMs E Mandrake Linux 2 RHEL3 clean install E RHEL3 gold y E SUSE Linux Windows Ms EB Windows 98 E WinXP template E xP PN1 E XP VPN2 My Documents What s New in
136. Running VMware Workstation on page 139 99 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 100 TT tirecom CHAPTER Creating a New Virtual Machine This chapter discusses how to create a new virtual machine and install VMware Tools Setting Up a New Virtual Machine on page 102 Converting a VirtualPC Virtual Machine on page 113 Installing a Guest Operating System and VMware Tools on page 117 e Example Installing Windows XP as a Guest Operating System on page 117 Installing VMware Tools on page 120 e VMware Tools for Windows Guests on page 120 e VMware Tools for Linux Guests on page 122 e VMware Tools for FreeBSD Guests on page 127 e Installing VMware Tools in a NetWare Virtual Machine on page 129 VMware Tools Configuration Options on page 130 e Using the System Console to Configure VMware Tools in a NetWare Guest Operating System on page 135 101 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 102 Setting Up a New Virtual Machine The New Virtual Machine Wizard guides you through the key steps for setting up a new virtual machine helping you set various options and parameters You can then use the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings if you need to make any changes to your virtual machine s setup Steps to a New Virtual Machine By default the new virtual machine uses an IDE disk for Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows Me Windows XP Windows Server 2003 NetWare and FreeBSD guests The default for other guest operating system
137. Running multiple 3 D applications simultaneously may crash the Workstation application When a 3 D application is running you cannot suspend or resume the virtual machine and you cannot take snapshots Graphical corruption occurs such as e Screenshot or movie capture displays graphical corruption for the 3 D area of the screen e The guest cursor occasionally has a halo of corruption usually white when mousing over 3 D regions in the guest operating system 367 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Helping VMware with Experimental Support VMware offers only experimental support for Direct3D acceleration VMware may not respond personally to all support requests regarding Direct3D acceleration VMware is interested in e Catastrophic failures such as bluescreening the guest or 3 D applications that crash VMware Workstation e Testing reports about ATI 8500 and later video cards whether or not they work e Testing reports about Linux host operating systems whether or not they work e Testing reports about specific DirectX8 and DX9 applications you are using whether or not they work e Specific problems you are having when running 3 D e Specific directions you want to see VMware 3 D technology evolve Specific and detailed reports can help speed this feature from experimental support to full functionality Please include as many details about your configuration 3 D applications and hardware as you can 368 a ooe
138. Snapshot manager by the snapshot appearing to the immediate left of the You Are Here icon See also Go to Snapshot Snapshot manager and You Are Here icon Shared folder A shared folder is a folder on the host computer or ona network drive accessible from the host computer that can be used by both the host computer and one or more virtual machines It provides a simple way of sharing files between host and guest or among virtual machines In a Windows virtual machine shared folders appear as folders on a designated drive letter In a Linux virtual machine shared folders appear under a specified mount point Snapshot A snapshot preserves the virtual machine just as it was when you took that snapshot the state of the data on all the virtual machine s disks and whether the virtual machine was powered on powered off or suspended VMware Workstation lets you take snapshots of a virtual machine at any time and revert to that snapshot at any time You can take a snapshot when a virtual machine is powered on powered off or suspended Configurations are available to exclude a disk from snapshots Snapshot manager The snapshot manager is a window that allows you to take actions on any of the snapshots associated with the selected virtual machine See also Snapshot www vmware com 450 CHAPTER 17 Glossary Suspend Saves the current state of a running virtual machine To return a suspended virtual machine to operation
139. Snapshots on page 81 Enabling background snapshots for a host with slow hard disks may affect performance If you experience significant performance problems when taking or restoring snapshots turn off this option If you take another snapshot or revert to one before Workstation completes a pending Snapshot operation a progress dialog box appears When this occurs you must wait for the pending snapshot operation to finish before the next snapshot or resume operation begins Note Ifyou select a snapshot in the snapshot manager before that snapshot is complete Workstation displays an error message The screen shot of the snapshot does not yet exist This message does not indicate a permanent problem When the snapshot is complete a screen shot for the snapshot becomes visible in the snapshot manager and no warning appears when you select that snapshot 256 TT nvmuarecarn CHAPTER 9 Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine When Can I Take a Snapshot You can take a snapshot while a virtual machine is powered on powered off or suspended If you are suspending a virtual machine wait until the suspend operation has finished before taking a snapshot For legacy virtual machines and multiple disks in different modes the following exceptions apply e Snapshots and legacy virtual machines you must upgrade a legacy virtual machine to Workstation 5 before taking a snapshot For information on upgrading the virtual machine see Upgradin
140. This creates a 40GB IDE virtual disk named myDisk vmdk The virtual disk is contained in a single vmdk file The disk space is not preallocated Converting a Virtual Disk To convert a virtual disk from preallocated to growable use a command like the following vmware vdiskmanager r sourceDisk vmdk t 0 targetDisk vmdk This converts the disk from its original preallocated type to a growable virtual disk consisting of a single virtual disk file The virtual disk space is no longer preallocated and the virtual disk manager reclaims some disk space in the virtual disk so it is only as large as the data contained within it Expand the Size of an Existing Virtual Disk To expand the size of a virtual disk use a command like the following vmware vdiskmanager x 40GB myDisk vmdk This increases the maximum capacity of the virtual disk to 40GB Renaming a Virtual Disk To rename a virtual disk first remove it from any virtual machine that contains the disk choose VM gt Settings gt lt virtualdisk gt then click Remove Then use the following vmware vdiskmanager n myDisk vmdk myNewDisk vmdk To rename the disk and locate it in a different directory use vmware vdiskmanager n myDisk vmdk lt new path gt myNewDisk vmdk Note The paths used in these examples assume a Windows host To locate the disk in a different directory but keep the same name use vmware vdiskmanager n myDisk vmdk lt new path gt myDisk vmdk After
141. Use these with care anyone can enter into your virtual machine through these FTP both active and passive FTP is always enabled ftp localhost 8887 8887 192 168 27 128 21 WEB make sure that if you are using named webhosting names point to your host not to guest And if you are forwarding port other than 80 make sure that your server copes with mismatched port number in Host header H lynx http localhost 8888 8888 192 168 27 128 80 SSH ssh p 8889 root localhost 8889 192 168 27 128 22 356 TE aarti CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network incomingudp UDP port forwarding example 6000 192 168 27 128 6001 357 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Using Samba with Workstation If you have Samba running on your Linux host there are several things you can do to configure Samba so that it works with Workstation as described in this section Modifying Your Samba Configuration Be sure to modify your Samba configuration so it includes the IP subnet used by the VMware Workstation virtual Ethernet adapter VMnet1 To determine what subnet is being used by VMnet1 run sbin ifconfig vmnet1 Make sure the Samba password file includes entries for all users of the virtual machine who will access the host s file system The user names and passwords in the Samba password file must match those used for logging on to the guest operating system You may add user names and passwords to t
142. VM gt Settings you can add virtual Ethernet adapters to your virtual machine and change the configuration of existing adapters This sections contains the following topics e Adding and Modifying Virtual Network Adapters on page 316 e Configuring Bridged Networking Options on a Windows Host on page 318 e Enabling Disabling Adding and Removing Host Virtual Adapters on page 323 Adding and Modifying Virtual Network Adapters Virtual Machine Settings Hardware 0 ptions Device Summary Device status Memory 256 MB Ga Hard Disk IDE 0 0 5cb ROM IDE 1 0 Floppy sini rive A Ethernet Bridged Bridged Connected directly to the physical network USE controller Present O NAT Used to share the host s IP address Audio Default adapter Connected Connect at power on Network connection O Host only A private network shared with the host Custom Specific virtual network To add a new virtual Ethernet adapter follow these steps 1 Be sure the virtual machine to which you want to add the adapter is powered off 2 Open the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings 3 Click Add 4 The Add Hardware Wizard starts Select Network Adapter Click Next 5 Select the network type you want to use Bridged NAT Host only or Custom 6 If you select Custom choose the VMnet network you want to use from the drop down list Note Although VMnet0 VMnet1 and VMnet8 are available in this list they
143. VMware Workstation uses description files to control access to each raw IDE device on the system These description files contain access privilege information that controls a virtual machine s access to certain partitions on the disks This mechanism prevents users from accidentally running the host operating system again as a guest or running a guest operating system that the virtual machine was not configured to use The description file also prevents accidental corruption of raw disk partitions by badly behaved operating systems or applications Use the New Virtual Machine Wizard to configure VMware Workstation to use existing raw disk partitions The wizard guides you though creating a configuration for a new virtual machine including configuring the raw disk description files Typically you rerun the wizard to create a separate configuration for each guest operating system installed on a raw partition If a boot manager is installed on the computer system the boot manager runs inside the virtual machine and presents you with the choice of guest operating systems to run You must manually choose the guest operating system that this configuration was intended to run This section continues with the following topics e Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 Dynamic Disks on page 219 e Using the LILO Boot Loader on page 220 e Configuring a Windows Host on page 220 e Configuring a Linux Host on page 222 Windows 2000 Windows XP and
144. Version 5 Microsoft Internet Explorer Community Documentation VMware Workstation 5 Technical Resources What s New Requirements Installation Guest OS Installation Documentation Developer Resources 4 Prey Contents Last Next gt Knowledge Base What s New in Version 5 Whether you re a long time power user of VMware Workstation or a beginning user who is just learning what you can do with virtual machines the new features in VMware Workstation 5 extend its capabilities and make it easier to use User Groups Here are highlights of some key features added in VMware Workstation 5 Discussion Forums New VMware Tools The new YMware Tools contain new drivers and performance enhancements to upgrade your entire Workstation experience Newsgroups Virtual Machine Teams Workstation introduces an easy way for you to configure complex multi tier applications on your desktop by leveraging teams Ateam is a collection of virtual machines connected by one or more private network segments Once a team is created you can operate on it just like you would on a single virtual machine you can power on off and suspend resume teams with the click of a single button View active thumbnails of all the virtual machines in a team Create private networks for teams using individual LAN segments that simulate bandwidth caps and packet loss e g The Workstation window Windows host www vmware com CHAPTER 4 Learning VMware Wo
145. Windows Server 2003 Dynamic Disks If your host is running Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 and is using dynamic disks see Do Not Use Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 Dynamic Disks as Raw Disks on page 234 CHAPTER 8 Using Disks 219 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Using the LILO Boot Loader If you are using the LILO boot loader and try to boot a virtual machine from an existing raw partition youmayseeL 01 01 01 01 01 01 instead ofa LILO prompt This can happen regardless of the host operating system As part of booting a physical PC or a virtual machine the BIOS passes control to code located in the master boot record MBR of the boot device LILO begins running from the MBR and in order to finish running correctly it needs access to the native Linux partition where the rest of LILO is located usually the partition with the boot directory If LILO can t access the rest of itself an error message like the one above appears To avoid the problem follow the configuration steps below and be sure to select the native Linux partition where the rest of LILO is located The next time the virtual machine tries to boot the LILO code in the MBR should be able to access the rest of LILO and display the normal LILO prompt Configuring a Windows Host Use the following steps to run a guest operating system from a raw disk Note If you use a Windows host s IDE disk in a raw disk configuration you
146. Workstation D Powerful Virtual Machine Software for the Technical Professional User s Manual HOOOReeounaTeaeuuanuaaeauanunuw JOUSBUUONUUEBVUTUOUSUOUUOUUSBUU SSG RSRBERSRBRBERBERBREESE ERE GS TOOOURCOOORUOOUOOURGOOOUUU HaeOOaetOaeOnNasUvuoaedwoeanna TOOOOROOOUOOUTOUOUOUOUTOOUUU TJTOOUOWOOUOUUOUOOUUOUOOUUD HOOROeRtOUaneeueueaensweuunans HOSeOUOUreweaensUeseuUunavuuawn BUOUUBSBUUSUOUUBABAUOUL g z O D VMware Inc 3145 Porter Drive Palo Alto CA 94304 www vmware com Please note that you can always find the most up to date technical documen tation on our Web site at http www vmware com support The VMware Web site also provides the latest product updates Copyright 1998 2005 VMware Inc All rights reserved Protected by one or more of U S Patent Nos 6 397 242 6 496 847 6 704 925 6 711 672 6 725 289 6 735 601 6 785 886 6 789 156 and 6 795 966 patents pending VMware the VMware boxes logo and design Virtual SMP and VMotion are registered trademarks or trademarks of VMware Inc in the United States and or other jurisdictions Microsoft Windows and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds All other marks and names mentioned herein may be trademarks of their respective companies Revision 20050916 Version 5 0 Item WS ENG Q205 062 Table of Contents Introduction and System Requirements Product Overview Powerful Virtua
147. You see a list of virtual networks that have been configured Select the network corresponding to the adapter you wish to disable The following virtual networks have been defined vmnetO is bridged to etho vmnetl is a host only network on subnet 172 16 155 0 vmnet8 is NAT network on a private subnet 172 16 107 0 Which virtual network do you wish to configure 0 99 1 You may be prompted to keep this virtual network If you are sure you want to remove it answer Yes to the question The network vmnetl has been reserved for a host only network You may change it but it is highly recommended that you use it as a host only network Are you sure you want to modify it yes no no yes When prompted about the type of virtual network select None and the virtual network will be removed What type of virtual network do you wish to set vmnetl1 bridged hostonly nat none hostonly none 325 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Advanced Networking Topics The following sections describe advanced networking topics e Selecting IP Addresses on a Host only Network or NAT Configuration on page 327 e Avoiding IP Packet Leakage in a Host Only Network on page 330 e Maintaining and Changing the MAC Address of a Virtual Machine on page 332 e Controlling Routing Information for a Host only Network on a Linux Host on page 334 e Other Potential Issues with Host Only Networking on a Linux Host on page 335 e Setting Up a Second Brid
148. a Generic SCSI Device Generic SCSI on a Windows Host Operating System Generic SCSI on a Linux Host Operating System Performance Tuning Configuring and Maintaining the Host Computer Location of the Working Directory Defragmentation of Disk Drives Adequate Free Disk Space NIC Interrupt Coalescing Configuring VMware Workstation General VMware Workstation Options VMware Workstation on a Windows Host VMware Workstation on a Linux Host Monitoring Virtual Machine Performance Memory Usage Notes Virtual Machine Memory Size Memory Use on the Host Using More Than 1GB of Memory on a Linux Host Improving Performance for Guest Operating Systems Windows 95 and Windows 98 Guest Operating System Performance Tips Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 Guest Operating System Performance Tips Windows NT Disk Performance on Multiprocessor Hosts Linux Guest Operating System Performance Tips 389 395 597 397 397 398 398 399 399 400 401 401 402 402 404 407 408 408 408 409 409 KA HR HA AH A ee ee ee ee a ee Oo wWowA NA NTIW o oO 4s 422 424 424 426 427 427 13 Disk I O Performance Tips 429 Memory Trimming 429 Page Sharing 429 Special Purpose Configuration Options 431 Locking Out Interface Features 433 Removing a Forgotten Password 434 Restricting the User Interface 435 Automatically Returning to a Snapshot with a Restricted User Interface _ 436 Using Full Screen Switch Mode 438 Creating a Vi
149. a blank hard disk Before you can use it you need to partition and format the virtual disk and install an operating system The operating system s installation program may handle the partitioning and formatting steps for you Installing a guest operating system inside your VMware Workstation virtual machine is essentially the same as installing it on a physical computer The basic steps for a typical operating system are 1 Start VMware Workstation 2 Insert the installation CD ROM or floppy disk for your guest operating system Note In some host configurations the virtual machine is not able to boot from the installation CD ROM You can work around that problem by creating an ISO image file from the installation CD ROM Use the virtual machine settings editor to connect the virtual machine s CD drive to the ISO image file then power on the virtual machine 3 Power on your virtual machine by clicking the Power On button 4 Follow the instructions provided by the operating system vendor The next section provides notes on installing a Windows XP guest operating system The screen shots illustrate the process on a Windows host The steps are the same on a Linux host For information on installing other guest operating systems see the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide available from the VMware Web site or from the Help menu Example Installing Windows XP as a Guest Operating System You can install Windows XP Home E
150. able at any time See Displaying the Summary View on page 66 for more information about the summary view e The console view is available only when a team is powered on The console view displays the team in two areas The main part of the display shows the active virtual machine The area just below the Workstation summary tabs shows thumbnail views of all virtual machines in the team A grab bar allows you to resize the areas BN 3 tier Private Network VMware Workstation File Edit View YM Team Windows Help ae up GAN Osa os J 3tier Private Network SFr AETA E gee 1 E A E S A ae Ea a A R O Eee EA ESA A EN eu SuSe 9 2 ue DB Data RH wr e amp My Documents File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q sxx amp JO search fy Folders E Address B My Documents Folders x my Music Desktop a Aw Pieturas ae desktop ini My Music A My Pictures a Y vmiii a E A 314 Floppy A E Se Local Disk C Config msi E Documents and Settir E Program Files D System volume Inforr a O wInpows 2 DVD CD RW Drive D GB control Panel v Bi i a start Aa My Documents E Client lt P Pro Console window for a team Windows host 296 o oome CHAPTER 11 Configuring Teams The Active Virtual Machine Team Thumbnails When a team is powered on the team console displays thumbnail views of all team members in a row at the top of the console You may have to scroll the thumbnails t
151. achine s configuration file This UUID is generated when you power on or reset the virtual machine As long as you do not move or copy the virtual machine to another location the UUID remains constant Wwww ymware com 170 CHAPTER 7 Moving and Sharing Virtual Machines The UUID and Moving Virtual Machines When you power on a virtual machine that was moved or copied to a new location the following message appears The virtual machine s configuration file has changed its location since its last poweron Do you want to create a new unique identifier UUID for the virtual machine or keep the old one You have four options Create Keep Always Create Always Keep The proper selection depends on the cause for the changed UUID e Ifyou moved this virtual machine you can choose to keep the UUID Select Keep then click OK to continue powering on the virtual machine e lf you copied this virtual machine to a new location you should create a new UUID since the copy of the virtual machine is using the same UUID as the original virtual machine Select Create then click OK to continue powering on the virtual machine e If the original virtual machine is being used as a master copy for more virtual machines you can choose to create a new UUID the first time you power on each copy After you configure the virtual machine and are ready to make it a master copy move it to a new location and power it on When the message appears after you p
152. achine that previously had control of the device When you disconnect a device from a virtual machine it is plugged in to the host Caution On Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 hosts you need to take a special step to disconnect USB network and storage devices from the host There is a system tray icon called Eject Hardware on Windows 2000 and Safely Remove Hardware on Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 Use this icon to disconnect the device from the host before connecting it to a virtual machine Device Control on a Linux Host On Linux hosts guest operating systems can use devices that are not already in use by the host that is devices that are not claimed by a host operating system driver If your device is in use by the host and you try to connect it to the guest using the VM gt Removable Devices menu a dialog box appears informing you that there is a problem connecting to the device To disconnect the device from the host you must unload the device driver You can unload the driver manually as root su using the rmmod command Or if the driver was automatically loaded by hotplug you can disable it in the hotplug configuration files in the etc hotplug directory See your Linux distribution s documentation for details on editing these configuration files A related issue sometimes affects devices that rely on automatic connection as PDAs often do If you have successfully used autoconnection to conn
153. after Linux kernel upgrade 48 automatic bridging 318 bridged networking 318 devices in virtual machine 164 DHCP on Linux host 328 DHCP on Windows host 328 DHCP settings 321 display resolution on a Linux host 362 full screen switch mode 438 generic SCSI device 402 403 405 host virtual network mapping 320 hot keys 78 memory size 418 memory use 80 NAT 348 NAT on Linux host 355 parallel port 372 parallel port on a Linux host 373 performance monitoring 416 preferences for virtual machine 76 83 process priorities on Windows host 81 restricted user interface 435 screen colors 360 second bridged network on a Linux host 336 serial port 377 shared folder 157 sound 369 USB controller 397 virtual Ethernet adapter 316 virtual network 309 313 316 virtual network subnet settings 321 VMware Tools 130 Web browser on Linux host 48 Connect removable devices 67 132 164 USB devices 398 Controls hiding 153 Copy text 156 virtual machine 174 175 177 178 181 virtual machine see clone 268 CPU host requirement 23 provided in virtual machine 27 Create floppy image file 207 named pipe 380 381 382 virtual machine 101 Creating clone 270 Creative Labs 29 369 Ctrl Alt 78 Cut text 156 D Date See Time DDNS 336 Decrease See Shrink Default team location 280 team path 280 Defragment virtual disks 193 Delete virtual machine 148 virtual machine from Favorites list 73 Devices adding configuring and removing 164
154. age 234 Windows 2000 e Configuring Dual or Multiple Boot Systems to Run with VMware Workstation on page 219 e Running a Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 Virtual Machine from an Existing Multiple Boot Installation on page 230 e Do Not Use Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 Dynamic Disks as Raw Disks on page 234 Windows NT e Configuring Dual or Multiple Boot Systems to Run with VMware Workstation on page 219 217 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Windows 98 e Configuring Dual or Multiple Boot Systems to Run with VMware Workstation on page 219 e Setting Up the SVGA Video Driver for Use with a Windows 98 Guest Operating System Booted from a Raw Disk on page 232 Windows 95 e Configuring Dual or Multiple Boot Systems to Run with VMware Workstation on page 219 e Setting Up the SVGA Video Driver for a Windows 95 Guest Operating System Booted from a Raw Disk on page 230 SCSI Systems Using a Linux Host e Configuring Dual or Multiple Boot SCSI Systems to Run with VMware Workstation on a Linux Host on page 235 Other Uses of Raw Disks It is also possible to install a guest operating system on a raw disk when you plan to use that disk only within a virtual machine For details on setting up asuch a configuration see Installing an Operating System onto a Physical Partition from a Virtual Machine on page 241 218 Twat Configuring Dual or Multiple Boot Systems to Run with VMware Workstation
155. ager 2 Select the snapshot to delete 3 Click Delete A confirmation dialog box appears 4 Click OK Note You cannot delete the snapshot if the associated virtual machine is designated as a template for cloning See Linked Clones and Access to the Parent Virtual Machine on page 274 for a description of template settings for linked clones Making a Clone from a Snapshot VMware Workstation 5 snapshots are stored as changes from the parent state To create a fully independent copy of a virtual machine from a snapshot you can make a clone 1 Choose VM gt Snapshot gt Snapshot Manager 2 Select the snapshot to clone Note The snapshot must be powered off before you can make a clone from it 3 Click Clone 4 Click OK in the confirmation dialog box See Cloning a Virtual Machine on page 267 264 www vmMware com CHAPTER 9 Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine Virtual Machine Settings for Snapshots In the virtual machine settings editor you can disable snapshots and set the virtual machine to revert to a snapshot when you power off The following sections describe these options Virtual Machine Settings Hardware Options Settings Summary General Ei General Windows XP Pro SP2 Disable snapshot To disable the snapshot feature this virtual machine D Power must not currently have a snapshot Shared Folders Enabled d i Snapshots amp Guest isolation Drag and drop enabled El Advanced Normal Normal T em
156. agues to enable team collaboration See Creating a Movie of a Virtual Machine on page 165 Improved Linux User Interface Workstation 5 offers a new GTK version 2 based user interface on Linux which provides an improved look and feel and enhanced usability 21 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Easier Upgrades and VMware Tools Installation Improvements Starting with Workstation 5 on Windows hosts you can automatically install a new release over an existing Workstation release The installer automatically uninstalls the previous version before installing the new version Workstation 5 also streamlines VMware Tools installation for Linux virtual machines by allowing users to install VMware Tools without exiting the X session See Upgrading VMware Workstation on page 51 and Installing VMware Tools on page 120 Support for NX bit Support for the NX bit and XD bit improves security for guest operating systems that take advantage of the feature Workstation 5 now supports the no execute and execute disable bit for guest operating systems that can leverage it Aimed at thwarting malicious buffer overruns NX and XD allow properly written applications to designate memory space as nonexecutable so that no code can be executed from that memory space Experimental Support for Direct3D Workstation 5 includes experimental support for Direct3D video acceleration This feature is not fully functional For information on configuring a virtu
157. ake the following steps 1 Open the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings 2 Click Add to start the Add Hardware Wizard www vmware comM CHAPTER 14 Connecting Devices 3 Select Serial Port then click Next Add Hardware Wizard Serial Port Type What media should this virtual serial port access Serial port Use physical serial port on the host Output to file Output to named pipe 4 Select Output to file then click Next Add Hardware Wizard Choose Serial Port Output File Which file should this serial port connect to Output file Device status Connect at power on lt Back Finish Cancel 5 Browse to the file on the host computer that you want to use to store the output of the virtual serial port By default the device status setting is Connect at power on You may deselect this setting if you wish Click Advanced if you want to configure this serial port to use polled mode This option is of interest primarily to developers who are using debugging tools that communicate over a serial connection For more information see Special Configuration Options for Advanced Users on page 385 6 Click Finish then click OK to close the virtual machine settings editor 7 Power on the virtual machine 379 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Connecting an Application on the Host to a Virtual Machine You can set up the virtual serial port in a virtual machine to connec
158. al X Home x E xpproi x E xppro2 x K 3Tier x E Client Server Team x E RHEL3a x Arial 48 wv westen eae e e e e re e e Gg ae Welcome to VMware Workstation 5 For Help press F1 start Document WordPad a E 4 56 PM L 24 68 WWWw vmware comMm CHAPTER 4 Learning VMware Workstation Basics Linux host console window When a virtual machine is active the name of the virtual machine or the name of the team it is on if any is always displayed in a tab at the top of the console To switch from the active virtual machine or team click the tab of another virtual machine or team You can use the console tabs in the windowed view and also in the quick switch view 1110a Windows 2000 Professional Windows XP Home Edition Windows XP Professional Longhorn experimental RedHa 4 gt x Tabs make it easy to switch among active virtual machines Windows host Displaying Multiple Virtual Machines at the Same Time If you want to view more than one virtual machine when they are not all on the same team you can open multiple Workstation windows and launch one or more virtual machines in each Workstation window Alternately you can use a team to coordinate and use multiple virtual machines within a single console window See Displaying Teams on page 296 for a complete description of the console view for teams The Toolbar The toolbar at the top of the Wo
159. al machine for 3 D support see Experimental Support for Direct3D on page 363 Experimental Support for Guest ACPI S1 Sleep Workstation 5 VMware Tools provide experimental support for guest operating systems that enable ACPI S1 sleep This feature requires you to have the latest VMware Tools installed For detailed configuration options see Guest ACPI S1 Sleep on page 446 VMware Virtual Machine Importer This standalone utility allows you to convert your Microsoft virtual machines from either Virtual PC or Microsoft Virtual Server into a VMware virtual machine The VMware virtual machine is compatible with Workstation 4 or 5 completely independent of the previous format ready to use with all the enhanced VMware Workstation functionality The original file remains intact See Converting a VirtualPC Virtual Machine on page 113 22 www vmMware com CHAPTER 1 Introduction and System Requirements Host System Requirements What do you need to get the most out of VMware Workstation 5 Take the following list of requirements as a starting point Like physical computers the virtual machines running under VMware Workstation generally perform better if they have faster processors and more memory PC Hardware e Standard x86 compatible personal computer e 400 MHz or faster CPU minimum 500 MHz recommended Compatible processors include e Intel Celeron Pentium Il Pentium Ill Pentium 4 Pentium M including computers wit
160. al networks served by the virtual DHCP server Then skip to step 9 On a Windows host open a Command prompt on the host computer and run ipconfig all Note the network addresses used by each virtual adapter On a Linux host run ifconfig at the console or in a terminal window on the host computer Note the network addresses used by each virtual switch Start VMware Workstation open each virtual machine in turn and install the appropriate guest operating system Configure the networking in each guest operating system For the bridged Ethernet adapter in virtual machine 1 use the networking settings needed for a connection to the external network If the virtual machine gets its IP address from a DHCP server on the external network the default settings should work For the second Ethernet adapter in virtual machine 1 manually assign an IP address in the range you are using with VMnetz2 In virtual machine 2 assign an IP address in the range you are using with VMnet2 In virtual machine 3 network adapters are connected to VMnet2 and VMnets Assign each adapter an IP address in the range you are using with the virtual network to which it is connected In virtual machine 4 assign an IP address in the range you are using with VMnets Install the necessary application software in each virtual machine 315 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Changing the Networking Configuration Using the virtual machine settings editor
161. and act on them directly BI vm01170a Snapshot Manager v PLES aE Ets x Gh Take Snapshot Delete Clone Zoom In Zoom Out 6 8 6 vm01170a Test Case 1 Test Case 2 Test Case 3 i Fail E H XP Prot Srepehot for You Are Here appre Test Case 3 Test Case4 You Are ass Pass Here Snapshot created Thu 03 Feb 2005 07 18 33 PM PST Snapshot created 2 14 2005 3 54 51 4M Name Snapshot for xppro3 Name Test Case 3 Fail Description Created by clone operation Description Bad Yams Hop goto The snapshot manager Windows host left and Linux host right Selecting a Snapshot In the snapshot manager select a snapshot by clicking it Double clicking a snapshot is the same as selecting that snapshot and clicking Go To Snapshot Going to a Snapshot Use the Go To button to restore the virtual machine to the currently selected snapshot 1 Choose VM gt Snapshot gt Snapshot Manager 2 Select the desired snapshot 3 Click Go to 4 Click Yes in the confirmation dialog box Making a Clone from a Snapshot In the snapshot manager you can clone a virtual machine from any snapshot taken while the virtual machine is powered off See Making a Clone from a Snapshot on page 264 258 TT vmurecarn CHAPTER 9 Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine Deleting a Snapshot Use the Delete button to permanently remove a snapshot from Workstation use 1 Choose VM gt Sn
162. another application in the guest operating system In some circumstances doing so could cause data corruption in the file Viewing Shared Folders in a Windows Guest In a Windows guest operating system you can view shared folders using Windows Explorer Look in My Network Places Network Neighborhood for a Windows NT guest under VMware Shared Folders Note Ifyou have trouble finding a shared folder when using the desktop icon for My Network Places or Network Neighborhood in Windows NT instead open Windows Explorer and look in My Network Places Network Neighborhood The Windows desktop icon does not display an option for Entire Network 161 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual For example if you specify the name Test files for one of your shared folders you can navigate to it by opening My Network Places gt VMware Shared Folders gt host gt Shared Folders gt Test files You can also go directly to the folder using the UNC path host Shared Folders Test files You can map a shared folder to a drive letter just as you would with a network share Note If your guest operating system has VMware Tools from Workstation 4 0 shared folders appear as folders on a designated drive letter Viewing Shared Folders in a Linux Guest In a Linux virtual machine shared folders appear under mnt hgfs To change the settings for a shared folder on the list click the folder s name to highlight it then click Properties The Proper
163. another pipe name of your choice The pipe name must follow the form pipe lt namedpipe gt that is it must begin with pipe 6 Select This end is the server www vmware comM CHAPTER 14 Connecting Devices 7 Select The other end is a virtual machine 8 By default the device status setting is Connect at power on You may deselect this setting if you wish Click Advanced if you want to configure this serial port to use polled mode This option is of interest primarily to developers who are using debugging tools that communicate over a serial connection For more information see Special Configuration Options for Advanced Users on page 385 9 Click Finish then click OK to close the virtual machine settings editor In the client virtual machine 1 Open the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings 2 Click Add to start the Add Hardware Wizard 3 Select Serial Port then click Next Add Hardware Wizard Specify Named Pipe Which named pipe should this serial port connect to Named pipe pipe com_1 This end is the client The other end is a virtual machine Device status Connect at power on lt Back Finish Cancel 4 Select Use named pipe 5 Use the default name or enter another pipe name of your choice The pipe name must follow the form pipe lt namedpipe gt that is it must begin with pipe The pipe name must be the same on both se
164. apshot gt Snapshot Manager 2 Select the desired snapshot 3 Click Delete 4 Click OK in the confirmation dialog box Editing Snapshot Name and Description You can edit the name and description of a snapshot by typing in the appropriate field 1 Choose VM gt Snapshot gt Snapshot Manager 2 Select the desired snapshot 3 Click within the Name or Description field to change that field Type your changes When your cursor leaves the field Workstation verifies your entry for length duplicate names and invalid characters Note Pressing Esc accepts any edit in progress and closes the snapshot manager without confirmation 259 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual The Snapshot Manager Window The following figures show the elements of the snapshot manager window These elements are described in the following sections e Snapshot Tree on page 261 e Details Region on page 261 e Command Buttons on page 261 e Navigation Region on page 262 e You Are Here Icon on page 262 ER vm011 70a Snapshot Manager You Are Here icon Gii G vm01170a Test Case 1 Test Case 2 Test Case 3 Pas il Fail CS Snapshot tree Test Case 3 Test Case4 You Are ass Snapshot created 2 14 2005 3 54 51 AM Name Test Case 3 Fail Details region Description Bad Yams E Command buttons J Navigation region The snapshot manager Windows host Snanshot Manaaer You Are Here icon Command b
165. apter on the host only network This adapter allows the host and the virtual machines to communicate with each other for such purposes as file sharing The NAT device never forwards traffic from the host virtual adapter DHCP on the NAT Network In order to make networking configuration easy a DHCP server is automatically installed when you install VMware Workstation Virtual machines running on the network with the NAT device can dynamically obtain their IP addresses by sending out DHCP requests The DHCP server on the NAT network which is also used in host only networking configurations dynamically allocates IP addresses in the range of lt net gt 128 through lt net gt 254 where lt net gt is the network number assigned to your NAT network VMware Workstation always uses a Class C address for NAT networks IP addresses lt net gt 3 through lt net gt 127 can be used for static IP addresses IP address lt net gt 1 is reserved for the host adapter lt net gt 2 is reserved for the NAT device In addition to the IP address the DHCP server on the NAT network also sends out additional configuration information that enables the virtual machine to operate automatically This information includes the default gateway and the DNS server In the DHCP response the NAT device instructs the virtual machine to use the IP address lt net gt 2 as the default gateway and DNS server This causes all IP packets destined for the external network and DNS
166. ard click the Advanced button Be sure the filename and path for the virtual disk match the actual filename and location for the first vmdk file used by the virtual machine you are moving Moving VMware Workstation 2 x Virtual Machines If you have created a virtual machine using VMware Workstation 2 x you must upgrade it under VMware Workstation 3 or 4 VMware Workstation 5 does not support VMware Workstation 2 virtual machines 181 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 182 Considerations for Moving Workstation Disks in Undoable Mode Once you commit or discard changes made to a disk in undoable mode you can move your disk between Linux and Windows host operating systems You can also move your disk to different locations on your computer and to other computers with the same host operating system However if you cannot or do not want to commit or discard the changes made to your undoable disk note the following e You can always move a disk in undoable mode between host operating systems of the same general type for example between two Microsoft Windows systems or between two Linux systems Depending upon how the disk was first set up you may have to place the disk and its redo log in a directory that has a path name identical to that of the current directory e You may be able to move the disk in undoable mode between Windows and Linux host systems or move the disk to a different directory on your current system if th
167. are Workstation To do this e Atthe LILO prompt type linux 2 2 16xxx mem 959M e Or edit Lilo conf n the kernel section add this line append mem 959M If you have a 1GB kernel with CONFIG_BIGMEM enabled and have more than 1983MB of memory you can do one of the following 422 www vmware com CHAPTER 15 Performance Tuning e Recompile the kernel as a 2GB kernel by enabling the CONFIG_2GB option and either pass the boot time switch mem 1983M at the LILO prompt or add it to lilo conf To use the switch e Atthe LILO prompt tyoe linux 2 2 16xxx mem 1983M e Or edit Lilo conf In the kernel section add this line append mem 1983M e Pass the boot time switch mem 95 9M at the LILO prompt or add it to lilo conf to disable CONFIG_BIGMEM To use the switch e Atthe LILO prompt type linux 2 2 16xxx mem 959M e Or edit lilo conf In the kernel section add this line append mem 959M If you are using a 2GB kernel with CONFIG_BIGMEM enabled and have 1984MB or more memory VMware Workstation does not run You can either pass the boot time switch mem 1983M at the LILO prompt or add it to lilo conf to disable CONFIG_BIGMEM and thus allow you to run VMware Workstation To use the switch e Atthe LILO prompt type linux 2 2 16xxx mem 1983 M e Or edit Lilo conf Inthe kernel section add this line append mem 1983M 423 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Improving Performance for Guest Operating Systems The t
168. are Workstation read Upgrading VMware Workstation on page 51 before you begin Workstation Cannot Share a Host with Other VMware Products You cannot have VMware Workstation installed on the same host machine with another VMware product such as VMware GSX Server VMware ACE or the VMware Virtual Machine Console The only VMware product that can share a host machine with Workstation is the VMware VirtualCenter client software If you plan to install VMware Workstation on a host machine that already contains another VMware product you must uninstall that product first 36 www vmMware com CHAPTER 2 Installing VMware Workstation Installing VMware Workstation 5 on a Windows Host Getting started with VMware Workstation is simple The key steps are P 6 Install the VMware Workstation software as described in Installing Workstation on a Windows Host on page 38 Start VMware Workstation and enter your serial number You need to do this only once during the installation process when prompted or through Help gt Enter Serial Number Ifyou don t already have a serial number from a previous installation the installer prompts you for the serial number during installation If you choose not to enter the serial number during installation you can enter it later by going to Help gt Enter Serial Number Create a virtual machine using the New Virtual Machine Wizard See Creating a New Virtual Machine on page 101 Install a g
169. are discarded when you power off or revert to a snapshot When you have set the filename and location you want to use and have made any selections you want to make on the advanced settings screen click Finish 7 Begin using your virtual machine Known Issues and Background Information on Using SCSI Raw Disks Size VMware Workstation supports raw disk sizes up to 2 0TB Reported size is not accurate with larger raw disks Geometry In some cases it is not possible to boot a raw SCSI drive inside a virtual machine because the SCSI adapter in the physical computer and the BusLogic adapter in the virtual machine describe the drive in different ways The virtual machine might hang during the boot VMware Workstation might crash or VMware Workstation might fail with an ASSERT or other error message This problem is most likely to affect smaller drives less than 2GB In order to share the same BIOS interface used by IDE disks which is required in order to boot all SCSI disks need to have a geometry which is a fabricated value for the number of cylinders sectors and heads on the disk In fact a SCSI disk appears to a computer as a single flat entity from sector 1 up to the highest sector on the disk As a result every SCSI vendor has its own approach to taking the capacity of a SCSI disk and generating a geometry to use for booting 238 TE errata CHAPTER 8 Using Disks The conversion from a given geometry to an absolute secto
170. arly useful when the guest operating system is capable of powering off the virtual machine Sets the specified variable to the specified value Any variable names and values that are valid in the configuration file may be specified on the command line with the s switch Starts the program in quick switch mode on a Linux host Displays the product name version and build number epath to contig gt lt config vmx Launches a virtual machine using the specified configuration file 91 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual X toolkit options can be passed as arguments although some of them most notably the size and title of the VMware Workstation window cannot be overridden X toolkit options are not relevant on a Windows host Startup Options on a Windows Host Most of the switches described in Startup Options on a Linux Host can also be used on a Windows host The m switch is for Linux hosts only The most convenient way to use the switches is to incorporate them into the command generated by a Windows shortcut Create the shortcut right click the shortcut then click Properties In the Target field add any switches you want to use after the VMware exe filename For example the following command launches the Windows Me virtual machine specified powers it on automatically and switches to full screen mode C Program Files VMware VMware Workstation Programs VMware exe X C Documents and Settings lt username gt My D
171. asily from one to another This section shows you how to navigate and use the VMware Workstation window and how to set up a list of favorites virtual machines and teams that you use often and want to access quickly e The Home Page Summary View and Console View on page 66 e The Toolbar on page 69 e The Favorites List on page 71 To open the Workstation application see Launching VMware Workstation on page 62 To create a new virtual machine and install a guest operating system see Creating a New Virtual Machine on page 101 One Window or Many Your Choice In VMware Workstation 5 you can open multiple virtual machines in the same Workstation window Or you can launch multiple instances of VMware Workstation You can even run multiple instances of VMware Workstation and have more than one virtual machine in each window Just be sure you have enough memory and processor power to handle the number of virtual machines you want to run 64 www vmMware com CHAPTER 4 Learning VMware Workstation Basics The VMware Workstation window is divided into three main sections BR VMware Workstation wy Windows 98 wi SUSELinux ga Mandrake Linux 4 gt x 2T Client Server VMware Workstation amp 3T Client Server DB Linux VMs VMware Workstation allows multiple standard operating systems and their applications to E Mandrake Linux run with high performance in secure and transportable virtual machines Each virtual ED RHEL3clean ins
172. ation 5 User s Manual DHCP and Dynamic Domain Name Service DDNS DHCP can be used to hand out IP addresses as well as other information such as the identity of a host running a name server and the nearest router or gateway The DHCP server in VMware Workstation 5 does not provide a means to dynamically establish a relationship between the IP address it assigns and a client s name that is to update a DNS server using DDNS If you want to use names to communicate with other virtual machines you must either edit the DHCP configuration file for VMnet1 etc vmware vmnet1 con or use IP addresses that are statically bound to a host name Editing the DHCP server configuration file requires information that is best obtained directly from the DHCP server documentation Consult the manual pages dhepd 8 and dhcpd conf 8 Setting Up a Second Bridged Network Interface on a Linux Host If you have two Ethernet adapters installed on your host computer connected to two different networks you may want your virtual machines on that host computer to bridge to both Ethernet adapters so the virtual machines can access either or both physical networks When you install VMware Workstation on a host computer with multiple Ethernet adapters you have the option of configuring more than one bridged network You can also configure additional bridged networks at any time by rerunning vmware config pl 1 On the host computer become root su and run
173. b Switch among open virtual machines while mouse and keyboard input are not grabbed VMware Workstation must be the active application Ctrl Alt Fx Linux hosts Switch among open virtual machines while using full screen mode Fx is a function key corresponding to the virtual machine you want to use The key combination to use for a virtual machine is shown in the VMware Workstation title bar when that virtual machine is active and in normal windowed mode Windows hosts For an additional similar functionality see Using Full Screen Switch Mode on page 438 95 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual What Files Make Up a Virtual Machine You may never need to know the file names or locations for your virtual machine files Virtual machine file management is performed by VMware Workstation If the behind the scenes file structure is not interesting to you skip this section A virtual machine typically is stored on the host computer in a set of files Usually in a directory created by Workstation for that specific virtual machine The key files are listed here by extension In these examples lt vmname gt is the name of your virtual machine a lt vmname gt log This is the file that keeps a log of key VMware or Workstation activity This file can be useful in troubleshooting if you encounter problems This file is stored in the directory that holds the vmware log configuration vmx file of the virtual machine lt vmna
174. better performance than that provided by other configurations Disk writes may be slower for virtual disks that do not have all space allocated in advance However you can improve performance for these disks by defragmenting them from the virtual machine settings editor Choose VM gt Settings select the disk you want to defragment then click Defragment 41 2 www vmMware com CHAPTER 15 Performance Tuning Remote Disk Access Whenever possible do not use disks that are on remote machines and accessed over the network unless you have a very fast network If you must run disks remotely choose VM gt Settings gt Options select General and set the Working directory to a directory on your local hard disk Then take a snapshot After you take the snapshot changes you make are stored locally in the working directory Snapshot If you do not need to use the snapshot feature it is best to run your virtual machine with no snapshot This provides best performance To be sure a virtual machine has no snapshot choose VM gt Snapshot gt Snapshot Manager If you see a snapshot you do not want select it and click the Delete button Defragmentation See Defragmentation of Disk Drives on page 408 for information about keeping disk drives efficient VMware Workstation on a Windows Host Note The items in this section describe performance of VMware Workstation on a Windows host For tips on configuring VMware Workstation on a Linux host see
175. boot computer 215 controlling access 219 defined 450 do not use Windows dynamic disks 234 installing guest operating system on 241 SCSI issues 235 see Disks physical 190 using in new virtual machine 104 Real Media 369 Real time clock requirement on Linux host 45 Reclaim disk space 133 135 Redo log file 97 178 180 183 Registration 33 Remove controls 153 devices from virtual machine 164 host virtual adapter 323 passwords for administrative lockout 434 removable devices 164 See also Uninstall toolbar 435 USB devices 401 virtual machine from Favorites list 73 Restore suspended virtual machine 143 Restrict access to interface features 433 438 access to virtual machine settings editor 435 Restricted user interface 435 Resume defined 450 team 290 virtual machine 143 250 Revert at power off 263 266 snapshot 263 Routing between two host only networks 340 for a host only network on a Linux host 334 host only 334 461 462 Run suspended virtual machine 143 250 S S1 446 Samba and file sharing on a Linux host 358 modifying configuration for Work station 358 on both bridged and host only net works 358 Save state of virtual machine 143 146 250 251 Scan code 389 Scanner 402 Screen colors 360 Screen modes full screen 150 quick switch 151 Screen resolution 153 Screen shot capturing 165 Screenshot capture 165 Scripts tab tools 132 SCSI adding a gener
176. both the 101 key or 102 key and the 104 key or 105 key variants VMware Workstation automatically determines which table to use by examining the current X keymap However its decision making process may sometimes fail In addition each mapping is fixed and may not be completely right for any given keyboard and X key code to keysym mapping For example a user may have swapped Ctrl and Caps Lock using xmodmap This means the keys are swapped in the virtual machine when using a remote server keysym mapping but unswapped when using a local server key code mapping 391 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Therefore keysym mapping is necessarily imperfect To make up for this defect you can change most of the behavior using configuration settings e xkeymap language lt keyboard type gt Use this if VMware Workstation has a table in xkeymap for your keyboard but can t detect it lt keyboard type gt must be one of the tables in the xkeymap directory See above for location However the failure to detect the keyboard probably means the table isn t completely correct for you e xkeymap keysym lt sym gt lt v scan code gt If you use keysym mapping map keysym lt sym gt to lt v scan code gt When you do lt sym gt must be an X keysym name and lt v scan code gt should be a C syntax hexadecimal number for example 0x001 The easiest way to find the keysym name for a key is to run xev or xmodmap pk The X header f
177. bout VMware Workstation networking options see Configuring a Virtual Network on page 305 11 If you selected Typical as your configuration path click Finish and the wizard sets up the files needed for your virtual machine If you selected Custom as your configuration path continue with the steps below to configure a disk for your virtual machine 12 Select the type of SCSI adapter you want to use with the virtual machine New Virtual Machine Wizard Select 1 0 Adapter Types Which adapter type would you like to use 1 0 adapter types IDE Adapter ATAPI SCSI Adapters Busioaic OLSI Logic An IDE and a SCSI adapter are installed in the virtual machine The IDE adapter is always ATAPI You can choose a BusLogic or an LSI Logic SCSI adapter The default for your guest operating system is already selected All guests except for Windows Server 2003 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 and NetWare default to the BusLogic adapter The LSI Logic adapter has improved performance and works better with generic SCSI devices The LSI Logic adapter is also supported by ESX Server 2 0 and higher Keep this in mind if you plan to migrate the virtual machine to another VMware product Your choice of SCSI adapter does not affect your decision to make your virtual disk an IDE or SCSI disk However some guest operating systems such as Windows XP do not include a driver for the Buslogic or LSI Logic adapter You must download the driver from the
178. but before it has been committed the database is likely to be confused See Snapshot Actions as Background Activity on page 256 255 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Excluding Disks from Snapshots In certain configurations you may want to have some disks revert to a snapshot while other disks retain all changes You can exclude virtual disks from a snapshot by changing the disk mode For example you may want a snapshot to preserve a disk with your operating system and applications while always keeping the changes to a disk with your documents For the procedure see Changing Disk Mode to Exclude Virtual Disks from Snapshots on page 257 Taking a Snapshot Use the Snapshot menu on the Workstation toolbar to take a snapshot 1 Choose VM gt Snapshot gt Take Snapshot 2 Type a name for your snapshot Every snapshot must have a unique name If you type the name of an existing snapshot a warning appears and you must enter a different name 3 If you wish you may type a description for your snapshot Descriptions are useful to identify differences between similarly named snapshots Descriptions appear in the snapshot manager 4 Click OK Snapshot Actions as Background Activity Taking a snapshot is not instantaneous When you take a snapshot you can continue working while VMware Workstation preserves the snapshot in the background To enable background snapshots in the Priority tab of the Preferences window See
179. c installation You can delete the installer afterwards to reclaim 56 60MB Optical CD ROM DVD ROM Drive e IDE and SCSI optical drives supported e CD ROM and DVD ROM drives supported e SO disk image files supported Local Area Networking Optional e Any Ethernet controller supported by the host operating system e Non Ethernet networks supported using built in network address translation NAT or using a combination of host only networking plus routing software on the host operating system Host Operating System VMware Workstation is available for both Windows and Linux host operating systems Windows Host Operating Systems 32 bit e Windows Server 2003 Web Edition Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition Service Pack 1 listed versions also supported with no service pack e Windows XP Professional and Windows XP Home Edition Service Pack 1 or 2 listed versions also supported with no service pack e Windows 2000 Professional Service Pack 3 or 4 Windows 2000 Server Service Pack 3 or 4 Windows 2000 Advanced Server Service Pack 3 or 4 listed versions also supported with no service pack 24 www vmMware comM CHAPTER 1 Introduction and System Requirements Windows Host Operating Systems 64 bit e Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 64 bit edition e Experimental support for prerelease Windows XP 64 bit edition Internet Explorer 4 0 or higher is required for the Windows online help system L
180. c lilo conf has a memory register statement such as Append mem you may want to adjust the append memory parameter or create a new entry in LILO for running Linux in a virtual machine 236 o ome CHAPTER 8 Using Disks Many newer Linux distributions recognize all physical memory in the physical machine whereas many older Linux distributions see only the first 64MB of memory by default Machines with more than 64MB of memory that run the older distributions may have the Append meme parameter added under the Image section of Lilo conf to tell Linux to look for more memory than seen by default If the amount of memory configured in lilo conf exceeds the amount of memory assigned to the virtual machine the guest operating system is likely to panic when the virtual machine tries to boot the second Linux installation You can create another entry in Lilo conf for running Linux in a virtual machine by specifying a different amount of memory than what should normally be recognized when Linux boots directly on the physical machine Setting Up the Virtual Machine Configuration p 2 Start VMware Workstation Start the New Virtual Machine Wizard File gt New gt Virtual Machine and select Custom When you reach the Select I O Adapter Types step select the SCSI adapter type that matches the driver you installed in the virtual machine profile When you reach the Select a Disk step select Use a physical disk In the
181. can degrade system performance if the virtual machines use their memory intensively The Memory tab lets you adjust the amount of physical RAM that can be used by all running virtual machines It also lets you adjust how much virtual machine memory may be swapped to disk allowing you to run more or larger virtual machines if you are willing to accept slower performance For details on adjusting memory settings in VMware Workstation see Memory Usage Notes on page 418 80 WWW VMware com CHAPTER 4 Learning VMware Workstation Basics Preferences gt _ p p Workspace Input Hot Keys Display Memory Priority Lockout Process priority Input grabbed normal Input ungrabbed normal virtual machine s local settings will override the global preferences above Snapshots Take and restore snapshots in the background Virtual machines must be restarted to take effect Jaco Process Priority Windows Hosts Only Process priority determines the precedence that the Windows process scheduler gives to your virtual machines when mouse and keyboard input are going to a particular virtual machine and when input is not going to that virtual machine You can adjust these settings to improve overall system performance based on the relative priority of work you are doing in various virtual machines and on the host computer To change the settings for a particular virtual machine and override the global settings o
182. chine is fully independent but requires more disk space to store You can choose to make a full clone or a linked clone See Full and Linked Clones on page 269 for a description of the differences 5 Type a name and a path for the cloned virtual machine and click Finish Clone Virtual Machine Wizard Name of the New Virtual Machine What name would you like to use for this virtual machine Virtual machine name Clone of vm01170a Location oM Virtual Machines Clone of vm01170a 271 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual The default name and path are based on the original virtual machine name and location You can type a new entry for name and path or use the Browse button to locate a directory for the clone files After you have verified your entries click Finish The Clone Virtual Machine Wizard then displays a status page Clone Virtual Machine Wizard Cloning Virtual Machine v Preparing clone operation v Snapshotting virtual machine v Creating linked clone v Done A full clone can take many minutes to create depending on the size of the virtual disk that is being duplicated 6 Click Done to exit the Clone Virtual Machine Wizard 272 Twat CHAPTER 10 Cloning a Virtual Machine Working with Clones This section discusses the following topics e Making a Linked Clone of a Linked Clone on page 273 e Making a Full Clone of a Linked Clone on page 273 e Network Identity for a Clone on page 273
183. chine on page 267 for a description of clones Delete Snapshot This command deletes the selected snapshot as if you clicked the Delete button Snapshots that are children of the selected snapshot are not affected Delete Snapshot and Children This command deletes the selected snapshot and all snapshots based from the selected snapshot Move the cursor over Displays the complete name of that snapshot This is useful when a long a snapshot without name is truncated in the snapshot tree display clicking Details Region This area displays information about the selected snapshot name description and thumbnail screenshot If you have not selected a snapshot these fields are blank Command Buttons The snapshot manager has three command buttons Take Snapshot Delete and Clone 261 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Note In the Linux snapshot manager command buttons are displayed at the top In the Windows snapshot manager command buttons are on the right side i ce Delete Removes the selected snapshot The state of the virtual machine represented by that snapshot is no longer available Clone Creates a completely independent copy of the virtual machine from the selected snapshot See Cloning a Virtual Machine on page 267 Take Snapshot Creates a snapshot See Taking a Snapshot on page 256 Navigation Region This area contains buttons to navigate out of the dialog box e Go To opens th
184. cial behaviors and bugs within a guest operating system If the operating system you plan to use is not listed select Other for both guest operating system and version 105 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual The remaining steps assume you plan to install a Windows XP Professional guest operating system You can find detailed installation notes for this and other guest operating systems in the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide available from the VMware Web site or from the Help menu 8 Selecta name and folder for the virtual machine New Virtual Machine Wizard Name the Yirtual Machine What name would you like to use for this virtual machine Location C Documents and Settings user My Documents My Virtual Mac The name specified here is used if you add this virtual machine to the VMware Workstation Favorites list This name is also used as the name of the folder where the files associated with this virtual machine are stored Each virtual machine should have its own folder All associated files such as the configuration file and the disk file are placed in this folder Windows hosts On Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 the default folder for this Windows XP Professional virtual machine is C Documents and Settings lt username gt My Documents My Virtual Machines Windows XP Professional On Windows NT the default folderisC WINNT Profiles lt username gt Personal My Vir
185. cked here Create new teams and virtual machines Edit team and virtual machine configurations Manage virtual networks Password Confirm password 3 Be sure Enable administrative lockout is selected and select the actions you want to restrict If this is the first time administrative lockout options have been set enter a password in the Password field and again in the Confirm password field 4 Click OK to save the settings 433 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Removing a Forgotten Password If you cannot remember the password and want to remove it you must uninstall Workstation Be sure to click Yes when asked if you want to remove the administrative lockout settings After you reinstall Workstation you may enable the administrative lockout features again and set a new password 434 www vmware com CHAPTER 16 Special Purpose Configuration Options Restricting the User Interface The restricted user interface affects only the specific virtual machines for which the setting has been made The following changes are made when you enable the restricted user interface The toolbar is always hidden All functions on the Power menu are disabled All functions on the Snapshot menu and snapshot functions on the toolbar are disabled There is no access to the virtual machine settings editor from the VMware Workstation window The user cannot change virtual networking settings The user starts the virtual mac
186. click OK to save your configuration and close the virtual machine settings editor In the client virtual machine 1 Open the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings 2 Click Add to start the Add Hardware Wizard 3 Select Serial Port then click Next 4 Select Output to named pipe then click Next 5 In the Path field enter tmp lt socket gt or another Unix socket name of your choice The pipe name must be the same on both server and client 6 Select This end is the client 7 Select The other end is a virtual machine 384 www vmMware com CHAPTER 14 Connecting Devices 8 By default the device status setting is Connect at power on You may deselect this setting if you wish Click Advanced if you want to configure this serial port to use polled mode This option is of interest primarily to developers who are using debugging tools that communicate over a serial connection For more information see Special Configuration Options for Advanced Users on page 385 9 Click Finish then click OK to save your configuration and close the virtual machine settings editor Special Configuration Options for Advanced Users Two special configuration options are available for serial connections between a virtual machine and the host or between two virtual machines These options are of interest primarily to developers who are using debugging tools that communicate over a serial connection Improving CPU Performance when Debug
187. copying and unpacking the archive and install directly from the vmware distrib directory on the CD a Copy the tar archive to a temporary directory on your hard drive for example tmp cp VMware lt xxxx gt tar gz tmp b Change to the directory to which you copied the file cd tmp c Unpack the archive tar zxf VMware lt xxxx gt tar gz d Change to the installation directory cd vmware distrib e Run the installation program vmware install pl f Accept the default directories for the binary files library files manual files documentation files and init script g Answer Yes when prompted to run vmware config pl This completes the tar archive installation instructions Skip the RPM installer instructions and continue with step 6 Using the RPM Installer a Run RPM specifying the installation file rpm Uhv VMware lt xxxx gt rpm VMware lt xxxx gt rpm is the installation file on the CDROM In place of lt xxxx gt the filename contains numbers that correspond to the version and build b Run the configuration program from the command line vmware config pl www vmMware com 46 CHAPTER 2 Installing VMware Workstation 6 Press Enter to read the end user license agreement EULA You may page through it faster by pressing the space bar Ifthe Do you accept prompt doesn t appear press Q to get to the next prompt 7 The remaining prompts are worded in such a way that in most cases the default respon
188. ct Legacy emulation This is necessary only if you have had problems using normal mode The legacy emulation mode does not support all the capabilities of normal mode For example if you are using legacy emulation mode you cannot record CDs you cannot read multisession CDs you cannot extract digital audio from a CD and you cannot read or write DVDs For details see Legacy Emulation for DVD and CD Drives on page 205 After you have made any desired changes in these settings click Finish e If you selected Use ISO Image enter the path and filename for the image file or click Browse to navigate to the file If you do not want the CD drive connected when the virtual machine starts deselect Connect at power on www vmware com CHAPTER 8 Using Disks Click Advanced if you want to specify the device node the drive should use in the virtual machine After you have made any desired changes in these settings click Finish 5 The drive is set up initially so it appears to the quest operating system as an IDE drive If you want it to appear to the guest operating system as a SCSI drive click the drive s entry in the virtual machine settings editor and make that change in the settings panel on the right Legacy Emulation for DVD and CD Drives The virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings provides a Legacy emulation option for DVD and CD drives attached to the virtual machine On Windows hosts this option is deselected by defa
189. d DHCP There is no need to specify DHCP or NAT separately 42 www vmMware comM CHAPTER 2 Installing VMware Workstation You may customize the installation further by adding any of the following installation properties to the command using the format PROPERTY value A value of 1 means true a value of 0 means false If you use the serial number property enter the serial number complete with hyphens XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX Property Effect of the Property Default DESKTOP SHORTCUT Installs a shortcut on the desktop DISABLE AUTORUN Disables CD autorun on the host REMOVE LICENSE Uninstall only Removes all stored licenses at uninstall sO SERIALNUMBER Automatically enters the serial number Ld Uninstalling VMware Workstation 5 on a Windows Host To uninstall VMware Workstation 5 use the Add Remove Programs control panel Select the entry for VMware Workstation then click Remove Follow the on screen instructions 43 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Installing VMware Workstation 5 on a Linux Host Getting started with VMware Workstation is simple The key steps are 1 Install the VMware Workstation software as described in Installing Workstation on a Linux Host on page 45 2 Start VMware Workstation 3 Enter your serial number You need to do this only once If you don t already have a serial number configured from a previous installation you are prompted for the serial number when you start Workstation To
190. d Drivers in Windows 9x and Windows NT Guest Operating Systems on page 369 359 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Setting Screen Color Depth The number of screen colors available in the guest operating system depends on the screen color setting of the host operating system Virtual machines support e 16 color VGA mode e 8 bit pseudocolor e 16 bits per pixel 16 significant bits per pixel e 32 bits per pixel 24 significant bits per pixel If the host is in 15 bit color mode the guest operating system s color setting controls offer 15 bit mode in place of 16 bit mode If the host is in 24 bit color mode the guest operating system s color setting controls offer 24 bit mode in place of 32 bit mode If you run a guest operating system set for a greater number of colors than your host operating system is using you can encounter various problems In some cases for example the colors in the guest are not correct In others the guest operating system is not able to use a graphical interface In such a case you can either increase the number of colors available on the host or decrease the number of colors used in the guest For best performance use the same number of colors in the guest and on the host Changing Screen Color Depth on the Host If you choose to change the color settings on your host operating system you should first shut down all guest operating systems power off the virtual machines and close VMware Works
191. d Sharing Virtual Machines on page 169 189 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Physical Disk A physical disk directly accesses an existing local disk or partition You can use physical disks if you want VMware Workstation to run one or more guest operating systems from existing disk partitions While virtual disks are limited to 950GB physical disks may be set up on both IDE and SCSI devices of up to 2TB capacity At this time however booting from an operating system already set up on an existing SCSI disk or partition is not supported Caution If you run an operating system natively on the host computer then switch to running it inside a virtual machine the change is like pulling the hard drive out of one computer and installing it in a second computer with a different motherboard and other hardware You need to prepare carefully for such a switch The specific steps you need to take depend on the operating system you want to use inside the virtual machine For details see Configuring a Dual Boot Computer for Use with a Virtual Machine on page 215 You can also create a new virtual machine using a physical disk For details see Installing an Operating System onto a Physical Partition from a Virtual Machine on page 241 In most cases however it is better to use a virtual disk Only expert users should attempt physical disk configurations Note You should not use a physical disk to share files between host and guest operating
192. d important 883 3 tier Private Network informati d to you use most Gi vm01170a frequently E Windows XP Pro SP2 Finalizing a LinkedClone installation Clone of vm0209b 2 Setup will complete in E WinxPPro7 approximately 39 minutes You do not have VMware Tools installed 4 When the installer is finished you have a virtual machine running Windows XP Don t forget to install VMware Tools as described in the next section 119 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Installing VMware Tools Don t Forget VMware Tools It is very important that you install VMware Tools in the guest operating system With the VMware Tools SVGA driver installed Workstation supports significantly faster graphics performance The VMware Tools package provides support required for shared folders and for drag and drop operations Other tools in the package support synchronization of time in the guest operating system with time on the host automatic grabbing and releasing of the mouse cursor copying and pasting between guest and host and improved mouse performance in some guest operating systems The installers for VMware Tools for Windows Linux FreeBSD and NetWare guest operating systems are built into VMware Workstation as ISO image files An ISO image file looks like a CD ROM to your guest operating system and even appears as a CD ROM in Windows Explorer You do not use an actual CD ROM to install VMware Tools nor do you n
193. d virtual machine You can specify the path to the configuration vmx file or you can specify the alias if you used name when you started the virtual machine Stopping All Virtual Machines vmware fullscreen exit Use this command to power off all virtual machines cleanly VMware Workstation exits as soon as all the virtual machines have powered off Switching Among Virtual Machines and the Host vmware fullscreen switchto lt config file gt vmware fullscreen Switchto lt alias gt vmware fullscreen Switchto host vmware fullscreen Switchto next Use this command to switch to the specified virtual machine to the host operating system or to the next machine virtual machine or host in the cycling order A virtual machine must already be powered on before you can switch to it When specifying a virtual machine you can specify the path to the configuration vmx file or you can specify the alias if you used name when you started the virtual machine Checking the Status of VMware Workstation vmware fullscreen query This command tells you if VMware Workstation is already running in full screen switch mode If it is the response to this command also reports its process ID and window handle The vmware fullscreen Log File The vmware fullscreen program writes to a log file This log file records errors reported by vmware fullscreen itself as it starts stops and passes other 444 yO eee CHAPTER 16 Special Purpose Confi
194. ddition team members can communicate in private networks called LAN segments LAN segments are completely independent of and invisible to the host computer s network Team settings control the start up order and timing for team virtual machines you can set up specific delays between booting virtual machines so the host CPU load is spread out Teams automatically launch virtual machines in the right order with delays that you specify to ensure that each virtual machine stabilizes before the next virtual machine boots You can use teams to e Virtualize multitier environments Start separate client server and database virtual machines with one click Configure start up delay times so clients don t submit queries before the server is ready e Virtualize multiple machine testing environments Set up a software package for QA on a virtual machine and configure automation on other virtual machines to test the first e Virtualize network performance and security LAN segments offer enhanced performance and security A team LAN segment is fully contained undetectable and inaccessible from any other network inside or outside the team Team networking lets you e Isolate a team completely from the host network e Create a virtual DMZ or proxy server to securely bridge the team members to the outside network e Allow specific network bandwidth and packet loss to each virtual machine on the team e Connect all team members
195. de listed in host s X server configuration then VMware Workstation chooses the closest larger mode and uses black borders for full screen mode or else simply does not offer full screen mode at all It is possible to have bad modes configured for the X server on your host If your host s X configuration was automatically generated or if you never tested all modes with your current monitor and video card it is possible that some enabled modes do not work with your monitor However the mode switching code in VMware Workstation has no way of knowing this and a virtual machine that tries to use a resolution with a bad mode line can cause your display to fail to display correctly If this happens immediately leave full screen mode by pressing Ctrl Alt then fix your X server configuration and restart X However if the only problem is that the image is off center or is not quite the right size on the monitor you can usually correct it using the controls on your monitor Note that most modern monitors are capable of storing separate settings for each resolution so changing the settings for a new mode should not affect the settings for the host resolution 362 o ome CHAPTER 13 Configuring Video and Sound Experimental Support for Direct3D VMware Workstation includes experimental support for Direct3D video acceleration This feature is not fully functional Caution Features with experimental support are not intended to be enabled on producti
196. dial up networking adapter or other connection to the Internet See your Windows documentation for details on configuring Internet connection sharing 312 TE arate CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network Custom Networking Configurations The virtual networking components provided by VMware Workstation make it possible for you to create sophisticated virtual networks The virtual networks can be connected to one or more external networks or they may run entirely on the host computer Setting up networking components for your custom virtual network is a straightforward process Before attempting to set up complex virtual networks you should have a good understanding of how to configure network devices in your host and guest operating systems The sample configuration described in this section illustrates many of the ways you can combine devices on a virtual network Other custom configurations are described in Advanced Networking Topics on page 326 and Understanding NAT on page 345 Host s Ethernet Virtual adapter Ethernet switch VMnet0 Virtual bridge DHEREREREREe ED Virtual Virtual Ethernet Ethernet adapter adapter Virtual a eee Ethernet if adapter PN non DEE 8 KORN Virtual machine 1 Virtual g g Ethernet switch Firewall Virtual machine 2 VMnet2 Web server Virtual Virtual Ethernet Ethernet adapter adapter eeerco F I Virtual Bg ji hon Penn E amp Bo
197. dition or Windows XP Professional in a virtual machine using the full installation CD Before installing the operating system be sure that you have already created a new virtual machine and configured it using the New Virtual Machine Wizard See Setting Up a New Virtual Machine on page 102 Note To use SCSI disks in a Windows XP virtual machine you need a special SCSI driver available from the download section of the VMware Web site Follow the instructions on the Web site to use the driver with a fresh installation of Windows XP 117 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 118 Installation Steps iF If you prefer you can insert the Windows XP CD in the CD ROM drive You can alternately connect to an ISO image of an installation disk See Connecting a CD ROM or Floppy Drive to an Image File on page 207 Note Ifyou plan to use a PXE server to install the guest operating system over a network connection you do not need the operating system installation media When you power on the virtual machine in the next step the virtual machine detects the PXE server ER WinXPPro7 VMware Workstation File Edit View VM Team Windows Help bl DG OAR BOB De Favorites x WinxPPro7 wi Windows XP Pro SP2 ff LinkedClone fi Clone of vm0209b 2 St StierPri 4 gt X E Windows Trying to load pxelinux cfg A11 Longhorn experimental Trying to load pxelinux cfg A1 2 Windows 2000 Professional 3 Trying to load pxelinux cfg A
198. dows 2000 guests After you log on to Windows Server 2003 Windows XP or Windows 2000 now running as a guest operating system you should see a Found New Hardware dialog box for the video controller as Plug and Play runs and discovers the virtual hardware Do not install drivers at this time Click Cancel to close the Found New Hardware dialog box Do not reboot the virtual machine Click No in the System Settings Change Reboot dialog box Windows Server 2003 Windows XP or Windows 2000 automatically detects and loads the driver for the AMD PCnet PCI Ethernet card At this point you should install VMware Tools inside the virtual machine Allow the virtual machine to reboot after VMware Tools has been installed Once Windows Server 2003 Windows XP or Windows 2000 reboots inside the virtual machine select a new SVGA resolution from the Settings tab of the Display Properties dialog box to increase the size of the virtual machine s display window Windows 95 and Windows 98 guests You should see New Hardware Detected dialog boxes as Plug and Play runs and discovers the virtual hardware Windows prompts you for locations to search for device drivers Most of the device drivers are available in the existing operating system installation but you may need the installation CD ROM for some networking device drivers Windows also asks you to reboot your system several times as it installs the device drivers In some instances Windows may not recogniz
199. e Virtual disks can be set up as IDE disks for any guest operating system They can be set up as SCSI disks for any guest operating system that has a driver for the LSI Logic or BusLogic SCSI adapter available in a VMware Workstation virtual machine You determine which SCSI adapter to use at the time you create the virtual machine Note To use SCSI disks in a Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 virtual machine you need a special SCSI driver available from the download section of the VMware Web site at www vmware com download Follow the instructions on the Web site to use the driver with a fresh installation of Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 A virtual disk of either type can be stored on either type of physical hard disk That is the files that make up an IDE virtual disk can be stored on either an IDE hard disk or a SCSI hard disk So can the files that make up a SCSI virtual disk They can also be stored on other types of fast access storage media such as DVD or CD ROM discs A key advantage of virtual disks is their portability Because the virtual disks are stored as files on the host machine or a remote computer you can move them easily to a new location on the same computer or to a different computer You can also use VMware Workstation on a Windows host to create virtual disks then move them to a Linux computer and use them under VMware Workstation for Linux or vice versa For information about moving virtual disks see Moving an
200. e on the host computer or in the third virtual machine depending on the approach you are using www vmware comM CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network 4 Configure networking in the first two virtual machines to use addresses on the appropriate host only network On Windows hosts you can open a command prompt and run ipconfig all to see what IP addresses each host only network is using On Linux hosts you can open a terminal and run if config to see what IP addresses each host only network is using 5 Ifyou are running the router on the host computer assign default router addresses based on the addresses of the host only adapters on the host computer In the first virtual machine s networking configuration the default router address should be the IP address for the host only adapter connected to VMnet1 In the second virtual machine s networking configuration the default router address should be the IP address for the host only adapter connected to VMnet2 Ifyou are running the router software in the third virtual machine set the default router addresses in the first two virtual machines based on those used by the third virtual machine In the first virtual machine s networking configuration the default router address should be the IP address for the third virtual machine s Ethernet adapter connected to VMnet1 In the second virtual machine s networking configuration the default router address should be the IP address for
201. e guest operating system s system tray To open the VMware Tools control panel double click the VMware Tools icon in the system tray If the VMware Tools icon does not appear in the system tray go to Start gt Control Panel Locate the VMware Tools icon and double click it Tabs in the VMware Tools control panel are described in the following sections 130 Tries CHAPTER 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine The Options Tab 1 VMware Tools Properties Options Devices Scripts Shared Folders Shrink About Miscellaneous Options I Time synchronization between the virtual machine and the host M Show VMware Tools in the taskbar The Options tab shows the Miscellaneous Options e Time synchronization between the virtual machine and the host operating system Note You can synchronize the time in the guest operating system with the time on the host operating system only when you set the clock in the guest operating system to a time earlier than the time set on the host Under some circumstances the virtual machine may synchronize time with the host even though this item is not selected If you want to disable time synchronization completely open the virtual machine s configuration file vmx in a text editor and set the following options to FALSE tools syncTime tools synchronize restore time synchronize resume disk time synchronize continue time synchronize shrink e Show VMware Tools in the taskbar 131
202. e in the Favorites list 2 Choose Team gt Remove gt lt virtual machine name gt The selected virtual machine is removed from the team You can now use it independently 286 o ome CHAPTER 11 Configuring Teams Note When you remove a virtual machine from a team you also remove it from team LAN segments Virtual network adapters associated with LAN segments become disconnected Bridged host only NAT and vmnet configurations remain unchanged If you want to completely delete a virtual machine and erase its files from the host file system see Deleting a Virtual Machine on page 148 Teams and the Favorites List When you add a virtual machine to a team it is automatically deleted from the Favorites list However a virtual machine is not automatically added to the Favorites list when you remove it from a team You must manually add a virtual machine to the Favorites list after removing it from a team See Adding an Item to the Favorites List 287 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Cloning and Taking Snapshots of Team Members Cloning a Virtual Machine in a Team You can clone a virtual machine in a team in the same way you clone any other virtual machine See Creating Clones on page 270 When you clone a virtual machine in a team e The resulting clone is not part of the team e The clone automatically appears on the Favorites list as well as in a summary window e lf the parent virtual machine is configured for a
203. e C drive the configuration files for NAT and DHCP are in the following locations e NAT C Documents and Settings All Users Application Data VMware vmnetnat conf e DHCP Cc Documents and Settings All Users Application Data VMware vmnetdhcp conf Note In VMware Workstation 5 you can change many key NAT and DCHP settings using the virtual network editor Edit gt Virtual Network Settings However if you have made manual changes to the configuration files some or all of those changes may be lost when you use the virtual network editor If you have made manual changes you should make backup copies of the files before changing any settings in the virtual network editor After making changes in the virtual network editor you can copy your manual changes back into the appropriate configuration files Specifying Connections from Ports below 1024 When a client machine makes a TCP or UDP connection to a server the connection comes from a particular port on the client the source port and connects to a particular port on the server the destination port For security reasons some servers accept connections only from source ports below 1024 You may see this configuration on machines used as NFS file servers for example If a virtual machine using NAT attempts to connect to a server that requires the client to use a source port below 1024 it is important that the NAT device forward the request from a port below 1024 You can specify this be
204. e Hardware Profiles tab or click the Hardware tab then click Hardware Profiles depending on the operating system Click the Copy button and name the copies appropriately Windows NT only While still running the operating system natively use the Device Manager to disable some devices from the Virtual Machine hardware profile To do this open Control Panel gt Devices then select the individual devices to disable Devices to disable in the Virtual Machine hardware profile include audio MIDI and joystick devices Ethernet and other network devices and USB devices Remember to disable them in the Virtual Machine hardware profile only Skip this step if you are running Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows Me Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 The initial Plug and Play phase detects device mismatches Reboot the computer into your intended host operating system for example into Linux if you are running VMware Workstation on a Linux host Use the New Virtual Machine Wizard to configure your virtual machine as described in Configuring Dual or Multiple Boot Systems to Run with VMware Workstation on page 219 Boot the virtual machine and use your existing boot manager to select the guest operating system Choose Virtual Machine at the hardware profile menu prompt You encounter device failure messages and delays during this initial boot 227 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 6 Windows Server 2003 Windows XP and Win
205. e Workstation 5 User s Manual Configuring the DHCP Server on a Linux Host On a Linux host you configure the host only DHCP server by editing the DHCP configuration file for VMnet1 etc vmware vmnet1 dhcp dhcp conf To configure the DHCP server for the NAT network edit the configuration file for VMnet8 etc vmware vmnet8 dhcp dhcp conf Editing the DHCP server configuration file requires information that is best obtained directly from the DHCP server documentation Consult the manual pages dhepd 8 and dhcpd conf 8 Configuring the DHCP Server on a Windows Host On a Windows host use the virtual network editor to configure the DHCP server Edit gt Virtual Network Settings gt DHCP Virtual Network Editor Summary Automatic Bridging Host Virtual Network Mapping Host Virtual Adapters DHCP NAT DHCP Virtual Network Subnet Netmask Description 2 2 168 224 0 255 255 255 0 ymnetl VMnet8 192 168 177 0 255 255 255 0 vmnet8 DHCP service Service status Started Service request Select the virtual network for which you want to change settings and click Properties DHCP Settings Settings VMnet host Subnet Netmask Start IP address 168 198 End IP address 192 168 198 Broadcast address Lease duration for DHCP clients Days Minutes Default lease time 0 0 2 g Max lease time 0 2 0 2 Cance
206. e drop down list on the right If no network adapter is shown in the list of devices click Add then use the Add Hardware Wizard to add an adapter Configuration 2 Connect to the Newly Created Host Only Interface ih Create the virtual machine using the New Virtual Machine Wizard or use an existing virtual machine Launch VMware Workstation and open the virtual machine Edit the configuration using the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings Select Network Adapter then choose Custom VMnet2 from the drop down list on the right If no network adapter is shown in the list of devices click Add then use the Add Hardware Wizard to add an adapter Configuration 3 Connect to Two Host Only Interfaces p Create the virtual machine using the New Virtual Machine Wizard or use an existing virtual machine Launch VMware Workstation and open the virtual machine Edit the configuration using the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings Select the first network adapter in the list of devices then choose Host only VMnet1 from the drop down list on the right Select the second network adapter in the list of devices then choose Custom VMnet2 from the drop down list on the right If you need to add one or more network adapters click Add then use the Add Hardware Wizard to add an adapter 339 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual At this point you can power on the virtual machine and install your gu
207. e host within Workstation menus 1 Power on the virtual machine 2 After the guest operating system has started prepare your virtual machine to install VMware Tools Choose VM gt Install VMware Tools The remaining steps take place inside the virtual machine 3 Asroot su mount the VMware Tools virtual CD ROM image change to a working directory for example tmp uncompress the installer then unmount the CD ROM image Note Some Linux distributions automatically mount CD ROMs If your distribution uses automounting do not use the mount and umount commands below You still must untar the VMware Tools installer to tmp Some Linux distributions use different device names or organize the dev directory differently If your CD ROM drive is not dev cdrom or if the mount point for a CD ROM is not mnt cdrom you must modify the following commands to reflect the conventions used by your distribution mount dev cdrom mnt cdrom cd tmp Note If you have a previous installation delete the previous vmware distrib directory before installing The default location of this directory is tmp vmware tools distrib 1 24 www vmware com CHAPTER 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine 4 Atthe command prompt enter rpm Uhv mnt cdrom VMwareTools 5 0 0 lt XXXX gt 1386 rpm umount dev cdrom Where lt xxxx gt is the build revision number of the VMware Workstation release Note Ifyou attempt to installan rpm installatio
208. e listed partitions If no partitions are specified then all partitions in the virtual disk are shrunk The status of the shrink process appears at the bottom of the system console devicelist Lists each removable device in the virtual machine its device ID and whether the device is enabled or disabled Removable devices include the virtual network adapter CD ROM and floppy drives disabledevice lt device Disables the specified device or devices in the virtual machine name gt If no device is specified then all removable devices in the virtual machine are disabled enabledevice lt device Enables the specified device or devices in the virtual machine If name gt no device is specified then all removable devices in the virtual machine are enabled 135 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Lets you turn on or off synchronization of time in the guest operating system with time on the host operating system By default time synchronization is turned off synctime on off Use this command without any options to view the current time synchronization status You can synchronize the time in the guest operating system with time on the host operating system only when the time in the guest operating system is earlier than the time set in the host idle on oret Lets you turn the CPU idler on or off By default the idler is turned on The CPU idler program is included in VMware Tools for NetWare guests The idler program i
209. e not to upgrade you preserve the ability to use the virtual machine in older Workstation 3 or 4 but in Workstation 5 there is no snapshot functionality allowed When you open a legacy virtual machine in Workstation 5 you see a warning message to this effect 266 TE arate CHAPTER Cloning a Virtual Machine The following sections describe clones and configuring a clone e Understanding Clones on page 268 e Why Make a Clone on page 268 e Full and Linked Clones on page 269 e Full Clones and Snapshots of the Parent on page 269 e Creating Clones on page 270 e The Clone Virtual Machine Wizard on page 270 e Making a Linked Clone of a Linked Clone on page 273 e Making a Full Clone of a Linked Clone on page 273 e Working with Clones on page 273 e Network Identity for a Clone on page 273 e The Linked Clone Snapshot on page 274 e Linked Clones and Access to the Parent Virtual Machine on page 274 267 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Understanding Clones A clone is a copy of an existing virtual machine The existing virtual machine is called the parent of the clone When the cloning operation is complete the clone is a separate virtual machine though it may share virtual disks with the parent virtual machine see Full and Linked Clones on page 269 e Changes made to a clone do not affect the parent virtual machine Changes made to the parent virtual machine do not appear in a clone e Aclone s MAC address and UUID are d
210. e original virtual machine in an ongoing manner See also Full clone Lockout see Administrative Lockout Network address translation NAT Atype of network connection that allows you to connect your virtual machines to an external network when you have only one IP network address and that address is used by the host computer If you use NAT your virtual machine does not have its own IP address on the external network Instead a separate private network is set up on the host computer Your virtual machine gets an address on that network from the VMware virtual DHCP server The VMware NAT device passes network data between one or more virtual machines and the external network It identifies incoming data packets intended for each virtual machine and sends them to the correct destination New Virtual Machine wizard A point and click interface for convenient easy creation of a virtual machine configuration It creates files that define the virtual machine including a virtual machine configuration file and optionally a virtual disk or raw disk file See also Virtual machine settings editor Parent The source or original virtual machine from which you take a snapshot or make a clone A full clone has no continued link to its parent but a linked clone and a Snapshot each depend on the parent in an ongoing manner If you delete the parent virtual machine any linked clone or snapshot becomes permanently disabled To p
211. e selected snapshot and powers on the virtual machine discarding the current state e Close closes the snapshot manager e Help opens the Workstation help system You Are Here Icon The You Are Here icon always represents the current and active state of the virtual machine The You Are Here icon is always selected and visible when you open the snapshot manager You cannot go to or select the You Are Here state The You Are Here icon does not represent a snapshot but rather the virtual machine state after the parent snapshot see The Parent Snapshot on page 263 A snapshot is always a static record of a virtual machine state The You Are Here state can be operational and changing 262 a ooe CHAPTER 9 Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine Restoring a Snapshot Revert or Go To You can restore a snapshot in VMware Workstation by using the Revert and Go to commands The following sections explain how these commands work The Parent Snapshot The parent snapshot of a virtual machine is the snapshot on which the current state the You Are Here position is based After you take a snapshot that stored state the parent snapshot of the current state is the parent snapshot of the virtual machine If you revert or go to an earlier snapshot the earlier snapshot becomes the parent snapshot of the virtual machine Revert to Snapshot Revert is essentially a shortcut for Go to the parent snapshot of the virtual machine
212. e settings editor select the device and make your changes Click OK to save your changes and close the virtual machine settings editor To remove a device open the virtual machine settings editor click the name of the device and click Remove Click OK to close the virtual machine settings editor Connecting and Disconnecting Removable Devices Choose VM gt Removable Devices to connect and disconnect removable devices that you have configured for your virtual machine including floppy drives DVD CD ROM drives USB devices and Ethernet adapters while the virtual machine is running When you choose VM gt Removable Devices a submenu appears Choose a device from that menu to connect or disconnect it and to edit device settings If you choose Edit a dialog box appears Make all the changes you want to make then click OK 1 64 www vmware com CHAPTER 6 Running VMware Workstation Creating a Screen Shot or a Movie of a Virtual Machine This section describes how to capture a visual record of a virtual machine in a screen shot or movie Creating a Screen Shot of a Virtual Machine You can capture a screen shot of a virtual machine Choose VM gt Capture Screen You can save this image as a bitmap bmp file on a Windows host or as a portable network graphics png file on a Linux host Creating a Movie of a Virtual Machine You can capture a movie of your activity within a virtual machine Workstation saves this
213. e the CD ROM drive when it prompts you to insert the CD ROM to look for device drivers during the initial hardware detection In such cases you can cancel the installation of the particular device or try pointing to C windows system to search for device drivers on the hard disk Any failed device installations may be performed at a later time after the CD ROM drive is recognized After Windows has installed the virtual hardware and its drivers you can remove the failed devices corresponding to the physical hardware using the Device Manager Control Panel gt System gt Device Manager Select the device then click the Remove button If a device appears in multiple hardware profiles you can select the hardware profile or profiles from which to remove the device If you want to enable the virtual machine s sound adapter to work inside the Windows 9x guest operating system finish the remaining steps in this section then refer to Configuring Sound on page 369 228 waar CHAPTER 8 Using Disks Windows NT guests only After the operating system has finished booting in the virtual machine view the event log to see which physical devices have failed to start properly You can disable them from the Virtual Hardware profile using the Device Manager Control Panel gt Devices If you want to enable the virtual machine s sound adapter to work inside the Windows NT guest operating system finish the remaining steps in this section then ref
214. e top of the panel This setting imposes the tightest restrictions on the number and memory size of virtual machines that may run at a given time Because the virtual machines are running entirely in RAM they have the best possible performance Allow some virtual machine memory to be swapped Allow the host operating system to swap a moderate amount of virtual machine memory to disk if necessary This setting allows you to increase the number or memory size of virtual machines that can run on the host computer at a given time It may also result in reduced performance if virtual machine memory must be shifted between RAM and disk Allow most virtual machine memory to be swapped Allow the host operating system to swap as much virtual machine memory to disk as it wants This setting allows you to run even more virtual machines with even more memory than the intermediate setting does In this case too performance may be lower if virtual machine memory must be shifted between RAM and disk 421 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Using More Than 1GB of Memory on a Linux Host By default Linux kernels in the 2 2 x series support 1GB of physical memory If you want to use more memory in Linux you can take one of several approaches e Upgrade to a 2 4 x series kernel that allows for more physical memory e Recompile your kernel as a 2GB kernel using the CONFIG_2GB option e Enable the CONFIG_BIGMEM option to map more physical memory
215. e virtual machine s physical disk 203 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 204 Adding DVD or CD Drives to a Virtual Machine You can add one or more DVD or CD drives to your virtual machine You can connect the virtual machine s drive to a physical drive on the host machine or to an ISO image file You can configure the virtual DVD or CD drive as either IDE or SCSI no matter what kind of physical drive you connect it to In other words if your host computer has an IDE CD drive you can set up the virtual machine s drive as either SCSI or IDE and connect it to the host s drive The same is true if the host s physical drive is a SCSI drive Adding a DVD or CD Drive 1 Open the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings and click Add to start the Add Hardware Wizard 2 Click DVD CD ROM Drive then click Next 3 Select Use physical drive if you want to connect the virtual machine s drive to a physical drive on the host computer Select Use ISO Image if you want to connect the virtual machine s drive to an ISO image file 4 Doone of the following e If you selected Use physical drive choose the drive you want to use from the drop down list or choose Auto detect If you do not want the CD drive connected when the virtual machine starts deselect Connect at power on Click Advanced if you want to specify the device node the drive should use in the virtual machine On the advanced settings screen you may also sele
216. e virtual machine s original directory If you stored any files in directories other than the virtual machine directory be sure to move them into a directory of the same name and same position relative to the location of the virtual machine If for Some reason you are not moving a file make sure you do not have any relative or absolute paths pointing to that file Use the virtual machine settings editor and check to see if your virtual machine is pointing to the correct location for files you do not move In the virtual machine settings editor select each device and be sure that any devices with associated files are pointed to the correct files Also check the Options tab to be sure the location for the redo log file is correct In addition if you have any absolute paths pointing to any files you are moving change them to relative paths 3 Start VMware Workstation 5 and open the virtual machine you just moved Choose File gt Open then browse to the virtual machine s configuration vmx file www vmware comM 178 CHAPTER 7 Moving and Sharing Virtual Machines Moving an Older Virtual Machine This section describes the following topics e Moving VMware Workstation 3 0 Virtual Machines on page 179 e Moving VMware Workstation 2 x Virtual Machines on page 181 e Considerations for Moving Workstation Disks in Undoable Mode on page 182 Moving VMware Workstation 3 0 Virtual Machines If you have created a virtual machine using VMwa
217. eam To rename a Favorite list entry 1 Right click the Favorite you want to rename 2 Select Rename from the pop up menu 3 Type the new name for the Favorite and press Enter Note This change is for display only and does not rename the virtual machine files on the host Organizing Favorites into Folders You can arrange your virtual machines and teams in folders To create a folder 1 Right click in the Favorites list 2 Select New gt Folder from the pop up menu 3 Type a name for the folder and press enter 4 Drag and drop your virtual machine or team favorites into the new folder as desired 73 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Hiding and Displaying the Favorites List To toggle the display of the Favorites list on or off 1 Choose View gt Favorites If the Favorites list was visible it becomes hidden If it was hidden now it is visible 74 www vmware comM CHAPTER 4 Learning VMware Workstation Basics Checking for Product Updates VMware Workstation checks automatically to see if updates for the product are available By default it checks once a week at the time you launch Workstation You can change the interval for the automatic checks and you can check manually at any time by choosing Help gt Check for Updates on the Web To have VMware Workstation check for updates automatically 1 Choose Edit gt Preferences gt Workspace 2 On the Check for software Updates drop down menu set the interval
218. eam To power off a team 1 Select the team to power off select the team from the Favorites list or click the Summary tab for the team 2 Click the Power Off button on the toolbar The team begins to power off in the sequence specified in Team gt Settings See The Startup Sequence on page 295 for more information Shutting Down a Virtual Machine When You Power Off a Team When you power off a team the default settings for a virtual machine can cause the guest operating system to terminate abruptly For information about configuring your virtual machine to recognize the shut down guest command when you power off a team see Shutting Down a Virtual Machine on page 144 Suspending a Team When you suspend a team the virtual machines in the team are suspended 289 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual To suspend a team of virtual machines 1 Select the team to suspend select the team from the Favorites list or click the summary tab for the team 2 Click the Suspend button on the toolbar All team virtual machines start suspending simultaneously A progress indicator appears for each team member To see the progress of a particular team member choose Team gt Switch To gt lt virtual machine name gt The time to complete the operation varies with the size of the virtual machines Resuming a Team To resume a team of virtual machines 1 Select the team to resume select the team from the Favorites list or click the
219. ect the device to your virtual machine then experience problems with the connection to the device take the following steps 1 Disconnect and reconnect the device You can either unplug it physically then plug it back in or use the VM gt Removable Devices menu to disconnect it and reconnect it 2 Ifyou see a dialog box warning that the device is in use disable it in the hotplug configuration files inthe etc hotplug directory 400 www vmMware com CHAPTER 14 Connecting Devices Disconnecting USB Devices from a Virtual Machine Before unplugging a USB device or using the VM gt Removable Devices menu to disconnect it from a virtual machine be sure it is in a safe state You should follow the procedures the device manufacturer specifies for unplugging the device from a physical computer This is true whether you are physically unplugging it moving it from host to virtual machine moving it between virtual machines or moving it from virtual machine to host This is particularly important with data storage devices a Zip drive for example If you move a data storage device too soon after saving a file and the operating system has not actually written the data to the disk you can lose data Human Interface Devices USB human interface devices such as the keyboard and mouse are not handled though the virtual machine s USB controller Instead they appear in the virtual machine as a standard PS 2 keyboard and mouse even though
220. ed by Linux 3 Set the device group membership or device ownership The master physical disk device or devices need to be readable and writable by the user who runs VMware Workstation On most distributions the physical devices such as dev hda IDE physical disk and dev sdb SCSI physical disk belong to group id disk If this is the case you can add VMware Workstation users to the disk group Another option is to change the owner of the device Please think carefully about security issues when you explore different options here 244 www vmMware com It is a good idea to grant VMware Workstation users access to all dev hd abcd physical devices that contain operating systems or boot managers then rely on VMware Workstation s physical disk configuration files to guard access This provides boot managers access to configuration and other files they may need to boot the operating systems For example LILO needs to read boot ona Linux partition to boot a non Linux operating system that may be on another drive Start the New Virtual Machine Wizard File gt New gt Virtual Machine and select Custom When you reach the Select a Disk step select Use a physical disk If the physical disk you plan to use has multiple partitions on it already be aware that certain operating systems DOS Windows 95 Windows 98 must be installed on the first primary partition Caution Corruption is possible if you allow the virtual machine t
221. ee to install host only networking If you did not agree to use host only networking you need to run the program again to set up host only networking To set up the second host only network follow the steps outlined below for your host Operating system Setting Up the Second Host Only Interface on a Windows Host Follow these steps to set up the second host only interface on a Windows host 1 Go to Edit gt Virtual Network Settings gt Host Virtual Adapters 2 Click Add new adapter 3 Choose the virtual network on which you want to use the adapter and click OK 4 Click Apply 5 Click OK to close the virtual network editor 337 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Setting Up the Second Host Only Interface on a Linux Host 1 Asroot su run the VMware Workstation configuration program usr bin vmware config pl 2 Use the wizard to modify your configuration After asking about a NAT network the program asks Do you want to be able to use host only networking in your virtual machines Answer Yes The wizard reports on host only networks that you have already set up on the host or if none is present configures the first host only network 3 The wizard asks Do you wish to configure another host only network Answer Yes Repeat this step until you have as many host only networks as you want Then answer No 4 Complete the remaining steps in the wizard When it is finished it restarts all services used by V
222. eed to download the CD ROM image or burn a physical CD ROM of this image file When you choose VM gt Install VMware Tools from the VMware Workstation menu VMware Workstation temporarily connects the virtual machine s first virtual CD ROM drive to the ISO image file that contains the VMware Tools installer for your guest operating system and you are ready to begin the installation process Upgrading VMware Tools Now you can upgrade VMware Tools without uninstalling the previous version However it is a good idea to upgrade the virtual machine first See Procedure to Upgrade Virtual Machines on page 59 To upgrade VMware Tools follow the installation procedure for your guest operating system in the next sections VMware Tools for Windows Guests VMware Tools for Windows supports Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows Me Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 guest operating systems The detailed steps for installing VMware Tools depend on the version of Windows you are running The steps that follow show how to install VMware Tools in a Windows XP 120 waar CHAPTER 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine guest Some steps that are automated in newer versions of Windows must be performed manually in Windows 9x and Windows NT Note Ifyou are running VMware Workstation on a Windows host and your virtual machine has only one CD ROM drive the CD ROM drive must be configured as an IDE or SCSI CD ROM drive It cannot be co
223. enter the serial number choose Help gt Enter Serial Number Note You can install Workstation without a serial number However you cannot power on a virtual machine without entering a serial number 4 Create a virtual machine using the New Virtual Machine Wizard See Creating a New Virtual Machine on page 101 5 Install a guest operating system in the new virtual machine You need the installation media CD ROM or floppy disks for your guest operating system See Installing a Guest Operating System and VMware Tools on page 117 6 Install the VMware Tools package in your virtual machine for enhanced performance See Installing VMware Tools on page 120 7 Start using your virtual machine 44 www vmMware com CHAPTER 2 Installing VMware Workstation Before Installing on a Linux Host Before you begin be sure you have A computer and host operating system that meet the system requirements for running VMware Workstation See Host System Requirements on page 23 The VMware Workstation installation software If you bought the packaged distribution of VMware Workstation the installation software is on the CD in your package If you bought the electronic distribution the installation software is in the file you downloaded Your VMware Workstation serial number The serial number is included in the VMware Workstation package or in the email message confirming your electronic distribution order The installation CD or disks for y
224. entical virtual machines may free up more than 30 percent of memory while a more diverse workload may result in savings of less than 5 percent of memory VMware Workstation memory sharing runs as a background activity that scans for sharing opportunities over time The amount of memory saved may vary over time for a fairly constant workload the amount generally increases slowly until all sharing opportunities are exploited 419 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Specifying How Much RAM Is Used by All Virtual Machines The second configuration parameter you can set is the amount of RAM that VMware Workstation is allowed to reserve for all running virtual machines combined To set this parameter go to Edit gt Preferences gt Memory The reserved memory setting specifies a maximum amount of RAM that VMware Workstation is allowed to use But this memory is not allocated in advance Even if multiple virtual machines are running at the same time VMware Workstation may be using only a fraction of the RAM you specify here Any unused RAM is available to be used by other applications If all the RAM you specify here is in use by one or more virtual machines the host operating system cannot use this RAM itself or allow other applications to use it The RAM used by VMware Workstation includes the RAM made available to the guest operating systems plus a small amount of overhead memory associated with running a virtual machine The amount of
225. enu and Quick Launch toolbar Deselect any shortcuts you do not want the installer to create 7 Ifthe installer detects that the Windows CD ROM autorun feature is enabled you see a message that gives you the option to disable this feature Disabling autorun prevents undesirable interactions with the virtual machines you install on this system 8 The installer has gathered the necessary information and is ready to begin installing the software i VMware Workstation Ready to Install the P oar n The wizard is ready to begin ir Click Install to begin the installation IF you want to review or change any of your installation settings click Back Click Cancel to exit the wizard at Cancel If you want to change any settings or information you provided now is the time to make those changes Click Back until you reach the dialog box containing the information you want to change If you do not need to make any changes click Install The installer begins copying files to your computer www vmware com 40 9 i CHAPTER 2 Installing VMware Workstation Optional Enter your name company name and serial number then click Next Your serial number is on the registration card in your package The user and company information you enter here is then made available in the About box Help gt About VMware Workstation i VMware Workstation Registration Info optional You can enter th is infec User Name Test User
226. ep the UDP mapping for the NAT network The dns Section This section is for Windows hosts only Linux does not use this section policy Policy to use for DNS forwarding Accepted values include order rotate and D rst e order send one DNS request at a time in order of the name servers e rotate send one DNS request at a time and rotate through the DNS servers e burst send to three servers and wait for the first one to respond timeout Time in seconds before retrying a DNS request retries Number of retries before the NAT device gives up on a DNS request autodetect Flag to indicate if the NAT device should automatically detect the DNS servers available to the host nameserverl IP address of a DNS server to use nameserver2 IP address of a DNS server to use nameserver3 IP address of a DNS server to use If autodetect is on and some name servers are specified the DNS servers specified in nameserver1 nameserver2 and nameserver3 are added before the list of detected DNS servers 350 o ome CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network The netbios Section This section applies to Windows hosts only Linux does not use this section nbonsTimeout 2 Timeout for NBNS queries nbnsRetries 3 Number of retries for each NBNS query nbdsTimeout 3 Timeout for NBDS queries The incomingtcp Section This section is used to configure TCP port forwarding for NAT In this section you can assign a port numb
227. eparing for the Upgrade Before You Install VMware Workstation 5 There are a few steps you should take while your previous version of VMware Workstation is still on your computer and before you install VMware Workstation 5 to ensure the best possible upgrade experience Resume and Shut Down Suspended Virtual Machines If you plan to use virtual machines created in an earlier version of VMware Workstation 5 be sure they have been shut down completely before you remove the release you used to create them If the virtual machine is suspended resume it in the earlier release shut down the guest operating system then power off the virtual machine Note If you attempt to resume a virtual machine that was suspended under a different VMware product or a different version of VMware Workstation a dialog box gives you the choice of discarding or keeping the file that stores the suspended state To recover the suspended state you must click Keep then resume the virtual machine under the correct VMware product If you click Discard you can power on normally but the suspended state is lost Remove Snapshots If the virtual machine you are upgrading has a snapshot remove the snapshot before upgrading 52 www vmMware comM CHAPTER 3 Upgrading VMware Workstation Make Sure All Disks Are in the Same Mode Workstation 3 Only For upgrades from VMware Workstation 3 to Workstation 5 e Ifyou have an existing virtual machine with one or
228. er s Manual can be connected to the host by separate networks or connected to each other and not to the host Any network topology is possible Drag and drop With the drag and drop feature of VMware Workstation you can move files easily between a Windows host and a Windows virtual machine You can drag and drop individual files or entire directories Existing partition A partition on a physical disk in the host machine See also Raw disk Full clone A complete copy of the original virtual machine plus all associated virtual disks See also Linked clone Full screen mode A display mode in which the virtual machine s display fills the entire screen See also Full screen switch mode Quick switch mode Full screen switch mode A display mode in which the virtual machine s display fills the entire screen and the user has no access to the VMware Workstation user interface The user cannot create reconfigure or launch virtual machines A system administrator performs these function See also Full screen mode Favorites list A list in the left panel of the main VMware Workstation screen that shows the names of virtual machines that a user has added to the list The Favorites list makes it easy to launch a virtual machine or to connect to the virtual machine s configuration file in order to make changes in the virtual machine settings Go to Snapshot Go to a snapshot allows you to restore any snapshot of the acti
229. er 2003 use when displaying menus can be somewhat slow and make the virtual machine seem less responsive To disable the fade effects right click the guest operating system desktop then choose Properties gt Appearance gt Effects on Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 or Properties gt Effects on Windows 2000 and uncheck Use transition effects for menus and tool tips Full Screen Mode Run your virtual machine in full screen mode Click the Full Screen button on the VMware Workstation toolbar 426 www vmMware comM CHAPTER 15 Performance Tuning Windows NT Disk Performance on Multiprocessor Hosts Some users have seen a problem in a VMware Workstation virtual machine using IDE virtual disks on a multiprocessor host computer The I O issue is especially noticeable when the virtual machine is booting Note Performance in Windows NT guest operating systems may also be affected by disk fragmentation on the host computer For details see Configuring and Maintaining the Host Computer on page 408 Improving Performance You may increase performance by enabling DMA direct memory access on the virtual hard disk s IDE channel in the virtual machine If you have a virtual disk and a DVD CD ROM attached as master and slave to the primary IDE controller channel 0 and you want to enable DMA power off the virtual machine and use the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings to move the DVD CD ROM drive to the secondary IDE co
230. er off the virtual machine and close the VMware Workstation window then use a text editor to add the following line to your virtual machine s configuration file serial lt n gt pipe charTimePercent lt x gt This option is useful if you want to squeeze every possible bit of soeed from your serial connection over a pipe to the virtual machine In principle there is no limit on the output speed the speed at which the virtual machine sends data through the virtual serial port In practice the output speed depends on how fast the application at the other end of the pipe reads data inbound to it lt n gt is the number of the serial port starting from 0 So the first serial port is serialo lt x gt iS any positive integer It specifies the time taken to transmit a character expressed as a percentage of the default speed set for the serial port in the guest operating system For example a setting of 200 forces the port to take twice as long per character or send data at half the default speed A setting of 50 forces the port to take only half as long per character or send data at twice the default speed You should first use the guest operating system to configure the serial port for the highest setting supported by the application you are running in the virtual machine Once the serial port speed is set appropriately in the guest operating system experiment with this setting Start with a value of 100 and gradually decrease it until
231. er to Configuring Sound on page 369 Confirm that your virtual devices specifically the network adapter are working properly Windows 95 and Windows 98 guests If any virtual device is missing you can detect it by running Control Panel gt Add New Hardware Install VMware Tools VMware Tools appears and runs in both hardware configurations but affects only the virtual machine Note The next time you reboot Windows natively using the Physical Machine hardware profile some virtual devices may appear in the device list You can disable or remove these virtual devices from the Physical Machine hardware profile in the same way that you removed physical devices from the virtual machine hardware profile in step 6 above 229 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Running a Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 Virtual Machine from an Existing Multiple Boot Installation If you have installed Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 on a computer then try to run that same installation of the operating system as a VMware Workstation virtual machine running from a raw disk the virtual machine may fail with an error message reporting an inaccessible boot device The problem occurs because the physical computer and the virtual machine require different IDE drivers The Windows plug and play feature which handles drivers for many hardware devices does not install new IDE drivers If you encounter this problem V
232. er to an IP address and port number on a virtual machine The following line shows the format used in this section 8887 192 168 27 128 21 This example creates a mapping from port 8887 on the host to the IP address 192 168 27 128 and port 21 When this mapping is set and an external machine connects to the host at port 8887 the network packets are automatically forwarded to port 21 the standard port for FTP on the virtual machine with IP address 192 168 27 128 The incomingudp Section This section is used to configure UDP port forwarding for NAT In this section you can assign a port number to an IP address and port number on a virtual machine The following line shows the format used in this section It illustrates a way to forward X server traffic from the host port 6000 to the virtual machine s port 6001 6000 192 168 27 128 6001 This example creates a mapping from port 6000 on the host to the IP address 192 168 27 128 and port 6001 When this mapping is set and an external machine connects to the host at port 6000 the network packets are automatically forwarded to port 6001 on the virtual machine with IP address 192 168 27 1 28 351 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Custom NAT and DHCP Configuration on a Windows Host If you are an advanced user on a Windows host computer you may wish to make custom configuration settings by editing the NAT and DHCP configuration files If your host operating system is installed on th
233. ere is no path name information in the virtual machine s configuration file This is true for virtual machines created under VMware Workstation 3 1 or higher however virtual machines created with older versions of Workstation contain full path names Follow these steps to check the configuration and see whether or not you can move your undoable disk without committing or discarding changes 1 Start VMware Workstation 3 If you are moving a disk in undoable mode from one computer to another computer start VMware Workstation 3 on the computer that currently has your disk 2 Open the configuration file for the virtual machine that uses the undoable mode disk you wish to move In the VMware Workstation window select File gt Open and choose the configuration file of the virtual machine with the disk you want to move 3 Open the Virtual Machine Control Panel www vmware comM CHAPTER 7 Moving and Sharing Virtual Machines 4 Examine the entry for your virtual disk to see whether it includes a full path to the first virtual disk file For example on a Windows host you might see a disk file listing like this My Documents My Virtual Machines Windows Me Windows Me vmdk Entries for SCSI disks are similar If your disk file information resembles the example above with a full path to the first disk file and you have not committed or discarded changes to the undoable disk the following rules apply e You can move the disk to an
234. erful Virtual Machine Software for the Technical Professional VMware Workstation is desktop software for developers and IT professionals that allows you to run multiple x86 based desktop and server operating systems simultaneously on a single PC in fully networked portable virtual machines with no rebooting or hard drive partitioning required With VMware Workstation you spend less time procuring and configuring and more time testing and deploying Over three million software development quality assurance and IT professionals worldwide find VMware Workstation an indispensable tool Key benefits include e Run multiple operating systems simultaneously on a single physical machine VMware Workstation is desktop software for software developers www vmware com 16 CHAPTER 1 Introduction and System Requirements and IT professionals that allows a single PC to simultaneously run multiple x86 based operating systems including Windows Linux and NetWare and their applications in fully networked portable virtual machines without rebooting or hard drive partitioning The result is reduced hardware expenditures and quicker access to different computing environments Additionally VMware Workstation lets users avoid platform lock in and preserve the freedom and flexibility to deploy the most appropriate platforms for their needs Revolutionize software development and testing VMware Workstation streamlines software developme
235. erver 2 x Make backup copies of your virtual disks before starting the upgrade 58 www vmMware comM CHAPTER 3 Upgrading VMware Workstation Procedure to Upgrade Virtual Machines 1 Shut down the guest operating system and power off the virtual machine 2 Choose VM gt Upgrade Virtual Machine A dialog box appears warning that the upgrade process cannot be reversed 3 Click Yes to continue then follow the on screen directions 4 Power on the virtual machine in Workstation 5 5 Upgrade VMware Tools to the new version Refer to Installing VMware Tools on page 120 Do not remove the older version of VMware Tools before installing the new version Note If you are upgrading a virtual machine that runs from a physical disk rather than a virtual disk you may safely ignore the message Unable to upgrade lt drivename gt One of the supplied parameters is invalid Click OK to continue the upgrade 59 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Where to Go Next e Learning VMware Workstation Basics on page 61 e Creating a New Virtual Machine on page 101 e Running VMware Workstation on page 139 60 www vmMware com CHAPTER Learning VMware Workstation Basics This chapter discusses launching the VMware Workstation program and introduces the VMware Workstation window e Launching VMware Workstation on page 62 e Overview of the VMware Workstation Window on page 64 e Checking for Product Updates on page 75 e Setting
236. erver 2003 Dynamic Disks as Raw Disks on page 234 215 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual e Configuring Dual or Multiple Boot SCSI Systems to Run with VMware Workstation on a Linux Host on page 235 e Known Issues and Background Information on Using SCSI Raw Disks on page 238 Using the Same Operating System in a Virtual Machine and on the Host Computer You may sometimes want to run an operating system inside a virtual machine and at other times want to run that same installation of the operating system by booting the host computer directly into that operating system If you want to use this approach you must be aware of some special considerations The issues arise because the virtual hardware that the operating system sees when it is running in a virtual machine is different from the physical hardware it sees when it is running directly on the host computer It is as if you were removing the boot drive from one physical computer and running the operating system installed there in a second computer with a different motherboard video card and other peripherals then moving it back and forth between the two systems The general approach for resolving these issues is to set up profiles for each of the two operating environments the virtual machine and the physical computer You can then choose the appropriate profile when you start the operating system On some hardware however booting a previously installed operating system with
237. ese areas of concern the version of your Linux kernel your device access permissions and the required modules e Parallel Ports and Linux 2 2 x Kernels on page 373 e Parallel Ports and Linux 2 4 x Kernels on page 374 e Parallel Ports and Linux 2 6 x Kernels on page 375 e Device Permissions on page 376 Parallel Ports and Linux 2 2 x Kernels The 2 2 x kernels that support parallel ports use the parport parport pcand vmppuser modules Be sure that PC Style Hardware CONFIG_PARPORT_PC is loaded as a module as mentioned at the beginning of Using Parallel Ports on page 3 72 The vmppuser module is supplied by VMware Workstation to give virtual machines user level access to the parallel port To see if these modules are installed and running on your system run the 1smod command as the root user These three modules should be included in the listing of running modules You can also look at the proc modules file for the same list To load the proper modules run this command insmod k lt modulename gt If none of the listed parallel port modules is running use this command insmod k parport_pc This command inserts the three modules needed for a parallel port If you continue to see problems it is possible that the 1p module is running If it is the virtual machine cannot use the parallel port correctly To remove the 1p module run this command as the root user rmmod lp You should also ensure that the line referring to the 1p
238. eselect this setting if you wish Click Advanced if you want to configure this serial port to use polled mode This option is of interest primarily to developers who are using debugging tools that communicate over a serial connection For more information see Special Configuration Options for Advanced Users on page 385 9 Click Finish then click OK to close the virtual machine settings editor 10 On your host computer configure the application that communicates with the virtual machine to use the same pipe name 11 Power on the virtual machine Linux Host 1 Open the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings 2 Click Add to start the Add Hardware Wizard 3 Select Serial Port then click Next 4 Select Output to named pipe then click Next 5 Inthe Path field enter tmp lt socket gt or another Unix socket name of your choice 6 Select This end is the server or This end is the client In general select This end is the server if you plan to start this end of the connection first 7 Select The other end is an application 8 By default the device status setting is Connect at power on You may deselect this setting if you wish Click Advanced if you want to configure this serial port to use polled mode This option is of interest primarily to developers who are using debugging tools that communicate over a serial connection For more information see Special Configuration Options for Advanced Users on page 385 9 Click Finish
239. esponsiveness and effectiveness when troubleshooting end user problems Facilitate team collaboration VMware Workstation lets users easily collaborate with their colleagues and share virtual machines Once a computing environment OS associated applications disk images memory etc has been turned into a virtual machine it becomes a set of hardware independent encapsulated files that are highly portable and can be shared with any other Workstation user A virtual machine can be placed on a shared drive where others can quickly access and upload it Features in Workstation such as linked clones and video capture further facilitate team collaboration 17 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 18 e Introduce Virtual Infrastructure to your enterprise Virtual machines created in Workstation can be deployed to the other desktop and server virtualization platforms offered by VMware Introducing VMware Workstation virtualization to the desktop is an ideal first step to transforming your physical IT infrastructure into virtual infrastructure Overview of This Manual If you re a veteran user of VMware products take a few minutes to see What s New in Version 5 on page 19 and check out Upgrading VMware Workstation on page 51 If you re new to VMware Workstation this is the place to start e The first chapters of this manual through Running VMware Workstation on page 139 introduce you to some of the things you can do wi
240. est operating system In configurations 1 and 2 you see one AMD PCNet Family Adapter In configuration 3 you see two AMD PCNet Family Adapters within the guest Configure the Ethernet adapters as you would physical adapters on a physical computer giving each an IP address on the appropriate VMnet subnet On Windows hosts you can open a command prompt andrun ipconfig allto see what IP addresses each host only network is using On Linux hosts you can open a terminal and run if config to see what IP addresses each host only network is using Routing between Two Host Only Networks If you are setting up a complex test network using virtual machines you may want to have two independent host only networks with a router between them There are two basic approaches In one the router software runs on the host computer In the other the router software runs in its own virtual machine In both cases you need two host only interfaces The examples described here outline the simplest case with one virtual machine on each of the host only networks For more complex configurations you can add more virtual machines and host only networks as appropriate Setting Up the First Host Only Interface On Windows hosts the first host only network is set up automatically when you install VMware Workstation On Linux hosts the first host only network was set up when you ran the vmware config pl program after you installed VMware Workstation provided y
241. etwork Mapping Host Virtual Adapters DHCP NAT Use this page to control the automatic bridging of Mnet0 to the first available physical Ethernet UF adapter on the host Automatic bridging Excluded adapters Do not attempt to automatically bridge to the following adapters EF Realtek RTL8139 Family PCI Fast Ethernet NIC Packet Scheduler Miniport Add 5 Click OK to save your changes and close the virtual network editor Removing a Host Ethernet Adapter from the Excluded Adapters List To remove an adapter from the list of excluded adapters 1 Choose Edit gt Virtual Network Settings 2 Click the Automatic Bridging tab 3 Select the name of the adapter you want to remove 4 Click Remove 5 Click OK to save your changes and close the virtual network editor Choosing a Host Ethernet Adapter for Custom Bridged Networking You can create a custom bridged network on virtual switches VMnet2 to VMnet7 To designate a physical Ethernet adapter to bridge to custom virtual switches 1 Choose Edit gt Virtual Network Settings 2 Click the Host Virtual Network Mapping tab 3 Choose an adapter from the drop down list beside the name of the virtual switch you want to use Caution Be careful when you change the bridged adapter mappings If you re assign a physical Ethernet adapter to a different virtual network any virtual machine using the original network loses its network connectivity via that network
242. everything required to duplicate an existing guest configuration See Cloning a Virtual Machine on page 267 19 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Improved Performance for Virtual Machines Running Concurrently Workstation 5 includes significant improvements in memory utilization when virtual machines are used concurrently This allows you to efficiently run multiple virtual machines with much less total memory Improved Networking Performance Workstation 5 offers optional enhanced networking performance by leveraging VMware s custom network driver Once you install the uodated VMware Tools the necessary network drivers integrate seamlessly to offer significantly improved network performance Improved Suspend Resume and Snapshot Operations Workstation 5 performs significantly faster suspend resume and snapshot operations enabling you to spend more time testing and less time waiting for power operations to execute New Host Operating System Support e SUSE Linux Pro 9 2 e SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 0 e Mandrake Linux 10 e Windows Server 2003 SP1 e Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 0 New Guest Operating System Support e Windows Small Business Server 2000 e Red Hat Linux Advanced Server 3 0 e SUSE Linux Pro 9 2 e SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 0 e Mandrake Linux 10 e Novell NetWare 6 5 SP3 e Novell NetWare 5 1 SP8 e Novell Linux Desktop 9 e Sun Java Desktop System e Windows Server 2003 SP1 20 WwWwWww ymwa
243. figuration file with a cfg extension Remove the three lines that begin with the following from the configuration file ethernet n generatedAddress ethernet n addressType ethernet n generatedAddressOffset In these options n is the number of the virtual Ethernet adapter for example etherneto Add the following line to the configuration file ethernet n address 00 50 56 XX YY ZZ In this line XX must be a valid hexadecimal number between 00h and 3Fh and YY and ZZ must be valid hexadecimal numbers between 00h and FFh Because VMware Workstation virtual machines do not support arbitrary MAC addresses you must use the above format So long as you choose a value for XX YY ZZ that is unique among your hard coded addresses where XX is a valid hexadecimal number between 00h and 3Fh and YY and ZZ are valid hexadecimal numbers between 00h and FFh conflicts between the automatically assigned MAC addresses and the manually assigned addresses should never occur 333 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Controlling Routing Information for a Host only Network on a Linux Host A host only network is a full fledged network It has a network interface associated with it VMnet1 that is marked up at the time the host operating system is booted Consequently routing server processes that operate on the host operating system such as routed and gated automatically discover it and propagate information on how to
244. file system If you chose Delete Team and VMs in step 4 the virtual machines in the team are also removed permanently from VMware Workstation and the host file system 285 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Adding and Removing Virtual Machines e Adding an Existing Virtual Machine to a Team on page 286 e Removing a Virtual Machine from a Team on page 286 Adding an Existing Virtual Machine to a Team To add an existing virtual machine to a team 1 Select Team gt Add gt Existing Virtual Machine A file open dialog box appears 2 Browse to the folder with the vmx file for the virtual machine you want to add 3 Select the vmx file and click Open The virtual machine is added to the team There are some issues to consider when you add a virtual machine to a team e Avirtual machine is not powered on when you add it to a running team You must power on the added virtual machine manually to use it during the current session However the added virtual machine is thereafter powered on or off with the rest of the team e When you add a virtual machine to a team you can no longer operate the virtual machine outside the team Adding a virtual machine to a team therefore removes it from the Favorites list Removing a Virtual Machine from a Team To remove a virtual machine from a team 1 Select the team with the virtual machine you want to remove Click the summary or console tab for the desired team or select the team nam
245. files that store newly saved data when you have a snapshot e The files that hold information used in suspending and resuming a virtual machine If you are experiencing slow disk performance in the virtual machine or if you want to improve the speed of suspend and resume operations check to be sure the host disk that holds the virtual machine s working directory and virtual disk files is not badly fragmented If it is fragmented you can improve performance by running a defragmentation utility to reduce fragmentation on that host disk 408 www vmMware com CHAPTER 15 Performance Tuning Virtual Drives Use the Workstation application to defragment virtual disks See Defragmenting Virtual Disks on page 193 Guest Operating System Drives It is strongly recommended that you defragment using a guest operating system mechanism before taking the first snapshot or linked clone e Workstation makes all its changes to the redo log not to the original disk when you run a defragmenting program on the guest after a snapshot You lose the ability to defragment inside the original disk forever e Every sector that moves is copied to the redo log making the virtual machine redo log extremely large when the disk is heavily fragmented and you run defragmentation after a snapshot Performance Impact of Defragmenting Snapshots and Linked Clones There may be a performance impact when you defragment a linked clone or a virtual machine with a snapshot
246. for playback of movies on machines without VMware Workstation 166 TT tirecom CHAPTER 6 Running VMware Workstation Where to Go Next e Using Disks on page 187 e Moving and Sharing Virtual Machines on page 169 e Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine on page 249 e Cloning a Virtual Machine on page 267 e Configuring Teams on page 277 e Configuring a Virtual Network on page 305 e Configuring Video and Sound on page 359 e Connecting Devices on page 371 e Performance Tuning on page 407 167 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 168 TT tirecom CHAPTER Moving and Sharing Virtual Machines The following sections provide information on how to move your virtual machines from one host to another or elsewhere on the same host plus recommendations on how to share virtual machines with other users e Virtual Machine Identifier UUID on page 170 e Moving a VMware Workstation 5 Virtual Machine on page 173 e Moving a VMware Workstation 4 Virtual Machine on page 176 e Moving an Older Virtual Machine on page 179 e Sharing Virtual Machines with Other Users on page 184 e Moving Linked Clones on page 185 Note When you move a virtual machine to a new host computer or to a different directory on the same host computer or when you rename a directory in the path to the virtual machine s configuration file VMware Workstation generates a different MAC address for the virtual Ethernet adapter For additional information see
247. fully to host resources You control all traffic allowed between the host network and team virtual machines e Monitor multiple virtual machines Use thumbnail views of the virtual machine displays to review activity on team virtual machines simultaneously 278 a oe Creating and Deleting Teams This section discusses the following topics e Making a New Team on page 279 e Opening a Team on page 284 e Closing a Team on page 284 e Deleting a Team on page 285 Making a New Team Use the New Team Wizard to create a team then add virtual machines 1 Open the New Team Wizard Choose File gt New gt Team New Team Wizard Welcome to the New Team Wizard This wizard will guide you through the steps of creating a new team Cancel 2 Click Next to confirm the wizard 3 Type a name and path for the team and click Next New Team Wizard Name the Team What name would you like to use for this team Team name New Team Location C Documents and Settings user My Documents My Virtual Mac CHAPTER 11 Configuring Teams 279 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual The default name and path are based on your default Virtual Machine location You can type a new entry for name and path or use the Browse button to find the directory where you want to store the team files After you have verified your entries click Next 4 Ifyou wish you can add virtual machines to your team New Team
248. functionality that requires disks in multiple modes review the information atwww vmware com info id 40 before you upgrade Back Up Virtual Machines As a precaution back up all the files in your virtual machine directories including the vmdk or dsk vmx or cfg and nvram files for any existing virtual machines you plan to migrate to VMware Workstation 5 Depending on your upgrade path you may not be able to run your virtual machines under both VMware Workstation 5 and your previous version of VMware Workstation Workstation 2 to 5 Upgrading Workstation 2 virtual machines requires that you first upgrade to Workstation 3 or 4 Direct upgrades from a Workstation 2 virtual machine are not supported in Workstation 5 53 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Workstation 3 to 5 Virtual machines created under Workstation 3 must be upgraded before they can run under Workstation 5 Once they are upgraded they cannot be run under Workstation 3 Workstation 4 to 5 Virtual machines created under Workstation 4 or updated to Workstation 4 offer two options e You may update the virtual machine for full compatibility with Workstation 5 However a virtual machine upgraded to Workstation 5 can no longer be used under Workstation 4 e You may choose not to update the virtual machine In that case you can run the virtual machine under both Workstation 4 and Workstation 5 but you do not enable new features provided by W
249. g Floppy Drives to a Virtual Machine You can add floppy drives to your virtual machine to a total of two floppy drives A virtual floppy drive can connect to a physical floppy drive on the host computer to an existing floppy image file or to a blank floppy image file Adding a Floppy Drive 1 Open the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings and click Add to start the Add Hardware Wizard 2 Click Floppy Drive then click Next 3 Select what you want to connect to a physical floppy drive on the host computer an existing floppy image file or a new floppy image file Click Next 4 Ifyou selected Use a physical floppy drive choose the drive s letter on a Windows host or device name on a Linux host from the drop down list then click Finish If you selected Use a floppy image type the path and filename for the floppy image file you want to use or click Browse to navigate to the file Click Finish If you selected Create a blank floppy image use the default path and filename or type in anew one To navigate to a location click Browse When the field contains the path and filename you want to use for the new floppy image file click Finish Note By default only one floppy drive is enabled in the virtual machine s BIOS If you are adding a second floppy drive to the virtual machine click inside the virtual machine window and press F2 as the virtual machine boots to enter the BIOS setup utility On the main screen c
250. g VMware Workstation 35 Selecting Your Host System 36 Upgrading from Previous Versions 36 Workstation Cannot Share a Host with Other VMware Products 36 Installing VMware Workstation 5 on a Windows Host 37 Installing Workstation on a Windows Host 38 Installing VMware Workstation Silently 4 Uninstalling VMware Workstation 5 on a Windows Host 43 Installing VMware Workstation 5 on a Linux Host 44 Before Installing on a Linux Host 45 Installing Workstation on a Linux Host 45 www vmMware comM Configuring with vmware config pl Web Browser Required Uninstalling VMware Workstation 5 on a Linux Host Where to Go Next Upgrading VMware Workstation Preparing for the Upgrade Before You Install VMware Workstation 5 Upgrading on a Windows Host Upgrading from Version 4 or an Earlier Version 5 Release Upgrading from Version 3 to Version 5 Upgrading on a Linux Host Using Workstation 4 Virtual Machines in Workstation 5 Create Everything New from the Start Use a Legacy Virtual Machine without Upgrading Use a Legacy Virtual Machine with Upgrade Where to Go Next Learning VMware Workstation Basics Launching VMware Workstation Launching VMware Workstation on a Windows Host Launching VMware Workstation on a Linux Host Overview of the VMware Workstation Window The Home Page Summary View and Console View The Toolbar The Favorites List Checking for Product Updates Setting Preferences for VMware Workstation Workspace Input Hot Keys Display Memor
251. g VMware Workstation on page 51 For more information about using Workstation 5 with virtual machines and snapshots created under Workstation versions 3 and 4 see Snapshots and Legacy Virtual Machines on page 266 e Snapshots and multiple disks in different modes You must power off the virtual machine before taking a snapshot if the virtual machine has multiple disks in different disk modes For example if you have a special purpose configuration that requires you to use an independent disk you must power off the virtual machine before taking a snapshot Changing Disk Mode to Exclude Virtual Disks from Snapshots Before you attempt to change the disk mode you must power off the virtual machine and delete any existing snapshots To exclude a disk from all snapshots 1 Choose VM gt Settings 2 Select the drive you want to exclude 3 Click Advanced 4 Select Independent on the advanced settings panel You have the following options for an independent disk e Persistent changes are immediately and permanently written to the disk All changes to an independent disk in persistent mode remain even when you revert to a snapshot e Nonpersistent current changes to the disk are discarded when you power off or revert to a snapshot 257 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual The Snapshot Manager In the snapshot manager VM gt Snapshot gt Snapshot Manager you can review all snapshots for the active virtual machine
252. g an Item to the Favorites List To add a virtual machine or team entry to the Favorites list 1 Open the virtual machine or team that you want to add Choose File gt Open and browse to the location of the virtual machine vmx file or team vmtm file you want as a favorite 2 Choose File gt Add to Favorites The virtual machine or team name appears in the Favorites list 72 www vmMware com CHAPTER 4 Learning VMware Workstation Basics Adding the Active Virtual Machine to the Favorites List To add the currently open virtual machine Choose File gt Add to Favorites The virtual machine name appears in the Favorites list Removing an Item from the Favorites List You can remove the name of a virtual machine from the Favorites list at any time Removing the name from the list does not affect the virtual machine s files or operation You can add the virtual machine to the list again at any time To remove a name from the Favorites list take these steps 1 Click a name in the list to select it 2 Choose File gt Remove from Favorites The virtual machine name is removed from the Favorites list Removing the Active Virtual Machine from the Favorites List To remove the currently open virtual machine from the Favorites list Choose File gt Remove from Favorites The virtual machine is removed from the Favorites list Changing the Name of a Favorite List Item You can rename the Favorites list entry for a virtual machine or t
253. g system is unaware of the other data corruption may occur if both operating systems read or write to the same partition It is critical that the virtual machine not be allowed to modify any partition mounted under the Linux host or in use by another virtual machine To safeguard against this problem be sure the partition you use for the virtual machine is not mounted under the Linux host 5 Set the device group membership or device ownership The master raw disk devices must be readable and writable by the user who runs VMware Workstation On most distributions the raw devices such as dev hda and dev hdb belong to group id disk If this is the case you can add VMware Workstation users to the disk group Another option is to change the owner of the device Please think carefully about security issues when you explore different options here It is typically a good idea to grant VMware Workstation users access to all dev hd abcd raw devices that contain operating systems or boot managers and then rely on VMware Workstation s raw disk configuration files to guard access This provides boot managers access to configuration and other files they may need to boot the operating systems For example LILO needs to read boot ona Linux partition to boot a non Linux operating system that may be on another drive 6 Ifyou plan to run a second Linux installation from an existing partition as a quest operating system and your physical machine s et
254. g the hot key for that virtual machine has no effect You define the hot key used to switch to a virtual machine by adding a line to the target virtual machine s configuration vmx file The value of this option defines the hot key It is specified as lt key gt lt modifiers There is no default For example to use Ctrl Shift F1 to switch to a particular virtual machine add the following line to that virtual machine s vmx file or modify its value if the option is already listed FullScreenSwitch directKey 0x70 0x6 You define the hot key used to switch to the host operating system by adding a line to the global configuration file config ini The value of this option defines the hot key It is specified as lt key gt lt modifiers gt There is no default For example to use Ctrl Shift F9 to switch to the host operating system add the following line to the config ini file or modify its value if the option is already listed 441 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual FullScreenSwitch hostDirectKey 0x78 0x6 Other Entries in the Global Configuration File The following entries in the global configuration file config ini are optional They enable you to control certain functions of the virtual machine that are important in work environments where virtual machines need to be isolated from each other and from the host computer Isolation tools copy enable The value of this option determines whether data in one vi
255. ged Network Interface on a Linux Host on page 336 e Setting Up Two Separate Host Only Networks on page 337 e Routing between Two Host Only Networks on page 340 e Using Virtual Ethernet Adapters in Promiscuous Mode on a Linux Host on page 344 326 o ome CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network Selecting IP Addresses on a Host only Network or NAT Configuration A host only network uses a private virtual network The host and all virtual machines configured for host only networking are connected to the network through a virtual switch Typically all the parties on this private network use the TCP IP protocol suite although other communication protocols may be used A network address translation NAT configuration also sets up a private network which must be a TCP IP network The virtual machines configured for NAT are connected to that network through a virtual switch The host computer is also connected to the private network used for NAT via a host virtual adapter Each virtual machine and the host must be assigned addresses on the private network This is typically done using the DHCP server that comes with VMware Workstation Note that this server does not service virtual or physical machines residing on bridged networks Addresses can also be assigned statically from a pool of addresses that are not assigned by the DHCP server When host only networking is enabled at the time VMware Workstation is installed the network numbe
256. ging The first option must be set in the virtual machine settings editor This option is useful when the serial port is being used by the guest operating system in polled mode as opposed to interrupt mode Polled mode causes the virtual machine to consume a disproportionate share of CPU time This makes the host and other guests run sluggishly Virtual Machine Settings x Hardware 0 ptions Device Summary Device nate Memory 224 MB ste S Hard Disk 1 IDE 0 0 B co Rom 1 IDE 1 0 Auto detect Connection amp Floppy 1 Using drive A Use physical serial port nc Bridged rv amp USB Controller Present O audio Default adapter Use output file serial 1 Using pipe pipe co Connect at power on Use named pipe SpipeScom_1 This end is the server v The other end is a virtual me 1 0 mode Yield CPU on poll Allow the guest operating system to use this serial port in polled mode as opposed to interrupt mode To restore performance for applications on the host in the virtual machine settings editor select the virtual serial port and check the Yield CPU on poll check box This configuration option forces the affected virtual machine to yield processor time if the only task it is trying to do is poll the virtual serial port 385 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Changing the Input Speed of the Serial Connection To use the second option pow
257. grow as needed stores the disk in files named Windows XP Professional vmdk Windows XP Professional s001 vmdk Windows XP Professional s002 vmdk and soon If the disk space is allocated in advance the names are similar except that they include an f instead of an s for example Windows XP Professional 001 vmdk If you are using a physical disk the vmdk file stores information about the physical disk or partition used by the virtual machine Lock Files A running virtual machine creates lock files to prevent consistency problems on virtual disks If the virtual machine did not use locks multiple virtual machines might read and write to the disk causing data corruption Lock files are always created in the same directory as the vmdk files The locking methods used by VMware Workstation on Windows and Linux hosts are different so files shared between them are not fully protected If you use a common file repository that provides files to users on both Windows and Linux hosts be sure that each virtual machine is run by only one user at a time When a virtual machine is powered off it removes the lock files it created If it cannot remove the lock a stale lock file is left protecting the vmdk file For example if the host machine crashes before the virtual machine has a chance to remove its lock file a Stale lock remains If a stale lock file remains when the virtual machine is started again the virtual machine tries to
258. guration Options commands to VMware Workstation It is separate from the vmware log file which stores information on the running virtual machines The name of the vmware fullscreen log file is vmware lt username gt lt pid gt log By default the vmware fullscreen logfile is in the temp directory for the user logged on to the host computer This location may be specified in the TEMP environment variable by default the location is C Documents and Settings lt username gt Local Settings Temp The administrator can specify a different location for this log file by adding the following line to the VMware Workstation global configuration file config ini fullScreenSwitch 1log filename lt paths gt It is best to use a full path If you use a relative path the location is relative to the directory that is active when the vmware fullscreen command is issued for the first time after the host computer reboots 445 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Guest ACPI S1 Sleep Workstation 5 provides experimental support for guest operating system ACPI S1 sleep Not all guest operating systems support this feature Common guest operating system interfaces for entering standby are supported By default ACPI S1 sleep is implemented within Workstation as suspend The Workstation resume button can be used to wake the guest With the following entry in the vmx configuration file for a virtual machine chipset onlineStandby TRU
259. guring Hard Disk Storage in a Virtual Machine on page 188 Adding Drives to a Virtual Machine on page 197 Using VMware Virtual Disk Manager on page 208 Configuring a Dual Boot Computer for Use with a Virtual Machine on page 215 Installing an Operating System onto a Physical Partition from a Virtual Machine on page 241 Legacy Virtual Disks on page 246 187 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Configuring Hard Disk Storage in a Virtual Machine Like a physical computer a VMware Workstation virtual machine stores its operating system programs and data files on one or more hard disks Unlike a physical computer VMware Workstation gives you options for undoing changes to the virtual machine s hard disk The New Virtual Machine Wizard creates a virtual machine with one disk drive You can use the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings to add more disk drives to your virtual machine to remove disk drives from your virtual machine or to change certain settings for the existing disk drives This section describes the choices you can make in setting up hard disk storage for your virtual machine e Disk Types Virtual and Physical on page 188 e Adding a New Virtual Disk to a Virtual Machine on page 197 e Defragmenting Virtual Disks on page 193 e Shrinking Virtual Disks on page 193 Disk Types Virtual and Physical In the most common configurations VMware Workstation creates virtual hard disks which are made up of files
260. h Centrino mobile technology Xeon including Prestonia e AMD Athlon Athlon MP Athlon XP Duron Opteron e Experimental support for AMD Sempron For additional information including notes on processors that are not compatible see the VMware knowledge base at www vmware com support kb enduser std_adp php p_fagid 967 e Multiprocessor systems supported e 64 bit processor support for AMD64 Opteron Athlon 64 and Intel A 32e CPU including Nocona Memory e 128 MB minimum 256 MB recommended You must have enough memory to run the host operating system plus the memory required for each guest operating system and for applications on the host and guest See your guest operating system and application documentation for their memory requirements Display e 16 bit or 32 bit display adapter recommended 23 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Disk Drives Guest operating systems can reside on physical disk partitions or in virtual disk files Hard Disk e IDE and SCSI hard drives supported up to 950GB capacity e Atleast 1GB free disk soace recommended for each guest operating system and the application software used with it if you use a default setup the actual disk space needs are approximately the same as those for installing and running the guest operating system and applications on a physical computer e For Installation 80MB Linux or 150MB Windows free disk space required for basi
261. h network adapters on your host to use for bridged networking Map specific network adapters to specific virtual networks called VMnets Note The changes you make to bridged networking affect all virtual machines using bridged networking on the host Configuring VMnet0 Bridged Networking 1 Choose Edit gt Virtual Network Settings The virtual network editor appears with the Summary tab active Virtual Network Editor Summary Automatic Bridging Host Virtual Network Mapping Host Virtual Adapters DHCP NAT Here is a summary of your virtual networks Use the other pages of this editor to change the settings of your networks add and remove adapters and more Virtual Network Summary VMnetO Bridged Bridged to an automatically chosen adapter man aT Mnett Host only A private network shared with the host 192 168 198 0 Enabled stm net2 Bridged Bridged to Realtek RTL8139 Family PCI x7 VMnet8 NAT Used to share the host s IP address Enabled 192 168 40 0 Enabled By default the VMnet0 virtual network is set up in bridged mode and bridges to one of the active Ethernet adapters on the host computer 2 Click the Automatic Bridging tab 318 o ome CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network 3 Check the box for Automatically choose an available physical adapter Virtual Network Editor Summary Automatic Bridging Host Virtual Network Mapping Host Virtual Adapters DHCP NAT Use thi
262. havior in the vmnetnat conf file This behavior is controlled by entries in sections headed privilegedUDP and privilegedTCP You may need to add settings to or modify settings in either or both of these sections depending on the kind of connection you need to make You can set two parameters each of which appears on a separate line autodetect lt n gt The autodetect setting determines whether the VMware NAT device automatically attempts to map virtual machine source ports below 1024 to NAT source ports below 1024 A setting of 1 means true A setting of 0 means false On a Windows host the default is 1 true On a Linux host the default is 0 false 352 TE arate CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network port lt n gt The port setting specifies a destination port where lt n gt is the port on the server that accepts the connection from the client Whenever a virtual machine connects to the specified port on any server the NAT device attempts to make the connection from a source port below 1024 You may include one or more port settings in the privilegedUDP or privilegedTCP section or in both sections as required for the connections you need to make Enter each port setting on a separate line Considerations for Using NAT Because NAT requires that every packet sent and received from virtual machines is in the NAT network there is an unavoidable performance penalty Our experiments show that the penalty is minor
263. he virtual machine s clock with the host computer s clock which can improve performance for some functions You can install VMware Tools by choosing VM gt Install VMware Tools Disconnect CD ROM Using the VM gt Removable Devices menu disconnect your CD ROM drive if you do not need to use it Disconnecting CDROM devices reduces CPU usage Install in Text Mode When you are installing your Linux guest operating system use the text mode installer instead of the graphical installer if you have a choice This makes the installation process faster If you do use a graphical installer and if you are using a Linux host computer try to run VMware Workstation in full screen mode during the installation Full Screen Mode Run your virtual machine in full screen mode Click the Full Screen button on the VMware Workstation toolbar www vmware com 428 CHAPTER 15 Performance Tuning Disk I O Performance Tips Memory Trimming Workstation uses a memory trimming technique to de allocate unused virtual machine memory for the host to re allocate Trimming usually has little impact on performance and it may be needed in low memory situations However memory trimming can interfere with disk oriented performance in a guest To disable memory trimming for a particular guest add the following line to the virtual machine configuration vmx file MemTrimRate 0 Page Sharing VMware uses a page sharing technique to allow guest memory pages
264. he Samba password file at any time from a terminal window on your Linux host computer 1 Log on to the root account su 2 Run the Samba password command smbpasswd a lt username gt lt username gt is the user name to add Follow the instructions on the screen 3 Log out of the root account exit Using a Samba Server for Both Bridged and Host Only Networks To use your Samba server for both host only and bridged networking you must modify one parameter in the smb conf file You can define the interface parameter so your Samba server serves multiple interfaces An example of this is interface eth0 vmnetl This example tells the Samba server to listen to and use both the etho and vmnet1 interfaces the interfaces used by bridged and host only networking respectively Using Samba without Network Access To make Samba inaccessible from your physical Ethernet interface add this line interfaces vmnet to etc samba smb conf and restart Samba 358 TE arate CHAPTER Configuring Video and Sound The following sections provide information on configuring the video display and sound for VMware Workstation e Setting Screen Color Depth on page 360 e Changing Screen Color Depth on the Host on page 360 e Changing Screen Color Depth in the Virtual Machine on page 361 e Using Full Screen Mode on a Linux Host on page 362 e Experimental Support for Direct3D on page 363 e Configuring Sound on page 369 e Installing Soun
265. he host only adapter to the physical network adapter The software that creates the host virtual adapter is installed when you install VMware Workstation on a Linux host you must choose to make host only networking available to your virtual machines A host virtual adapter is then created automatically when you boot the host computer You can set up additional host virtual adapters as needed NAT Device The NAT network address translation device allows you to connect your virtual machines to an external network when you have only one IP network address on the physical network and that address is used by the host computer You can for example use NAT to connect your virtual machines to the Internet through a dial up connection on the host computer through the host computer s Ethernet adapter or for Windows only through a wireless Ethernet adapter NAT is also useful when you need to connect to a non Ethernet network such as Token Ring or ATM The NAT device is set up automatically when you install VMware Workstation On a Linux host you must choose to make NAT available to your virtual machines DHCP Server The DHCP dynamic host configuration protocol server provides IP network addresses to virtual machines in configurations that are not bridged to an external network for example host only and NAT configurations Network Adapter One virtual network adapter is set up for your virtual machine when you create it with
266. he virtual machine is suspended resume it using the VMware product with which you created the virtual machine then shut down the guest operating system Note Do not move a suspended virtual machine from one host to another 4 f your virtual machine is using disks in undoable mode it is best to commit or discard the changes when the guest operating system shuts down If you cannot commit or discard the changes to your disk read Considerations for Moving Workstation Disks in Undoable Mode on page 182 5 Ifyou have a network connection between the original host machine and the new host you are finished with the preparations on the original host Otherwise you need to have a way of moving the virtual disk vmdk files from the virtual machine s directory to the new host You could move them to a shared network directory for example or burn them to CD ROMs if they are not too large Note If your disks are using undoable mode and you have not committed or discarded your changes you must also move the redo log REDO files to the new host computer 180 BT oome CHAPTER 7 Moving and Sharing Virtual Machines Preparing the Workstation 5 Host Machine for a Workstation 3 Virtual Machine i Make sure VMware Workstation 5 is installed and working correctly on the new host computer Run the New Virtual Machine Wizard and select the appropriate guest operating system for the virtual machine you are moving e Choose a virtual disk
267. he virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings if you want to change any configuration options from the wizard defaults for example to change the amount of memory allocated to the guest operating system 8 At this point you are ready to begin installing the guest operating system onto the physical disk you configured for the virtual machine For more details read the installation notes for various guest operating systems in the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide available from the VMware Web site or from the Help menu Configuring a Linux Host 1 Identify the physical partition on which the guest operating system will be installed Check the guest operating system documentation regarding the type of partition on which the operating system can be installed For example operating systems like DOS Windows 95 and Windows 98 must be installed on the first primary partition while others like Linux can be installed on a primary or extended partition on any part of the drive Identify an appropriate physical partition or disk for the guest operating system to use Check that the physical partition is not mounted by the Linux host and not in use by others Also be sure the physical partition or disk does not have data you will need in the future if it does back up that data now 2 Check the operating system partition mounts Be sure the existing disk partitions that you plan to use in the virtual machine are not mount
268. heck to see what SCSI ID is set for the drive you plan to use in the virtual machine 3 Make certain that in addition to any SCSI drivers you have configured for the host you have also installed the driver for the LSI Logic or BusLogic virtual adapter you plan to use in the virtual machine Drivers for LSI Logic controllers are available from the LSI Logic Web site www lsilogic com In the download area of the site find a driver for any of the adapters in the LSIS53C10xx Ultra320 SCSI I O controller series for example the LSI53C1000 Note Drivers for a Mylex BusLogic compatible host bus adapter are not obvious on the LSI Logic Web site Search the support area for the numeric string in the model number For example search for 958 for BT KT 958 drivers The LSI Logic or BusLogic driver needs to be installed in the profile for the guest Operating system 235 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Note To use the virtual BusLogic SCSI adapter in a Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 virtual machine you need a special SCSI driver available from the download section of the VMware Web site www vmware com download 4 Check operating system partition mounts Be sure the existing raw disk partitions that you plan to configure the virtual machine to use are not mounted by the Linux host Caution A raw disk partition should not be used mounted simultaneously by the host and the guest operating system Because each operatin
269. hine by double clicking the configuration file vmx file or a desktop shortcut to that file The virtual machine powers on automatically At the end of the working session the user shuts down by closing the virtual machine File gt Exit It is also possible to launch VMware Workstation then open a restricted interface virtual machine from the virtual machine list or the File menu The changes needed to enable the restricted user interface must be made by a user with sufficient privileges to edit the virtual machine s configuration file and to set file permissions as described below Take the following steps to enable the restricted user interface iF Power off the virtual machine and close the VMware Workstation window then open the virtual machine s configuration file vmx file in Notepad or another text editor Add the following line anywhere in the file guil restricted true You may wish to set file permissions on the configuration file to give normal users of the system only read access to the file so they cannot manually modify the configuration For the convenience of users create a shortcut to the configuration file on the desktop and give it an appropriate name 435 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Note Although the restricted user interface provides no access to menu and toolbar controls for the snapshot you may choose to give the user limited snapshot control If you set up a snapshot for the res
270. hoose Legacy Diskette B and use the plus and minus keys on the numerical keypad to select the type of floppy drive you want to use Then press F10 to save your changes and close the BIOS setup utility www vmware comM CHAPTER 8 Using Disks Connecting a CD ROM or Floppy Drive to an Image File You can use the virtual machine settings editor to connect an existing virtual CD ROM or floppy drive to an image file You can connect a virtual CD ROM drive to an ISO image file Connecting to an ISO Image File 1 Open the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings and select the DVD CD ROM drive you want to connect to the image file 2 Select Use ISO Image and enter the path and filename for the image file or click Browse to navigate to the file 3 Click OK to save the configuration and close the virtual machine settings editor Connecting to a Floppy Image File 1 Open the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings and select the floppy drive you want to connect to an image file 2 Type the path and filename for the floppy image file you want to use or click Browse to navigate to the file If you want to create a new image file click Create Use the default filename and folder or change them as you wish 3 Click Finish 207 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Using VMware Virtual Disk Manager VMware Virtual Disk Manager is a utility in VMware Workstation that allows you to create manage and m
271. hoose Properties 2 Inthe Network Connections window right click the virtual network adapter and choose Properties 3 Inthe Properties dialog box select Internet Protocol TCP IP then click Properties 4 In the TCP IP Properties dialog box click Advanced 5 Click the WINS tab then click Add 6 Inthe TCP IP WINS Server dialog box enter the IP address for the WINS server in the WINS server field then click OK The IP address of the WINS server appears in the WINS addresses list on the WINS tab Repeat steps 5 and 6 for each WINS server to which you want to connect from this virtual machine 7 Click OK twice then click Close 354 www vmMware com CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network Now that the virtual machine has an IP address for a WINS server you use NetLogon in the virtual machine to log on to a domain and access shares in that domain For example if the WINS server covers a domain with a domain controller it is possible to access that domain controller from the virtual machine and add the virtual machine to the domain You need to know the user ID and password of the Administrator on the domain controller Note Your access is limited to shares of virtual machines that are on the same NAT network or are bridged on the same domain Sample Linux vmnetnat conf File Linux NAT configuration file host NAT gateway address ip 192 168 237 2 24 hostMAC 00 50 56 C0 00 08 enable configuration
272. host computer s clock which can improve performance for some functions You can install VMware Tools by choosing VM gt Install VMware Tools 424 www vmMware com CHAPTER 15 Performance Tuning DMA Mode for IDE Disks Windows 95 OSR2 and later including Windows 98 can use direct memory access DMA for faster access to IDE hard disks However this feature may not be enabled by default You can turn on DMA access using the guest operating system s Device Manager 1 Right click My Computer and choose Properties from the pop up menu 2 Click the sign beside Disk Drives to show your virtual machine s individual drives 3 Right click the entry for each IDE drive to open its Properties dialog box 4 Under Settings check the box labeled DMA and accept any warning Windows displays 5 Restart Windows for the new settings to take effect Full Screen Mode Run your virtual machine in full screen mode Click the Full Screen button on the VMware Workstation toolbar Swap File Usage In your system ini file inthe 386enh section add the following line ConservativeSwapFileUsage 1 Visual Effects Windows 98 has a number of visual effects designed to be attractive that place unnecessary demands on the graphics emulation in VMware Workstation Some users have seen performance improvements when they turn off these special effects To modify these settings right click on the desktop of your virtual machine then select Proper
273. ic SCSI device 403 405 and dual boot configurations 235 avoiding concurrent access on a Linux host 405 connecting to generic SCSI device 402 devices in virtual machine 28 disk geometry 238 driver for Windows NT guest 403 driver for Windows Server 2003 guest 236 402 driver for Windows XP guest 236 402 drivers 108 235 239 402 405 generic SCSI on a Linux host 404 generic SCSI on a Windows host 402 permissions for a generic SCSI device on a Linux host 405 www vmware com Serial connection between host application and vir tual machine 380 between two virtual machines 382 to a serial port on the host 377 Serial number 37 44 103 Serial port installing and using 377 Server DHCP 308 315 321 328 335 346 353 DNS 336 346 347 349 WINS 348 Set up administrative lockout 433 automatic bridging 318 bridged networking 318 DHCP on Linux host 328 DHCP on Windows host 328 DHCP settings 321 display resolution on a Linux host 362 full screen switch mode 438 generic SCSI device 402 405 host virtual network mapping 320 hot keys 78 memory size 418 parallel port 372 377 parallel port on a Linux host 373 performance monitoring 416 preferences for virtual machine 76 83 process priorities on Windows host 81 restricted user interface 435 rmemory use 80 screen colors 360 second bridged network on a Linux host 336 shared folder 157 software in virtual machine 155 sound 369 USB controller 397 virtual machine 101
274. ice node IDE 0 1 Mode C Independent Independent disks are not affected by snapshots On the advanced settings screen you can also specify a disk mode This is useful in certain special purpose configurations in which you want to exclude disks from a snapshot For more information on the snapshot feature see Using Snapshots on page 251 Normal disks are included in snapshots In most cases this is the setting you want with Independent deselected Independent disks are not included in snapshots If you select Independent you have the following options e Persistent changes are immediately and permanently written to the disk e Nonpersistent changes to the disk are discarded when you power off or revert to a snapshot When you have set the filename and location you want to use and have made any selections you want to make on the advanced settings screen click Finish 7 The wizard configures the new physical disk If the partitions used on the physical disk are not formatted for your guest operating system use the guest operating system s tools to format them Caution After you create a physical disk using one or more partitions on a physical disk you should never modify the partition tables by running fdisk ora similar utility in the guest operating system Note Ifyouuse fdisk ora similar utility on the host operating system to modify the partition table of the physical disk you must recreate th
275. ice specific drivers for your USB devices in the host operating system if you want to use those devices only in the virtual machine On a Windows 2000 host computer with USB 2 0 support be sure you are using the Microsoft USB 2 0 driver for the USB controller Third party USB 2 0 drivers such as those provided by some motherboard manufacturers are not supported For notes on replacing the third party drivers see Replacing USB 2 0 Drivers on a Windows 2000 Host on page 399 Notes on USB Support in Version 5 We have tested a variety of USB devices with this release In general if the guest operating system has appropriate drivers you should be able to use PDAS printers storage disk devices scanners MP3 players digital cameras and memory card readers Modems and certain streaming data devices such as speakers and Web cams do not work properly Enabling and Disabling the USB Controller The virtual machine s USB ports are enabled by default If you will not be using USB devices in a virtual machine you can disable its USB controller using the virtual machine settings editor 397 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Connecting USB Devices When a virtual machine is running its window is the active window and a USB device is plugged into the host computer the device automatically connects to the guest instead of the host This autoconnect feature can be disabled in the USB Controller panel of the virtual machine settings ed
276. ifferent from those of the parent virtual machine If you want to save the current state of the virtual machine so you can revert to that state in case you make a mistake take a snapshot If you want to make a copy of a virtual machine for separate use create a clone Why Make a Clone Installing a guest operating system and applications can be time consuming With clones you can make many copies of a virtual machine from a single installation and configuration process Clones are useful when you must deploy many identical virtual machines to a group For example e An MIS department can clone a virtual machine for each employee with a suite of preconfigured office applications e Avirtual machine can be configured with a complete development environment and then cloned repeatedly as a baseline configuration for software testing e Ateacher can clone a virtual machine for each student with all the lessons and labs required for the term With clones you can conveniently make complete copies of a virtual machine without browsing a host file system or worrying if you have located all the configuration files 268 o ome CHAPTER 10 Cloning a Virtual Machine Full and Linked Clones There are two types of clone e A full clone is an independent copy of a virtual machine that shares nothing with the parent virtual machine after the cloning operation Ongoing operation of a full clone is entirely separate from the parent virtua
277. iguring a Linux Host 1 Ifyou are running a Windows guest operating system read Setting Up Hardware Profiles in Virtual Machines on page 225 You should boot the guest operating system natively on the computer and create a hardware profile for the virtual machine before proceeding 2 Create a separate configuration for each guest operating system 3 Check operating system partition mounts Be sure the existing disk partitions that you plan to configure the virtual machine to use are not mounted by Linux www vmMware com CHAPTER 8 Using Disks 4 Set the device group membership or device ownership The master raw disk device or devices need to be readable and writable by the user who runs VMware Workstation On most distributions the raw devices such as dev hda IDE raw disk and dev sda SCSI raw disk belong to group id disk If this is the case you can add VMware Workstation users to the disk group Another option is to change the owner of the device Please think carefully about security issues when exploring different options here Often the most convenient approach is to grant VMware Workstation users access to all dev hd abcd raw devices that contain operating systems or boot managers and then rely on VMware Workstation s raw disk configuration files to guard access This provides boot managers access to configuration files and other files they may need to boot the operating systems For example LILO needs to read boo
278. ile usr X11R6 include X11 keysymdef hhasa complete list of keysyms The name of a keysym is the same as its C constant without the XK_ prefix Most v scan codes are in V Scan Code Table on page 395 The xkeymap tables themselves are also helpful Use them to fix small errors in an existing mapping e xkeymap fileName lt file path gt Use the keysym mapping table in lt file paths gt A table is a sequence of configuration lines of the form lt sym gt lt v scan code gt where lt sym gt is an X keysym name and lt v scan codes is a C syntax hexadecimal number for example 0x001 See the explanation of xkeymap keysym above for tips on finding the keysyms and v scan codes for your keyboard Compiling a complete keysym mapping is difficult It is best to start with an existing table and make small changes 392 o ome V Scan Code Table These are the v scan codes for the 104 key U S keyboard Symbol Shifted symbol V scan code ME 0x001 Pr 0x002 O 0x003 Ld 0x004 Ld 0x005 Ed 0x006 Ls 0x007 fd 0x008 ooo 0x009 oo o o 0x00a oo 0x00b Loo o 0x00c Ooo 0x00d Backspace C4 Ox00e 0x00f Lol 0x010 i o 0x011 ooo 0x012 oo o o 0x013 DO X lt Og il D x lt oO OV C a S C a S C C a a C C a S C a C C CHAPTER 14 Connecting Devices 393 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual po f e E a S C C a S C C a S C C T S C C a Cc E T S C C a S C C a S C T a S C C a S C p e E a C C
279. ile on page 207 Adding a New Virtual Disk to a Virtual Machine Virtual disks are stored as files on the host computer or on a network file server It does not matter whether the physical disk that holds the files is IDE or SCSI A virtual IDE drive can be stored on an IDE drive or on a SCSI drive So can a virtual SCSI drive Use the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings to add a new virtual disk to your virtual machine To add an existing virtual disk to the virtual machine see Adding an Existing Virtual Disk to a Virtual Machine on page 199 The virtual machine must be powered off before you begin If it is not shut down the guest operating system normally then click Power Off on the VMware Workstation toolbar Note If you have a Windows NT 4 0 guest with a SCSI virtual disk you cannot add both an additional SCSI disk and an IDE disk to the configuration 197 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 1 Open the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings and click Add The Add Hardware Wizard guides you through the steps to create your virtual disk Add Hardware Wizard Hardware Type What type of hardware do you want to install Hardware types Explanation Pe Hard Disk Add a hard disk DVD CD ROM Drive amp Floppy Drive EB Ethemet Adapter cid Serial Port Parallel Port Generic SCSI Device Click Hard Disk then click Next Select Create a new virtual disk then click Next Ch
280. image as an avi file on the host To capture a movie of virtual machine activity 1 Choose VM gt Capture Movie A save file dialog box appears 2 Enter information for your movie and click Save e Type the filename of the movie file you want to save The default name is based on the active virtual machine e Select the directory location where you want the movie to be stored e Select High Medium or Low quality from the drop down menu This choice determines the compression and therefore the file size of the resulting movie e If you select Omit frames in which nothing occurs the movie will only include those periods of time when something is actually happening in the virtual machine This reduces the file size and length of the movie While movie capture is active a red circle a virtual LED appears in the status bar at the lower right An indicator appears on the status bar during movie capture 3 Within the virtual machine perform the actions you want to appear in the move 4 Choose VM gt Stop Movie Capture The red circle disappears from the status bar and your movie is saved 165 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Playing a Movie Requires VMware CODEC You can play back your movie in any compatible media player However a VMware CODEC coder decoder must be installed This CODEC is automatically installed on a machine with VMware Workstation A separately downloadable installer is also available
281. in Installing VMware Workstation 5 on a Linux Host on page 44 56 www vmware com CHAPTER 3 Upgrading VMware Workstation Using Workstation 4 Virtual Machines in Workstation 5 There are broadly speaking three approaches you can take when you set up virtual machines Choose one of these approaches e Create Everything New from the Start on page 57 e Use a Legacy Virtual Machine without Upgrading on page 57 e Use a Legacy Virtual Machine with Upgrade on page 58 Only the latter two apply to virtual machines created under previous versions of VMware Workstation Create Everything New from the Start Use the New Virtual Machine Wizard to set up a new virtual machine and install a guest operating system in the virtual machine as described in Creating a New Virtual Machine on page 101 If you set up your virtual machines in this way you are using the latest technology and enjoy the performance benefits of the newest features Use a Legacy Virtual Machine without Upgrading A legacy virtual machine is a virtual machine created in Workstation 4 x GSX Server 3 x and ESX Server 2 x You can use such a virtual machine in Workstation 5 e Upgrade VMware Tools to the new version following the instructions for your guest operating system in Installing VMware Tools on page 120 You should not remove the older version of VMware Tools before installing the new version e A VMware Workstation 4 virtual machine set up in this way should run without
282. in a virtual machine may not work Technical notes in this section document the issues most commonly encountered with various guest operating systems Read the notes that apply to your guest operating system before you begin to set up your virtual machine 216 a ooe CHAPTER 8 Using Disks Before You Begin Before you begin be sure to read all the sections listed under the name of the operating system you intend to run as a guest in a virtual machine Windows Server 2003 Caution Running a Windows Server 2003 guest from a raw disk is not supported You should not test a Windows Server 2003 raw disk configuration in a production environment e Configuring Dual or Multiple Boot Systems to Run with VMware Workstation on page 219 e Running a Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 Virtual Machine from an Existing Multiple Boot Installation on page 230 e Do Not Use Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 Dynamic Disks as Raw Disks on page 234 Windows XP Caution Running a Windows XP guest from a raw disk is not supported You should not test a Windows XP raw disk configuration in a production environment e Configuring Dual or Multiple Boot Systems to Run with VMware Workstation on page 219 e Running a Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 Virtual Machine from an Existing Multiple Boot Installation on page 230 e Do Not Use Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 Dynamic Disks as Raw Disks on p
283. indow then open the virtual machine s configuration file vmx file in Notepad or another text editor Add the following line anywhere in the file gul restricted true 4 You may wish to set file permissions on the configuration file to give normal users of the system only read access to the file so they cannot manually modify the configuration 5 For the convenience of users create a shortcut to the configuration file on the desktop and give it an appropriate name 436 www vmMware comM CHAPTER 16 Special Purpose Configuration Options The user runs this virtual machine by double clicking the shortcut to the configuration file The virtual machine starts at the snapshot with the user interface restricted with no toolbar and no access to the Power menu or the virtual machine settings editor When the user is finished working with this virtual machine he or she closes it by choosing File gt Close The virtual machine powers off and the next time a user powers it on it returns to the snapshot To remove the restriction on the interface take the following steps 1 Power off the virtual machine and close the VMware Workstation window 2 Open the configuration file vmx file and do one of the following e Setgui restricted false e Remove or comment out the gqui restricted true line Save the changes to the configuration file and close it 3 Start the virtual machine by double clicking the shortcut The vir
284. indows host Choosing Hide Controls hides the menu bar the toolbar the status bar and the Favorites list 153 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual For the simplest possible VMware Workstation window on a Windows host first choose View gt Tabs to turn off the tabs Then from the title bar icon shortcut menu choose Hide Controls B Windows XP Professional VMware Workstation With controls hidden a virtual machine appears as a host Using the View menu and the title bar icon shortcut menu you can remove all visible controls from the VMware Workstation window 1 54 WWWwW vmware comMm CHAPTER 6 Running VMware Workstation Installing New Software Installing new software in a VMware Workstation virtual machine is just like installing it on a physical computer For example to install software in a Windows virtual machine take the following steps 1 Be sure you have started the virtual machine and if necessary logged on On the Workstation menus choose VM gt Removable Devices to be sure the virtual machine has access to the CD ROM drive and if needed the floppy drive 2 Insert the installation CD ROM or floppy disk into the proper drive If you are installing from a CD ROM the installation program may start automatically 3 Ifthe installation program does not start automatically click the Windows Start button go to Settings gt Control Panel then double click Add Remove Programs and click the Install but
285. ine cannot use the parallel port correctly To remove the 1p module run this command as the root user rmmod lp You should also ensure that the line referring to the 1p module in the etc modules conf or etc conf modules file is removed or commented out by inserting a hash character at the beginning of the line The name of the configuration file depends on the Linux distribution you are using When you reboot the host after removing this line the configuration file no longer starts the 1p module To ensure that the proper modules for the parallel port are loaded at boot time add this line to the etc modules conf or etc conft modules file alias parport_lowlevel parport pc Linux kernels in the 2 4 x series also use a special arbitrator that allows access to the parallel port hardware If the parallel port is in use by the host the guest cannot use it If a virtual machine is using the parallel port the host and any users accessing the host are not given access to the device VMware Workstation puts a lock on the device and this lock restricts access so only the virtual machine can use the port 374 www vmware com CHAPTER 14 Connecting Devices You can choose VM gt Removable Devices to disconnect the parallel port from the virtual machine and reconnect it Parallel Ports and Linux 2 6 x Kernels Be sure that PC Style Hardware CONFIG_PARPORT_PC is loaded as a module as mentioned at the beginning of Using Parallel Ports on
286. ine s configuration files If you never edit the configuration file by hand and do not remove the virtual Ethernet adapter these settings remain untouched If you do edit the configuration file by hand be sure not to remove or change the following options ethernet n generatedAddress ethernet n addressType ethernet n generatedAddressOffset uuid location uuid bios ethernet n present In these options n is the number of the virtual Ethernet adapter for example etherneto Note To preserve a virtual Ethernet adapter s MAC address you also must be careful not to remove the adapter If you remove the adapter then recreate it the adapter may receive a different MAC address 332 TE aration CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network Manually Assigning a MAC Address If you want to guarantee that the same MAC address is assigned to a given virtual machine every time even if the virtual machine is moved or if you want to guarantee a unique MAC address for each virtual machine within a networked environment you can assign the address manually instead of allowing VMware Workstation to assign it automatically To assign the same unique MAC address to any virtual machine manually use a text editor to remove three lines from the configuration file and add one line The configuration file has a vmx extension at the end of the filename On a Linux host a virtual machine created with an earlier VMware product may have a con
287. ines to gain access to network resources This section discusses the following topics e Using NAT on page 346 e The Host Computer and the NAT Network on page 346 e DHCP on the NAT Network on page 346 e DNS on the NAT Network on page 347 e External Access from the NAT Network on page 347 e Advanced NAT Configuration on page 348 e Custom NAT and DHCP Configuration on a Windows Host on page 352 e Considerations for Using NAT on page 353 e Using NAT with NetLogon on page 353 e Sample Linux vmnetnat conf File on page 355 345 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Using NAT The NAT device is connected to the VMnet8 virtual switch Virtual machines connected to the NAT network also use the VMnet8 virtual switch The NAT device waits for packets coming from virtual machines on the VMnet8 virtual network When a packet arrives the NAT device translates the address of the virtual machine to that of the host before forwarding the packet to the external network When data arrives from the external network for the virtual machine on the private network the NAT device receives the data replaces the network address with that of the virtual machine and forwards the data to the virtual machine on the virtual network This translation occurs automatically and requires minimal configuration on the guest and the host The Host Computer and the NAT Network The host computer has a host virtual adapter on the NAT network identical to the host virtual ad
288. ing Suspend and Resume on page 250 for a description Reset This button resets a virtual machine or team like the reset button on a physical PC Snapshot This button allows you to save the state of a virtual machine in the same manner you might save a word processing document You can come back later to that state if you make a mistake with the Revert button See Using Snapshots on page 251 fora description of this feature Revert This button allows you to return a virtual machine to the parent state a state previously preserved by taking a snapshot See Using Snapshots on page 251 fora description of this feature Manage Snapshots This button opens the Snapshot Manager where you can view the virtual machine s existing snapshots revert to a snapshot take a new snapshot and make a clone from a Snapshot For more on the Snapshot Manager see The Snapshot Manager Window on page 260 Full Screen This button enlarges the virtual machine display to cover the entire host monitor The virtual machine no longer appears in a window Note Workstation menus and toolbar are not visible in full screen mode Press Ctrl Alt to restore the Workstation window Note If you are unable to enter fullscreen mode when the guest s display mode is smaller than the host s display mode try adding the following line to the virtual machine s configuration vmx file mks maxRefreshRate 1000 See What Files Make Up a Virtual Machine for a descriptio
289. ing VMware Workstation Nonstandard Resolutions A guest operating system and its applications may react unexpectedly when the Workstation console size is not a standard VESA resolution e g 640x480 800x600 1024x768 etc For example the Autofit Guest and Fit Guest commands allow your guest operating system screen resolution to be set smaller 640x480 and some installers do not run at resolutions smaller than 640x480 Programs may refuse to run Error messages may include such phrases as VGA Required To Install or You must have VGA to install There are two ways to work around this problem with nonstandard resolutions e lf your host computer s screen resolution is high enough you can enlarge the window then choose Fit Guest e lf your host computer s screen resolution does not allow you to enlarge the Workstation console sufficiently you can manually set the guest operating system s screen resolution to 640x480 or larger Simplifying the Screen Display If you prefer you can turn off display of many of the controls visible in the VMware Workstation window Use the View menu to toggle the following controls on or off e Favorites e Toolbar e Status bar e Virtual machine tabs On a Windows host you can also hide the menu bar To do so click the title bar icon then choose Hide Controls Windows XP Professional 5 apshot Move J Sna Minimize X Close Alt F4 Be sional Hiding the menu bar on a W
290. ing and Stopping Virtual Machines on the User s Computer Use the vmware fullscreen command to run VMware Workstation in full screen switch mode and to start and stop virtual machines on a user s computer The command can pass certain information to the virtual machine when it starts As administrator you must decide how to issue the command For example you may use a custom application or script running on the host operating system to issue one or more vmware fullscreen commands Or you can include the command to start a virtual machine in a shortcut in the host operating system s startup group so the virtual machine starts automatically when the user logs on to the host computer The vmware fullscreen command must be issued once for each virtual machine you want to start or stop vmware fullscreen poweron s variable value name lt alias gt directkey lt keyspecs fullscreen lt config file gt When you use the optional switches shown here the poweron switch is required and must be the first switch after the vmware fullscreen command Provide the full path to the virtual machine s configuration vmx file at the end of the command line The complete command must be entered on one line Use the s switch to pass a variable name and value to be used in configuring the virtual machine You may include multiple variable value pairs in the command Each variable value pair must be preceded by s Use name lt alias gt
291. ing to a Snapshot Cloning a Virtual Machine Deleting a Virtual Machine Using Virtual Machine Teams Controlling the Display Using Full Screen Mode Using Quick Switch Mode Taking Advantage of Multiple Monitors Fitting the Workstation Console to the Virtual Machine Display Nonstandard Resolutions Simplifying the Screen Display Installing New Software Cutting Copying and Pasting Text Using Shared Folders Viewing a Shared Folder Using Drag and Drop Using Devices in a Virtual Machine Adding Configuring and Removing Devices in a Virtual Machine Connecting and Disconnecting Removable Devices Creating a Screen Shot or a Movie of a Virtual Machine Creating a Screen Shot of a Virtual Machine Creating a Movie of a Virtual Machine Where to Go Next Moving and Sharing Virtual Machines Virtual Machine Identifier UUID The UUID Location and Format The UUID and Moving Virtual Machines Specifying a UUID for a Virtual Machine Setting the UUID for a Virtual Machine that Is Being Moved Moving a VMware Workstation 5 Virtual Machine Hosts with Different Hardware Virtual Machines Use Relative Paths Preparing a Workstation 5 Virtual Machine for a Move Moving a Workstation 5 Virtual Machine to a New Host Moving a VMware Workstation 4 Virtual Machine Preparing Your Workstation 4 Virtual Machine for the Move Moving a Workstation 4 Virtual Machine to a New Host Machine Moving an Older Virtual Machine 179 Moving VMware Workstation 3 0 Virtual Machines 179 Mo
292. inux Host Operating Systems Supported distributions and kernels are listed below VMware Workstation may not run on systems that do not meet these requirements Note As newer Linux kernels and distributions are released VMware modifies and tests its products for stability and reliability on those host platforms We make every effort to add support for new kernels and distributions in a timely manner but until a kernel or distribution is added to the list below its use with our products is not supported Look for newer prebuilt modules in the download area of our Web site Go to www vmware com download e Mandrake Linux 10 stock 2 6 3 7 e Mandrake Linux 9 0 stock 2 4 19 e Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS ES WS 4 0 stock 2 6 9 5 64 bit e Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS ES WS 3 0 stock 2 4 21 update 2 4 21 15 EL 64 bit e Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2 1 stock 2 4 9 e3 e Red Hat Linux Advanced Server 2 1 stock 2 4 9 e3 e Red Hat Linux 9 0 stock 2 4 20 8 upgrade 2 4 20 20 9 e Red Hat Linux 8 0 stock 2 4 18 e Red Hat Linux 7 3 stock 2 4 18 e Red Hat Linux 7 2 stock 2 4 7 10 upgrade 2 4 9 7 upgrade 2 4 9 13 upgrade 2 4 9 21 upgrade 2 4 9 31 e SUSE Linux 9 2 stock 9 2 2 6 8 24 1 1 e SUSE Linux 9 1 stock 2 6 4 52 e SUSE Linux 9 0 stock 2 4 21 99 e SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 0 32 bit 64 bit SP1 listed versions also Supported with no service pack e SUSE Linux Enterprise Server
293. ion are enabled The following 3 D features are not accelerated e Pixel and vertex shaders e Multiple vertex streams e Hardware bump mapping environment mapping e Projected textures e Textures with one three or four dimensions Enabling Accelerated 3 D Caution Features with experimental support are not intended for production systems By default Direct3D technology is disabled You must prepare the host first the virtual machine second and the guest operating system last 364 www vmMware comM CHAPTER 13 Configuring Video and Sound Enabling Accelerated 3 D for a Host To enable a host for accelerated 3 D Hardware Use a host video card with support for accelerated OpenGL such as NVIDIA TNT GeForce and Quadro cards or ATI FireGL and Radeon 8500 or higher video cards If you are unsure check with your hardware manufacturer Software Upgrade the video drivers for your host to the latest available e NVIDIA drivers are available at www nvidia com content drivers drivers asp e All drivers are available at www ati com support driver html e Linux only NVIDIA GPUs support the features used in Direct3D acceleration Linux open source drivers are not enabled However if you have a video card with an Radeon 8500 or better GPU you can attempt to use the Direct3D acceleration using the ATI driver available at www ati com support drivers linux radeon linux html Windows Perform these steps to prepare a
294. ions on the disk If you select Use entire disk continue with step 6 5 lf you selected Use entire disk in step 4 this step does not appear If you selected Use individual partitions in step 4 now select which partitions you want to use in the virtual machine Add Hardware Wizard Select Partitions Which partitions would you like to use for this virtual disk Partitions Device PhysicalDriveD Partition File System Capacity C Partition 0 HPFS NTFS 3 4GB C Partition 1 HPFS NTFS 3 4GB Partition 2 HPFS NTFS 21 8GB Only the partitions you select in this step are visible to the virtual machine All other partitions are hidden from it Click Next Add Hardware Wizard Specify Disk File Where would you like to store information about this disk Disk file This disk file will store partition access configuration for the selected physical disk as specified for this virtual machine Browse lt Back Finish Cancel 202 a ooe CHAPTER 8 Using Disks 6 Accept the default filename and location for the file that stores access information for this raw disk or change it if you want to use a different name or location To find a different directory click Browse Click Advanced if you want to specify the virtual machine SCSI or IDE device node to which this disk is connected Add Hardware Wizard Select a Device Node Which device node should this disk be attached to Virtual dev
295. ips in this section help you make adjustments to improve performance for particular guest operating systems running inside a virtual machine e Windows 95 and Windows 98 Guest Operating System Performance Tips on page 424 e Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 Guest Operating System Performance Tips on page 426 e Windows NT Disk Performance on Multiprocessor Hosts on page 427 e Linux Guest Operating System Performance Tips on page 427 See Defragmentation of Disk Drives on page 408 for information about keeping disk drives efficient for all guest operating systems Windows 95 and Windows 98 Guest Operating System Performance Tips This section offers advice for configuring a Windows 95 or Windows 98 guest operating system for better performance inside a VMware Workstation virtual machine Note This document pertains to the guest operating system that is running inside a VMware Workstation virtual machine It does not describe actions that should be taken on the host Guest Operating System Selection Make certain you have selected the correct guest operating system in the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings gt Options VMware Tools Make certain VMware Tools is installed VMware Tools provides an optimized SVGA driver and sets up the VMware Tools service to run automatically when the system starts Among other things the VMware Tools service allows you to synchronize the virtual machine s clock with the
296. is option to enable the shared folder Deselect this option to disable the shared folder without deleting it from the virtual machine configuration You may want to add a folder to the list without enabling it immediately You can then enable the folder at any time by clicking its name in this list clicking Properties and enabling the folder in the Properties dialog box e Read only Select this option to prevent the virtual machine from changing the contents of the shared folder in the host file system Access to files in the shared folder is also governed by permission settings on the host computer e Disable after this session Select this option to disable the virtual machine s connection to the folder when the virtual machine is powered off or suspended Deselect this option to specify that the folder is always enabled 6 Click OK 160 TT tirecom CHAPTER 6 Running VMware Workstation Viewing a Shared Folder Shared folders appear differently depending on the guest operating system The following sections describe viewing shared folders in Windows and Linux guests Note You can use shared folders to share any type of file However Windows shortcuts and Linux symbolic links do not work correctly if you try to use them via shared folders Caution Do not open a file in a shared folder from more than one application at a time For example you should not open the same file using an application on the host operating system and
297. isks with VMware Virtual Disk Manager on page 212 e Examples Using the VMware Virtual Disk Manager on page 213 Running the VMware Virtual Disk Manager Utility To run the VMware Virtual Disk Manager utility open a command prompt or terminal on the host operating system On a Windows host change to the directory where you installed your Workstation software By default this directory is C Program Files VMware VMware Workstation The command syntax is vmware vdiskmanager options The options you can or must use include the following lt diskname gt The name of the virtual disk file The virtual disk file must have a vmdk extension You can specify a path to the folder where you want to store the disk files If you mapped a network share on your host operating system you can create the virtual disk on that share by providing the correct path information with the disk file name C Creates the virtual disk You must use the a s and t options and you must specify the name of the virtual disk lt diskname gt CHAPTER 8 Using Disks 209 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual r Converts the specified virtual disk creating a new virtual disk as a result lt sourcediskname gt You must use the t option to specify the disk type to which the virtual disk is converted and you must specify the name of the target virtual disk lt targetdisknames Once the conversion is completed and you have tested the converted
298. itor VM gt Settings If all of the virtual machine s USB ports are already occupied when it is trying to connect automatically to anew device a dialog box gives you a choice you can either disconnect one of the existing USB devices to free its port or ignore the new device allowing the device to connect to the host Choose VM gt Removable Devices to connect specific USB devices to your virtual machine You can connect up to two USB devices at a time If the physical USB devices are connected to the host computer through a hub the virtual machine sees only the USB devices not the hub There is a menu item for each of the USB ports Move the mouse over one of these items to see a cascading menu of devices that are plugged into your host computer and available for use To connect a device to the virtual machine click its name If a device is already connected to that port click the name of a new device to release the first device and connect the new one To release a connected device click None on the cascading menu for the port to which it is connected If you physically plug a new device into the host computer and the autoconnect feature does not connect it to a virtual machine the device is initially connected to the host Its name is also added to the VM gt Removable Devices menu so you can connect it to the virtual machine manually Using USB with a Windows Host Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 hosts When a
299. itor to edit the configuration file The format for the line is uuid bios lt uuidvalue gt The UUID value must be surrounded by quotation marks A sample configuration line looks like uuid bios 00 11 22 33 44 55 66 77 88 99 aa bb cc dd ee ff After adding this line to the configuration file power on the virtual machine The new UUID is used when the virtual machine boots Setting the UUID for a Virtual Machine that Is Being Moved If you plan to move a virtual machine and want it to have the same UUID it did before the move you must note the UUID being used before the move and add that UUID to the configuration file after the move Follow these steps 1 Before moving the virtual machine examine its configuration file You need to use a text editor The configuration file is located in your virtual machine s directory the file has a vmx extension 2 Ifthe virtual machine s UUID has been set to a specific value the configuration file has a line that begins with uuid bios Note the 128 bit hexadecimal value that follows This is the value you should use in the new location 3 If there is no line beginning with uuid bios look for the line that begins with uuid location and note the 128 bit hexadecimal value that follows it 4 Move the virtual machine s files to the new location 5 Start the virtual machine then shut it down 6 Edit the virtual machine s configuration file to add a uuid bios line as described in Specif
300. ivate the system tray icon On the Options tab select Show VMware Tools in the taskbar In a Linux or FreeBSD virtual machine boot the guest operating system start X and launch your graphical environment Then you can launch the VMware Tools background application with this command vmware toolbox amp You may run VMware Tools as root or as a normal user To shrink virtual disks you must run VMware Tools as root su With some window managers you can place the command to start VMware Tools in a startup configuration so VMware Tools starts automatically when you start your graphical environment Consult your window manager s documentation for details 1 42 www vmMware com CHAPTER 6 Running VMware Workstation Suspending and Resuming Virtual Machines You can save the current state of your virtual machine by suspending it Later you can resume the virtual machine to pick up work quickly right where you stopped with all documents you were working on open and all applications in the same state as they were at the time you suspended the virtual machine To suspend a virtual machine 1 If your virtual machine is running in full screen mode return to window mode by pressing the Ctrl Alt key combination Click Suspend on the VMware Workstation toolbar When VMware Workstation has completed the suspend operation it is safe to exit VMware Workstation File gt Exit Windows or File gt Quit Linux To re
301. ja w2kpro vhd The virtual disks will be copied during the import process The imported virtual machine will be placed in d My Virtual Machines w2kpro2 Virtual Machine Importer creates a VMware virtual machine from the source VirtualPC Mware irtual Machine Importer Importing the irtual Machine Please wait while the Virtual Machine Importer prepares the virtual machine for VMware Workstation A progress bar appears To stop the migration click Cancel The migration process can often take more than a minute per gigabyte of disk space of the migrated virtual machine When the migration is complete Virtual Machine Importer displays a completion dialog box Mware irtual Machine Importer Virtual Machine Import is Complete Your virtual machine has been successfully imported for use with Mware Workstation When you start the new virtual machine for the First time you may experience a short delay while new hardware is detected and appropriate drivers are installed T Start my new virtual machine now To close this wizard click Finish 10 To use the virtual machine immediately select Start my virtual machine now Virtual Machine Importer then launches VMware Workstation when it closes 11 Click Finish www vmware com 116 CHAPTER 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine Installing a Guest Operating System and VMware Tools A new virtual machine is like a physical computer with
302. k the provider of your driver 1 Go to the Device Manager Right click My Computer choose Properties click the Hardware tab then click Device Manager 2 Expand the listing for Universal Serial Bus controllers 3 Right click the listing for the controller and choose Properties 4 Click the Driver tab If the driver provider shown on that page is Microsoft you have the correct driver already If the driver provider is not Microsoft download the latest USB driver for your host operating system from the Microsoft Web site and follow the Microsoft instructions to install it Details are available in Microsoft knowledge base article 319973 Using USB with a Linux Host On Linux hosts VMware Workstation uses the USB device file system to connect to USB devices In most Linux systems that support USB the USB device file system is at proc bus usb If your host operating system uses a different path to the USB device file system you can change it in the virtual machine configuration vmx file Add the following line to change the default usb device file system path usb generic devfsPath lt your_path_to_usbdevfs gt 399 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual What Has Control over a USB Device Only one computer host or guest can have control of a USB device at any one time Device Control on a Windows Host When you connect a device to a virtual machine it is unplugged from the host or from the virtual m
303. ks called LAN segments This can be useful with multitier testing network performance analysis and situations where isolation and packet loss are important LAN Segment Requirements The following sections describe the requirements for virtual machines connecting to a LAN segment Network Adapter A physical PC must have a network adapter for each physical network connection Similarly a virtual machine must be configured with a virtual network adapter for each LAN segment it interacts with To connect a virtual machine to multiple LAN segments simultaneously you must configure that virtual machine with multiple network adapters LAN Segment IP Addresses Each network client must have an IP address for TCP IP networking Unlike host only and NAT networking LAN segments have no DHCP server provided automatically by VMware Workstation Therefore you must manually configure IP addressing for team virtual machines on a LAN segment There are two choices e DHCP Configure a DHCP server on your LAN segment to allocate IP addresses to your virtual machines e Static IP Configure a fixed IP address for each virtual machine on the LAN segment Note When you add an existing virtual machine to a team the virtual machine may be configured to expect an IP address from a DHCP server A DHCP server is not automatically provided for a virtual LAN segment You must provide a DHCP server on the LAN segment or reconfigure the virtual machine
304. kstation 5 User s Manual Options To change the name of a team 1 Choose Team gt Settings 2 Click Options Team Settings Connections Virtual Machines LAN Segments Options Team name 3 tier Private Network Team configuration file CAVitual Machines New Team New Team vmt 3 Type anew name in the Team name field 4 Click OK 302 o ome CHAPTER 11 Configuring Teams Command Line for Teams VMware Workstation now includes a command line application for scripting certain operations for teams See Command Line Application on page 93 for more information 303 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 304 www vmware comM CHAPTER 2 Configuring a Virtual Network The first topics in this section give you a quick look at the virtual networking components that VMware Workstation provides and show how you can use them with your virtual machine The rest of the section provides more detail on some networking capabilities and specialized configurations e Network Basics on page 306 e Components of the Virtual Network on page 307 e Common Networking Configurations on page 309 e Custom Networking Configurations on page 313 e Changing the Networking Configuration on page 316 e Advanced Networking Topics on page 326 e Understanding NAT on page 345 e Using Samba with Workstation on page 358 305 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Network Basics VMware Workstation p
305. l Help Make the desired changes then click OK 328 o oome CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network Choosing the Method for Assigning IP Addresses For virtual machines that you do not expect to keep for long use DHCP and let it allocate an IP address For each host only or NAT network the available IP addresses are split up using the conventions shown in the tables below where lt net gt is the network number assigned to your host only or NAT network VMware Workstation always uses a Class C address for host only and NAT networks Address Use on a Host Only Network poe irae lt net gt 2 lt net gt 127 192 168 0 2 192 168 0 127 lt net gt 128 lt net gt 253 DHCP assigned 192 168 0 128 192 168 0 253 DHCP server 192 168 0 254 Address Use on a NAT Network e ese Sample NAT device 192 168 0 2 329 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Avoiding IP Packet Leakage in a Host Only Network By design each host only network should be confined to the host machine on which it is set up That is no packets sent by virtual machines on this network should leak out to a physical network attached to the host Packet leakage can occur only if a machine actively forwards packets It is possible for the host machine or any virtual machine running on the host only network to be configured in a way that permits packet leakage Windows Hosts Systems using server versions of Windows 2000 are capable of forwarding IP packets
306. l Machine Software for the Technical Professional Overview of This Manual About the Host and Guest Computers What s New in Version 5 Multiple Snapshots Teams Clones Improved Performance for Virtual Machines Running Concurrently Improved Networking Performance Improved Suspend Resume and Snapshot Operations New Host Operating System Support New Guest Operating System Support Improved 64 bit Host Support Isochronous USB support Command Line Interface Movie Record and Playback Improved Linux User Interface Easier Upgrades and VMware Tools Installation Improvements Support for NX bit Experimental Support for Direct3D Experimental Support for Guest ACPI S1 Sleep VMware Virtual Machine Importer Host System Requirements PC Hardware Memory Display Disk Drives Local Area Networking Optional Host Operating System Virtual Machine Specifications Processor Chip Set BIOS I SN CRED CE ee A OO OO WWM OO VU 20 Memory 2 Graphics 27 IDE Drives 27 SCSI Devices 28 Floppy Drives 28 Serial COM Ports 28 Parallel LPT Ports 28 USB ports 28 Keyboard 28 Mouse and Drawing Tablets 28 Ethernet Card 29 Sound 29 Virtual Networking 29 Supported Guest Operating Systems 30 Microsoft Windows 32 bit 30 Microsoft MS DOS 30 Linux 31 Novell Netware 31 FreeBSD 31 Sun Solaris 31 Technical Support Resources 32 Documentation on the Web 32 VMware Knowledge Base 32 VMware User Community 32 Reporting Problems 32 Where to Go Next 34 Installin
307. l Resources What s New Requirements Installation Guest OS Installation Documentation Developer Resources 4 Prey Contents Last Next gt Microsoft E ates 5 Knowledge Base Outloo Duio What s New in Version 5 Whether you re a long time power user of VMware Workstation or a beginning user ry Sent Item Discussion Forums who is just learning what you can do with virtual machines the new features in zi VMware Workstation 5 extend its capabilities and make it easier to use Here are highlights of some key features added in VMware Workstation 5 Instant Virtual Ca User Groups Extranet F New VMware Tools The new VMware Tools contain new drivers and performance enhancements to upgrade your entire Workstation experience i Newsgroups Virtual Machine Teams workstation introduces an easy way for you to configure complex multi tier Explore applications on your desktop by leveraging teams A team is a collection of virtual machines connected by one or more private network segments Once a team is created you can operate on it just like you would on a single virtual machine you can power on off and suspend resume teams with the click of a single button View active thumbnails of all the virtual machines in a team Create private networks for teams using individual LAN segments that simulate bandwidth caps and packet loss e g Run the operating systems and applications you need all on a single desktop Pow
308. l machine e Alinked clone is a copy of a virtual machine that shares virtual disks with the parent virtual machine in an ongoing manner This conserves disk space and allows multiple virtual machines to use the same software installation Full Clones A full clone is an independent virtual machine with no need to access or maintain an ongoing connection to the parent virtual machine Because a full clone does not share virtual disks with the parent virtual machine full clones generally perform better than linked clones However full clones take longer to create than linked clones Creating a full clone can take several minutes if the files involved are large Linked Clones A linked clone is made from a snapshot of the parent See Understanding Snapshots on page 252 All files available on the parent at the moment of the snapshot continue to remain available to the linked clone Ongoing changes to the virtual disk of the parent do not affect the linked clone and changes to the disk of the linked clone do not affect the parent A linked clone must access the parent Without access to the parent a linked clone is disabled See Linked Clones and Access to the Parent Virtual Machine on page 274 Linked clones are created swiftly so you can easily create a unique virtual machine for each task you have You can also easily share a virtual machine with other users by storing the virtual machine on your local network where other users can quick
309. l machine s devices and installs the device drivers 11 When Windows detects the video card driver select Search for the best driver 12 When prompted to reboot click No The AMD PCNET driver is installed followed by the IDE controller drivers 13 When prompted to reboot click Yes 14 Select the Virtual Machine hardware profile 15 After Windows 98 has completed booting start the Add New Hardware wizard from the Control Panel 16 Click Next then Next again 17 Select No the device isn t in the list 18 Click Yes then click Next 232 waren 22 23 24 25 26 2l 28 29 CHAPTER 8 Using Disks After all devices have been detected click the Details button to list the detected non Plug and Play devices Click Finish then reboot the virtual machine when prompted Select the VMware Workstation configuration profile Notice that an unknown monitor is detected and installed Install VMware Tools as outlined in Installing a Guest Operating System and VMware Tools on page 117 Open the Device Manager It should show that you have e Standard PCI Graphics Adapter e VMware SVGA Display Adapter Shut down the Windows 98 virtual machine and your host operating system Boot natively into Windows 98 then start the Device Manager Select the VMware SVGA device if listed then click Remove Select the Remove from Specific Configuration radio button then select Physical Machine from the configurati
310. l machines in full screen switch mode 443 Subnet changing settings 321 in NAT configuration 327 on host only network 327 Support technical support resources 32 Suspend defined 451 files 97 team 289 virtual machine 143 250 SVGA in a Windows 95 guest on a raw disk 230 in a Windows 98 guest on a raw disk 232 Swapping virtual memory 80 Switch virtual network 307 463 464 workspaces in Linux guest 79 System requirements 23 T Tabs hide 153 Take screen shot of virtual machine 165 Tape drive 402 405 Team 149 default directory 280 multi tier 278 name change 302 network 278 new 279 no clone template 275 overview 278 power off 289 power on 289 resume 290 snapshot 288 suspend 289 Telnet 347 Template parent of linked clone 275 Template mode linked clone 275 Text cutting copying and pasting 156 Time synchronize guest and host 131 Token Ring 311 Toolbar hide 153 435 Tools devices tab 132 installing VMware Tools 120 options tab 131 scripts tab 132 shared folders tab 133 shrink tab 133 starting VMware Tools 142 VMware Tools 452 Trend Micro Virus Buster installation issues 155 www vmware com Turn off access to virtual machine settings editor 435 functions on Power menu 435 functions on Snapshot menu 435 interface features 433 virtual machine 144 145 U Undoable mode migrating 182 Uninstall host virtual adapter 323 on Linux host 49 on Windows host 43 See also Re
311. l ports and lomega Zip drives 376 and the Linux kernel 45 372 configuring on a Linux host 373 in a virtual machine 372 installing in virtual machines 372 Parent clone template 275 linked clone 274 snapshot 263 Partition existing 448 partitions Unsupported and disabled shrink disk 196 Passwords and administrative lockout 433 Paste text 156 Pentium 23 Performance CD ROM drive polling 411 debugging mode 411 disk options 412 DMA and disks 425 guest operating system selection 410 Linux guest 427 memory settings 410 memory usage 418 process scheduling on a Windows host 413 remote disk access 413 snapshot 254 using full screen mode on a Linux host 415 using the Windows Performance console 416 Windows 2000 guest 426 Windows 95 and Windows 98 guests 424 Physical disk configuring virtual machine on dual boot computer 215 using in a virtual machine 190 using in new virtual machine 104 Ping 347 Pipe named 380 381 382 Port TCP and UDP below 1024 352 Port forwarding 351 356 357 Power menu lockout functions 435 Power Off revert to snapshot 263 266 team 289 Power On team 289 Preferences 76 83 Priorities for virtual machines on Windows host 81 Process scheduler 81 Processor host requirement 23 provided in virtual machine 27 Promiscuous mode 344 Q Quick switch mode 151 450 R RAM amount required on host 23 available in virtual machine 27 Raw disk configuring virtual machine on dual
312. le sharing of the type used by Windows operating systems and Samba is possible among computers on the NAT network including virtual machines and the host computer If you are using WINS servers on your network a virtual machine using NAT networking can access shared files and folders on the host that are known by the WINS server so long as those shared files and folders are in the same workgroup or domain Advanced NAT Configuration Windows Host Configure the NAT device using the virtual network editor Edit gt Virtual Network Settings gt NAT Virtual Network Editor Summary Automatic Bridging Host Virtual Network Mapping Host Virtual Adapters DHCP NAT VMnet host VMnetS V Gateway IP address Netmask NAT service Service status Started Service request You can stop and start the virtual NAT device by clicking the appropriate buttons To edit NAT settings for a virtual network choose it from the drop down menu then click Edit NAT Settings VMnet host VMnet8 Gateway IP address 192 168 177 2 DNS Netmask m Active FTP UDP timeout 30 g C Allow any OUI Config port Netbios NENS timeout 2 x NENS retries 3 a NBDS timeout 3 B Cancel Help 348 WWW VMware com CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network Change any NAT settings you wish Click the appropriate button to set up or change port forwarding or to specify DNS servers the virtual N
313. lly long to spin up there are two ways you can eliminate these pauses e You can disable the polling inside your guest operating system The method varies by operating system For recent Microsoft Windows operating systems the easiest way is to use TweakUI from the PowerToys utilities For information on finding TweakUI and installing it in your guest operating system go to www microsoft com and search for TweakUI Specific instructions depend on your operating system e Another approach is to configure your virtual CD ROM drive to start disconnected The drive appears in the virtual machine but it always appears to contain no disc and VMware Workstation does not connect to your host CD ROM drive To make this change choose VM gt Settings Click the DVD CD ROM item in the Device list Then clear the Connect at Power On check box When you want to use a CD ROM in the virtual machine choose VM gt Removable Devices menu and connect the CD ROM drive 411 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Disk Options The various disk options SCSI versus IDE and types virtual or raw affect performance in a number of ways Inside a virtual machine SCSI disks and IDE disks that use direct memory access DMA have approximately the same performance However IDE disks can be very slow in a guest operating system that either cannot use or is not set to use DMA The easiest way to configure a Linux guest to use DMA for IDE drive access is
314. ly make a linked clone This facilitates collaboration for example a support team can reproduce a bug in a virtual machine and an engineer can quickly make a linked clone of that virtual machine to work on the bug Full Clones and Snapshots of the Parent A full clone is a complete and independent copy of a virtual machine However the full clone duplicates only the state of the virtual machine at the instant of the cloning operation Thus the full clone does not have access to any snapshots that may exist of the parent virtual machine 269 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Creating Clones This section discusses how to create a clone Note Legacy virtual machines created under previous versions of Workstation or under other VMware products must be upgraded to Workstation 5 virtual machines before you can clone them See Procedure to Upgrade Virtual Machines on page 59 The Clone Virtual Machine Wizard The Clone Virtual Machine Wizard guides through the process of making a clone You do not need to locate and manually copy the parent virtual machine files The Clone Virtual Machine Wizard automatically creates a new MAC address and other unique identifiers for the clone Note You cannot create a clone from a virtual machine that is powered on or suspended You must power off a virtual machine before you can make a clone To create a clone using the Clone Virtual Machine Wizard 1 Select the virtual machine you want to clo
315. m CHAPTER 15 Performance Tuning VMware Workstation on a Linux Host Note The items in this section describe performance of VMware Workstation on a Linux host For tips on configuring VMware Workstation on a Windows host see VMware Workstation on a Windows Host on page 413 Using Full Screen Mode Full screen mode is faster than window mode As a result if you do not need to have your virtual machine and your host sharing the screen try switching to full screen mode Note The extreme case of this is VGA mode VGA mode is any mode in which the screen is in text mode DOS for example or Linux virtual terminals or 16 color 640 x 480 graphics mode for example the Windows 95 or Windows 98 clouds boot screen or any guest operating system that is running without the SVGA driver provided by VMware Tools On a Linux host full screen VGA mode uses the underlying video card directly so graphics performance is quite close to that of the host By contrast window mode VGA requires more computer resources to emulate than window mode SVGA As a result if you need to run for an extended period of time in VGA mode for example when you are installing an operating system using a graphical installer you should see a significant performance boost if you run in full screen mode 415 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Monitoring Virtual Machine Performance VMware Workstation incorporates a set of performance counters that work with Mic
316. m X key codes to PC scan codes or v scan codes which is what VMware Workstation really uses VMware Workstation takes advantage of this fact When it is using an XFree86 server on the local host it uses the built in mapping from X key codes to v scan codes This mapping is keyboard independent and should be correct for most if not all languages In other cases not an XFree86 server or not a local server VMware Workstation must map keysyms to v scan codes using a set of keyboard specific tables Key code mapping is simple automatic and foolproof Keysym mapping is more complex and described later However because the program cannot tell whether a remote server is running on a PC or on some other kind of computer it errs on the safe side and uses key code mapping only with local X servers This is often too conservative and has undesirable effects Luckily this and other behavior related to key code mapping can be controlled by powering off the virtual machine and closing the VMware Workstation window then using a text editor to add configuration settings to the virtual machine s configuration file e xkeymap usekeycodeMapIiIfxXFree8g6 true Use key code mapping if you are using an XFree86 server even if it is remote e xkeymap usekeycodeMap true Always use key code mapping regardless of server type 390 S ooe CHAPTER 14 Connecting Devices e xkeymap nokeycodeMap true Never use key code mapping e xkeymap keycode lt c
317. may cause the guest operating system to lock up intermittently at boot time or during installation of the guest operating system The newest lomega drivers work reliably in our tests They are available at www iomega com software index html 376 o ome CHAPTER 14 Connecting Devices Using Serial Ports A VMware Workstation virtual machine can use up to four virtual serial ports The virtual serial ports can be configured in several ways e You can connect a virtual serial port to a physical serial port on the host computer e You can connect a virtual serial port to a file on the host computer e You can make a direct connection between two virtual machines or between a virtual machine and an application running on the host computer You can also select whether to connect the virtual serial port when you power on the virtual machine Using a Serial Port on the Host Computer You can set up the virtual serial port in a virtual machine to use a physical serial port on the host computer This is useful for example if you want to use an external modem or a hand held device in your virtual machine To install a virtual serial port that connects to a physical serial port on the host computer take the following steps 1 Open the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings 2 Click Add to start the Add Hardware Wizard 3 Select Serial Port then click Next Add Hardware Wizard Serial Port Type What media should this virt
318. me gt nvram This is the file that stores the state of the virtual or machine s BIOS 96 WwWwWww ymware com CHAPTER 4 Learning VMware Workstation Basics Ereren eNane Ben vmdk lt vmname gt vmdk lt diskname gt lt gt vmdk lt vmname gt vmsd lt vmname gt Snapshot vmsn lt vmname gt Snapshot lt gt vmsn lt vmname gt vmss This is a virtual disk file which stores the contents of the virtual machine s hard disk drive A virtual disk is made up of one or more vmdk files If you have specified that the virtual disk should be split into 2GB chunks the number of vmdk files depends on the size of the virtual disk As data is added to a virtual disk the vmdk files grow in size to a maximum of 2GB each If you specify that all soace should be allocated when you create the disk these files start at the maximum size and do not grow Almost all of a vmdk file s content is the virtual machine s data with a small portion allotted to virtual machine overhead If the virtual machine is connected directly to a physical disk rather than to a virtual disk the vmdk file stores information about the partitions the virtual machine is allowed to access Earlier VMware products used the extension dsk for virtual disk files This is a redo log file created automatically when a virtual machine has one or more snapshots This file stores changes made to a virtual disk while the virtual
319. me partitions the whole disk is still shrunk However those partitions are not wiped for shrinking and the shrink process does not reduce the size of the virtual disk as much as it could with all partitions selected Click Yes when VMware Tools finishes wiping the selected disk partitions VMware Tools 2 j Do you want to shrink your disk s now A dialog box tracks the progress of the shrinking process Shrinking disks may take considerable time Mware Workstation Shrinking disk C My Virtual Machines vm1 11 Sa winPPro winPPro Wwindows XP Professional vmdk Cancel 195 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 196 5 Click OK to finish VMware Tools e Jl The shrink process completed Unsupported and Disabled Partitions In some configurations it is not possible to shrink virtual disks If your virtual machine uses such a configuration the Shrink tab displays information explaining why you cannot shrink your virtual disks VMware Tools Properties Options Devices Scripts Shared Folders Shrink About Supported partitions Unsupported patiions The following partitions are not eligible for shrinking Mount Point Explanation AN Removable drive D Not writable Shrink disk is disabled for this virtual machine Shrinking is disabled for linked clones parents of linked clones pre allocated disks snapshots and other factors See the user s manual for more information For e
320. more virtual disks and all the disks use persistent or undoable mode upgrading is straightforward e Ifyou have an existing virtual machine with one or more virtual disks and all the disks use nonpersistent mode you need to take a few special steps when you upgrade VMware Tools See www vmware com info id 44 e Ifyou plan to use an existing virtual machine that has disks in undoable mode you must commit or discard any changes to the virtual disks before you remove the Workstation 3 software that you used to create them e Resume or power on the virtual machine in the earlier release shut down the guest operating system power off the virtual machine and either commit or discard changes to the disk in undoable mode when prompted e Ifthe disks are in persistent or nonpersistent mode be sure the virtual machine is completely shut down If it is suspended resume it shut down the guest operating system and power off the virtual machine e Ifyou have an existing virtual machine that has multiple virtual disks and the disks are in multiple modes the simplest approach to upgrading is to convert all the disks to persistent mode Resume or power on the virtual machine in the earlier release shut down the guest operating system power off the virtual machine and either commit or discard changes to any undoable mode disks when prompted Then open the configuration editor and change all disks to persistent mode If you need to preserve special
321. mory size should not be set lower than the minimum recommendations of the operating system provider The New Virtual Machine Wizard sets reasonable defaults for the memory size of a virtual machine based on the type of the guest operating system and the amount of memory in the host computer This value also appears in the virtual machine settings editor as the recommended memory value The virtual machine settings editor also shows a value for the maximum amount of memory for best performance If you have only one virtual machine running on the host and you set virtual machine memory to this value the virtual machine can run entirely in RAM A virtual machine running completely in RAM performs better than a virtual machine that must swap some of its memory to disk The actual memory size you should give to a virtual machine depends on a few practical considerations e What kinds of applications will run in the virtual machine e What other virtual machines will contend with this virtual machine for memory resources e What applications will run on the host at the same time as the virtual machine www vmware comM 418 CHAPTER 15 Performance Tuning Note You cannot allocate more than 2 GB of memory to a virtual machine when the virtual machine s files are stored on a host file system that does not support files greater than 2 GB for example FAT The total amount of memory you assign to all virtual machines running on a single ho
322. mount html After you prepare the volume unmount it with VMware DiskMount Continue mounting each volume of the virtual disk and preparing it for shrinking until you complete this process for all the volumes of the virtual disk You can mount only one volume of a virtual disk at a time with VMware DiskMount You can prepare volumes of virtual disks for shrinking on Windows hosts only 210 a ooe CHAPTER 8 Using Disks k lt diskname gt Shrinks the specified virtual disk You can shrink only growable virtual disks You can shrink virtual disks on Windows hosts only You cannot shrink a virtual disk if the virtual machine has a snapshot To keep the virtual disk in its current state use the snapshot manager to delete all snapshots To discard changes made since you took the snapshot revert to the snapshot a ide buslogic Specifies the disk adapter type You must specify an adapter type when lsilogic creating a new virtual disk Choose one of the following types e ide for an IDE adapter e buslogic for a BusLogic SCSI adapter e 1silogic for an LSI Logic SCSI adapter s lt n gt GB MB Specifies the size of the virtual disk Specify whether the size lt n gt is in GB gigabytes or MB megabytes You must specify the size of a virtual disk when you create it Even though you must specify the size of a virtual disk when you expand it you do not use the s option t 0 1 2 3 You must specify the type of
323. move Unplug USB devices 401 Upgrade Linux kernel reconfiguring Worksta tion after upgrade 48 on Linux host 56 on Windows host 55 virtual machine 57 59 VMware Workstation 51 USB connecting devices 398 control of devices by host and guest 400 devices in a virtual machine 397 disconnecting devices 401 enabling and disabling the control ler 397 keyboard and mouse 401 on a Linux host 399 on a Windows host 398 supported device types 397 User interface overview 64 restricted 435 UUID 170 268 format 170 location 170 specifying 172 specifying for moved virtual machine 172 V VGA 153 Video resolution on a Linux host 362 See also Display Viewing shared folder 161 Virtual disk add to virtual machine 197 defined 188 451 location 104 See also Disks size 27 28 104 110 198 Virtual machine 141 capturing screen shot of 165 constituent files 96 creating 101 defined 451 delete 148 installing software in 155 migrating 179 moving 169 name change 84 platform specifications 27 resuming 143 250 shutting down 144 145 starting 141 suspending 143 250 taking and restoring snapshot 146 upgrading 57 upgrading procedure 59 window size 152 Virtual Machine Importer 113 Virtual machine settings editor defined 451 restricting access 433 435 using 164 Virtual network editor 452 Virtual switch 307 VirtualCenter and virtual disk manager 209 VirtualPC 113 source virtual machine 113 Virus Buster See Trend Micro Vir
324. must not configure it as the slave on the secondary IDE channel if the master on that channel is a CD ROM drive 1 Ifyou are running a Windows guest operating system read Setting Up Hardware Profiles in Virtual Machines on page 225 You should boot the guest operating system natively on the computer and create a hardware profile for the virtual machine before proceeding 2 Create a separate configuration for each guest operating system To configure a virtual machine to run from a raw disk or disk partition start the New Virtual Machine Wizard File gt New gt Virtual Machine and select Custom Add Hardware Wizard Select a Disk Which disk do you want this drive to use Disk O Create a new virtual disk virtual disk is composed of one or more files on the host file system which will appear as a single hard disk to the quest operating system Virtual disks can easily be copied or moved on the same host or between hosts Use an existing virtual disk Choose this option to reuse a previously configured disk Use a physical disk for advanced users Choose this option to give the virtual machine direct access to a local hard disk 3 When you reach the Select a Disk step select Use a physical disk 220 Twat CHAPTER 8 Using Disks 4 Complete the wizard steps specifying the appropriate disk or partition to use for this virtual machine Note The maximum size of an IDE disk in a virtual machine is 950 GB
325. n This is the same as choosing View gt Autofit Window e Select Autofit guest to have Workstation change the guest operating system display resolution to match the console window size This is the same as choosing View gt Autofit Guest Note Selecting Autofit guest also activates Autofit window 79 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Full Screen Use Full Screen preferences to configure how the host and guest display settings interact when you enter full screen mode on the host e Select Resize host to change the host display settings to match the display settings of the guest while the guest is in full screen mode e Select Resize guest to change the guest s display settings to match the host display settings while the guest is in full screen mode e Select Don t resize to have both host and guest retain their own display settings while the guest is in full screen mode Memory Preferences o r Pe ee Te Workspace Input Hot Keys Display Memory Priority Lockout Reserved memory How much host RAM should the system be able to reserve for all running virtual machines 932 MB 16 832 Additional memory How should the system allocate memory for virtual machines OF it all virtual machine memory into reserved host RAM Allow some virtual machine memory to be swapped O Allow most virtual machine memory to be swapped Swapping virtual machine memory allows more virtual machines to tun but
326. n Ethernet network this is often the easiest way to give your virtual machine access to that network Linux and Windows hosts can use bridged networking to connect to a wired network Additionally wireless network bridging is supported for Windows hosts If you use bridged networking your virtual machine needs to have its own identity on the network For example on a TCP IP network the virtual machine needs its own IP address Your network administrator can tell you whether IP addresses are available for your virtual machine and what networking settings you should use in the guest operating system Generally your guest operating system may acquire an IP address 309 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual and other network details automatically from a DHCP server or you may need to set the IP address and other details manually in the guest operating system If you use bridged networking the virtual machine is a full participant in the network It has access to other machines on the network and can be contacted by other machines on the network as if it were a physical computer on the network Be aware that if the host computer is set up to boot multiple operating systems and you run one or more of them in virtual machines you need to configure each operating system with a unique network address People who boot multiple operating systems often assign all systems the same address since they assume only one operating system will be running a
327. n devices e SCSI virtual disks up to 950GB e Hard disks can be virtual disks or physical disks e Generic SCSI support allows devices to be used without need for drivers in the host operating system Works with scanners CD ROM DVD ROM tape drives and other SCSI devices e LSI Logic LSI53C10xx Ultra320 SCSI I O controller e Mylex BusLogic BT 958 compatible host bus adapter requires add on driver from VMware for Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 Floppy Drives e Upto two 1 44MB floppy devices e Physical drives or floppy image files Serial COM Ports e Up to four serial COM ports e Output to serial ports Windows or Linux files or named pipes Parallel LPT Ports e Upto two bidirectional parallel LPT ports e Output to parallel ports or host operating system files USB ports e Two port USB 1 1 UHCI controller e Supports most devices including USB printers scanners PDAs hard disk drives memory card readers and digital cameras as well as streaming devices such as webcams speakers and microphones Keyboard e 104 key Windows 95 98 enhanced Mouse and Drawing Tablets e PS 2 mouse e Serial tablets supported 28 www vmMware comM CHAPTER 1 Introduction and System Requirements Ethernet Card e Up to three virtual Ethernet cards e AMD PCnet PCl II compatible Sound e Sound output and input e Emulates Creative Labs Sound Blaster AudioPC MIDI input game controllers and joysticks are not suppor
328. n if you do not need to boot that disk on the host outside of the virtual machine It is possible to use either an unused partition or a completely unused disk on the host as a disk in the virtual machine However it is important to be aware that an operating system installed in this setting probably cannot boot outside of the virtual machine even though the data is available to the host If you have a dual boot system and want to configure a virtual machine to boot from an existing partition see Configuring a Dual Boot Computer for Use with a Virtual Machine on page 215 The instructions in this section do not apply to a disk with a previously installed operating system Caution Physical disks are an advanced feature and should be configured only by expert users VMware Workstation uses description files to control access to each physical disk on the system These description files contain access privilege information that controls a virtual machine s access to certain partitions on the disks This mechanism prevents users from accidentally running the host operating system again as a guest or running a guest operating system that the virtual machine is not configured to use The description file also prevents accidental writes to physical disk partitions from badly behaved operating systems or applications Use the New Virtual Machine Wizard to configure VMware Workstation to use existing physical disk partitions The wizard guides you tho
329. n of this file www vmMware com 70 CHAPTER 4 Learning VMware Workstation Basics Quick Switch This button enlarges the Workstation console to cover the entire host monitor Console tabs are visible allowing you to switch between your virtual machines and teams with a single click Note Workstation menus and toolbar are not visible in quick switch mode Move your cursor to the top of the screen to show the menu and toolbar momentarily Summary This button displays the summary view See Displaying the Summary View on page 66 for a description of this view Console This button displays the console view See Displaying the Console View on page 68 for a description of this view The Favorites List This section describes the following topics e Overview of the Favorites List on page 72 e Adding an Item to the Favorites List on page 72 e Adding the Active Virtual Machine to the Favorites List on page 73 e Removing an Item from the Favorites List on page 73 e Removing the Active Virtual Machine from the Favorites List on page 73 e Changing the Name of a Favorite List Item on page 73 e Organizing Favorites into Folders on page 73 e Hiding and Displaying the Favorites List on page 74 71 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Overview of the Favorites List The Favorites list gives you a convenient way to organize and access frequently used items Favorites x Legacy virtual mene A P Longhorn experimental mach Ine icon
330. n overa tar installation or the reverse the installer detects the previous installation and must convert the installer database format before continuing 5 Configure VMware Tools vmware config tools pl Respond to the questions the installer displays on the screen Press Enter to accept the default value 6 Log off of the root account exit 7 Start X and your graphical environment 8 In an X terminal launch the VMware Tools background application vmware toolbox amp Note You may run VMware Tools as root or as a normal user To shrink virtual disks you must run VMware Tools as root su Starting VMware Tools Automatically You may find it helpful to configure your guest operating system so VMware Tools starts when you start your X server The steps for doing so vary depending on your Linux distribution and your desktop environment Check your operating system documentation for the appropriate steps to take For example in a Red Hat Linux 7 1 guest using GNOME follow these steps 1 Open the Startup Programs panel in the GNOME Control Center Main Menu click the foot icon in the lower left corner of the screen gt Programs gt Settings gt Session gt Startup Programs 2 Click Add 3 Inthe Startup Command field enter vmware toolbox 4 Click OK click OK again then close the GNOME Control Center The next time you start X VMware Tools starts automatically 125 VMware Workstation 5 User s Ma
331. nd same position relative to the location of the virtual machine If for some reason you are not moving a file make sure you do not have any paths pointing to that file Use the virtual machine settings editor and check to see if your virtual machine is pointing to the correct location for files you do not move In the virtual machine settings editor select each device and be sure that any devices with associated files are pointed to the correct files Also check the Options tab to be sure the location for the redo log file is correct Note If you have taken a snapshot of the virtual machine be sure to move all files in the virtual machine s directory 3 Start VMware Workstation and open the virtual machine you just moved Choose File gt Open then browse to the virtual machine s configuration vmx file See What Files Make Up a Virtual Machine on page 96 for a description of the files that you are moving 175 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Moving a VMware Workstation 4 Virtual Machine Note This section discusses virtual machines created with Workstation 4 However the discussion applies equally to virtual machines created with all these VMware products e Workstation 4 x e GSX Server 3 x e ESX Server 2 x e VMware ACE 1 x 1 0 x See Legacy Virtual Disks on page 246 for more information on virtual machine formats from older VMware products If you want to move a virtual machine created with Workstation 4
332. nd vmnet2 If the VMnet interfaces do not show up immediately wait for a minute then run the command again These four interfaces should have different IP address on separate subnets Setting Up the Virtual Machines Now you have two host only network adapters on the host computer Each is connected to its own virtual switch VMnet1 and VMnet2 You are ready to create and configure your virtual machines and connect them to the appropriate virtual switches Virtual Machine 1 Connected to the Default Host only Interface Ie Create the virtual machine using the New Virtual Machine Wizard or use an existing virtual machine Launch VMware Workstation and open the virtual machine Edit the configuration using the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings Select Network Adapter and choose Host only VMnet1 from the drop down list on the right If no network adapter is shown in the list of devices click Add then use the Add Hardware Wizard to add an adapter 341 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 342 Virtual Machine 2 Connected to the Newly Created Host Only Interface 1 Create the virtual machine using the New Virtual Machine Wizard or use an existing virtual machine 2 Launch VMware Workstation and open the virtual machine 3 Edit the configuration using the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings Select Network Adapter and choose Custom VMnet2 from the drop down list on the right If no netwo
333. ndows 95 Select the Physical Machine profile when prompted Repeat steps 19 through 21 and uncheck Virtual Machine leaving Physical Machine checked 231 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Setting Up the SVGA Video Driver for Use with a Windows 98 Guest Operating System Booted from a Raw Disk This section explains how to configure the video driver in a Windows 98 raw disk installation using VMware Workstation The steps below assume you are using Windows 98 as one of the operating systems in a dual boot or multiple boot configuration Following these steps you create separate hardware profiles for your virtual machine and your physical machine For more details on hardware profiles see Setting Up Hardware Profiles in Virtual Machines on page 225 1 Boot Windows 98 natively not in a virtual machine 2 Right click the My Computer icon on the desktop then select Properties 3 Click the Hardware Profiles tab 4 Highlight the Original Configuration profile then click Copy 5 Name the profile Virtual Machine then click OK You may also want to rename the Original Configuration profile to Physical Machine 6 Click OK to close the System Properties dialog box 7 Shut down Windows 98 and reboot the system 8 Boot into your host operating system Linux Windows NT Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 9 Select Virtual Machine from the list of profiles when prompted 10 Windows 98 auto detects the virtua
334. ne Click the name of a virtual machine in the Favorites list or click the tab of a virtual machine in the summary window 2 Open the Clone Virtual Machine Wizard VM gt Clone and click Next Clone Virtual Machine Wizard Welcome to the Clone Virtual Machine Wizard This wizard will help you create a copy of this virtual machine jal m 270 Twat CHAPTER 10 Cloning a Virtual Machine 3 Select the state of the parent from which you want to create a clone and click Next Clone Virtual Machine Wizard Clone Source Which state do you want to create a clone from Clone source lone from the current state will create a new snapshot From snapshot Snapshot 1 v Description You can choose to create a clone from either of two states e From the parent s current state Workstation creates a snapshot of the virtual machine before cloning it e From any snapshot of the parent select the snapshot name from a drop down menu of existing snapshots 4 Select the type of clone you want to create and click Next Clone Virtual Machine Wizard Clone Type How do you want to clone this virtual machine Clone method lone Ali is a reference to the original virtual machine and requires less disk space to store However it cannot run without access to the original virtual machine Create a full clone full clone is a complete copy of the original virtual machine at its current state This virtual ma
335. ne 1 Open the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings click the Options tab and select Guest isolation 2 Select Disable drag and drop to and from this virtual machine to disable the feature Deselect it to enable the feature 163 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Using Devices in a Virtual Machine Follow the guidelines in this section to add remove configure connect and disconnect your virtual machine s devices Adding Configuring and Removing Devices in a Virtual Machine In the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings you can add and remove devices for a virtual machine and change device settings Virtual Machine Settings Hardware Options Device Summary Device status Memory 256 MB G2 Hard Disk IDE 0 0 Qs c ROM IDE 1 0 Auto detect Floppy Using drive A Ethernet Bridged Bridged Connected directly to the physical network Quse Controller Present O NAT Used to share the host s IP address Audio Default adapter Lonnec J Connect at power on Network connection O Host only A private network shared with the host Custom Specific virtual network Cancel Help To add a new device to a virtual machine open the virtual machine settings editor click Add and follow the instructions in the Add New Hardware Wizard Click OK to save your changes and close the virtual machine settings editor To change settings for a device open the virtual machin
336. ne The SCSI Generic driver sets up a mapping for each SCSI device in dev Each entry starts with sg for the SCSI Generic driver followed by a letter For example dev sga is the first generic SCSI device Each entry corresponds to a SCSI device in the order specified in proc scsi scsi from the lowest device ID on the lowest adapter to the highest device ID on the lowest adapter and so on to the highest device ID on the highest adapter Do not enter dev sto0 or dev scdo Note When setting up a generic SCSI device in the virtual machine settings editor as described later in this section you specify the device you wish to install in the virtual machine by typing its dev sg entry in the Connection field You must be logged on as a user who has permissions to use the device Requirements Generic SCSI requires version 2 1 36 of the SCSI Generic sg o driver which comes with kernel 2 2 14 and higher 404 www vmMware comM Avoiding Concurrent Access to a Generic SCSI Device Under Linux some devices specifically tape drives disk drives and CD ROM drives already have a designated dev entry traditionally st sd and scad respectively When the SCSI Generic driver is installed Linux also identifies these devices with corresponding sg entries in dev in addition to their traditional entries VMware Workstation ensures that multiple programs are not using the same dev sg entry at the same time but cannot always ensure
337. ne and the parent virtual machine For example place the parent in a shared directory or on a network file server so Workstation can use the linked clone from any host computer with network access See Moving and Sharing Virtual Machines on page 169 for a discussion of moving virtual machines Example Using a Linked Clone on a Disconnected Laptop If you put a linked clone on a laptop and the parent remains on another machine the clone can be used only when the laptop connects to the network or drive where the parent is stored If you want to use a cloned virtual machine on a disconnected laptop you must use a full clone or you must move the parent virtual machine to the laptop 274 www vmMware com CHAPTER 10 Cloning a Virtual Machine Protecting the Parent of Linked Clones To prevent anyone from deleting the parent virtual machine for a linked clone you can designate the parent as a template The two parts of the process are discussed in the following sections e Enabling Template Mode for the Parent on page 275 e Creating a Linked Clone From a Template on page 276 Enabling Template Mode for the Parent You can avoid inadvertently deleting the parent of linked clones by designating the parent virtual machine as a template To designate a virtual machine as a template enable template mode in the virtual machine settings editor 1 Select the virtual machine 2 Choose VM gt Settings 3 Select Options 4 Click Advanced
338. neric SCSI Device to a Virtual Machine You can add generic SCSI devices to your virtual machine in the virtual machine settings editor When you set up a generic SCSI device the virtual machine must be powered off 1 If it is not already running launch VMware Workstation Start gt Programs gt VMware gt VMware Workstation 2 Open the virtual machine in which you want to use the generic SCSI device Make sure the virtual machine is powered off 3 From the VMware Workstation window choose VM gt Settings The virtual machine settings editor opens 4 Click Add to start the Add Hardware Wizard Click Next 5 Select Generic SCSI Device then click Next 403 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 6 Choose the name of the physical device you want to use Then choose the virtual device node where you want this device to appear in the virtual machine A check box under Device status allows you to specify whether the device should be connected each time the virtual machine is powered on 7 Click Finish to install the new device 8 Click OK to save the configuration and close the virtual machine settings editor To remove this device launch the virtual machine settings editor select the generic SCSI device then click Remove Generic SCSI on a Linux Host Operating System Using the SCSI Generic driver in Linux VMware Workstation allows your guest operating system to operate generic SCSI devices within a virtual machi
339. nes on page 143 for a description e Reset see Resetting a Virtual Machine on page 145 for a description This command resets the active virtual machine just as pressing the hardware reset button resets a physical PC Caution If a virtual machine is writing to disk when it receives a reset Command data may be corrupted See Resetting a Virtual Machine on page 145 for more information e Shut Down Guest This command sends a shut down signal to the guest operating system Some guest operating systems do not respond to this command e Restart Guest This command sends a restart signal to the guest operating system Some guest operating systems do not respond to this command e Suspend after running script This command prompts you for a script to execute before suspending the guest operating system See Command Line Reference on page 91 for information about scripts e Resume and run script This command prompts you for a script to execute after resuming the guest operating system See Command Line Reference on page 91 for information about scripts e Power on and run script This command prompts you for a script to execute after powering on the guest operating system See Command Line Reference on page 91 for information about scripts 291 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Working with Team Networks One of the special advantages of teams is the ability to isolate virtual machines in private virtual networ
340. network editor to disable any unwanted adapters 1 Choose Edit gt Virtual Network Settings 2 Click Host Virtual Adapters Virtual Network Editor Summary Automatic Bridging Host Virtual Network Mapping Host Virtual Adapters DHCP NAT The list below shows which virtual networks have host virtual adapters virtual Ethernet adapters that allow the host computer to connect to the network Network Adapter Virtual Network Status VMware Network Adapter Mnet1 BP VMware Network Adapter VMnet8 VMnet8 Enabled 3 Select the adapter you want to disable 4 Click Disable 5 Click OK 323 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Enabling a Disabled Host Virtual Adapter on a Windows Host Follow these steps to enable a host virtual adapter on a Windows host 1 Go to Edit gt Virtual Network Settings gt Host Virtual Adapters 2 Select the disabled adapter you want to enable 3 Click Enable 4 Click OK Adding a Host Virtual Adapter on a Windows Host Follow these steps to add a host virtual adapter on a Windows host 1 Go to Edit gt Virtual Network Settings gt Host Virtual Adapters 2 Click Add new adapter 3 Choose the virtual network on which you want to use the adapter and click OK 4 Click Apply or OK e Click Apply to enable the adapter without closing the window allowing further configuration changes e Click OK to close the virtual network editor Removing a Host Virtual Adapter on a
341. new branch automatically so other snapshots continue to be available See Using Snapshots on page 251 Teams Teams functionality makes it easier to manage connected virtual machines and simulate real world multitier configurations A team is your designated group of virtual machines and the private networks that connect them Teams allow you to configure power operations such as powering on and off and suspending or resuming virtual machines in the exact sequence you desire You determine network characteristics between the virtual machines in a team including network bandwidth and packet loss percentages The console view displays active thumbnails of all the virtual machines in a team allowing you to easily identify and switch between any of the virtual machines on your team See Configuring Teams on page 277 Clones Clones simplify the process of copying a virtual machine Clones facilitate collaborative testing and debugging and let colleagues share virtual machines more easily You can duplicate a virtual machine as a linked clone or a full clone e Linked clones make it easy to set up a library of baseline virtual machines on a shared drive to be accessed and shared by you and others without using unnecessary disk space on local machines e A full clone a complete copy is also available when you need an identical virtual machine without the need to locate files within the host file system or to tediously install
342. nfigured as a generic SCSI device To add an IDE or SCSI CD ROM drive see Adding Configuring and Removing Devices in a Virtual Machine on page 164 For information about generic SCSI see Connecting to a Generic SCSI Device on page 402 Installing VMware Tools in a Windows Guest Operating System 1 Power on the virtual machine 2 When the guest operating system starts select VM gt Install VMware Tools The remaining steps take place inside the virtual machine Note You must log on to a Windows NT Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 or Longhorn guest operating system as an administrator in order to install VMware Tools Any user can install VMware Tools in a Windows 95 Windows 98 or Windows Me guest operating system 3 Ifyou have autorun enabled in your guest operating system the default setting for Windows operating systems a dialog box appears after a few seconds It asks if you want to install VMware Tools Click Yes to launch the InstallShield wizard If autorun is not enabled the dialog box does not appear automatically If it doesn t appear run the VMware Tools installer Click Start gt Run and enter D setup setup exe where D is your first virtual CD ROM drive 4 Follow the on screen instructions e On Windows Server 2003 Windows Me Windows 98 SE and Windows 98 guests the SVGA driver is installed automatically and the guest operating system uses it after it reboots e With Windows 2000 and Window
343. ng is useful if you have many background processes or applications and you do not care if they run with fairly low relative priority while VMware Workstation is in the foreground In return you get a very noticeable performance boost using a VMware Workstation virtual machine while another virtual machine is running or while some other processor intensive task a compile for example is running in the background The reverse is true of the grabbed NORMAL ungrabbed LOW setting If your host machine feels too sluggish when a virtual machine is running in the background you can direct the virtual machine to drop its priority when it does not have control of the mouse and keyboard As with the high setting this is a heavy handed change of priority so the virtual machine and any background applications run much more slowly Windows Host Disk Caching On Windows Host the Disk Properties Policies page associated with each hard drive provides a checkbox concerning enabling write caching on the disk and in some cases enabling advanced performance on the disk Checking one or both of these boxes can improve host disk performance in general and checking them for the host disks containing VMware virtual disk files can improve VMware disk performance in particular especially when VMware is making heavy use of the disk Caution Power outage or equipment failure could result in data loss or corruption with this option enabled 41 4 WWW VMware co
344. ng its name in this list clicking Properties and enabling the folder in the Properties dialog box e Read only Select this option to prevent the virtual machine from changing the contents of the shared folder in the host file system Access to files in the shared folder is also governed by permission settings on the host computer e Disable after this session Select this option to disable the virtual machine s connection to the folder when the virtual machine is powered off or suspended Leave this box unchecked to specify that the folder is always enabled 7 Click Finish 159 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Adding a Shared Folder on a Linux Host To add a shared folder on a Windows host seeAdding a Shared Folder on a Windows Host on page 158 1 Choose VM gt Settings 2 Select Options 3 Click Shared Folders 4 Click Add to open the Shared Folder Properties dialog box c Host Folder DOO Browse Additional Attributes Enable this share Read only I Disable after this session Disable the share the next time the virtual machine is powered off or suspended a Help Cancel OK l 5 Enter the following information for the shared folder e Name This is the name that appears inside the virtual machine e Host folder The path on the host to the directory you want to share Type in the full path or browse to the directory e Enable this share Select th
345. ng system If you need to use such a combination www vmware com 78 CHAPTER 4 Learning VMware Workstation Basics for example use Ctrl Alt lt Fkey gt to switch between Linux workspaces in a virtual machine press Ctrl Alt Space release Space without releasing Ctrl and Alt then press the third key of the key combination you want to send to the guest Using this dialog box you can also construct your own custom hot key combination Display Preferences l Workspace Input Hot Keys Display Memory Priority Lockout Autofit C Autofit window When the virtual machine display settings change resize the application window to match C Autofit quest When the application window is resized change the virtual machine display settings to match Full Screen Resize host Change the host display settings to match the virtual machine O Resize guest Resize the virtual machine screen to match the current host resolution O Dont resize Don t modify the display settings of the host or of the virtual machine The Display tab lets you adjust the manner in which the console and the host display accommodate a different guest operating system display resolution Autofit Use Autofit preferences to control how the console window behaves when Autofit is active e Select Autofit window to have Workstation change the console window size to match the guest operating system screen resolutio
346. ng system already is configured to use the physical hardware devices In order to boot such a preinstalled operating system in a virtual machine you need to create separate hardware profiles in order to simplify the boot process Microsoft Windows operating systems beginning with Windows 95 and Windows NT 4 0 allow you to create hardware profiles Each hardware profile is associated with a set of known devices If more than one hardware profile exists the system prompts the user to choose between different hardware profiles at boot time 226 wares CHAPTER 8 Using Disks Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows Me Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 use Plug and Play at boot time to confirm that the actual devices match the chosen hardware profile Mismatches lead to the automatic detection of new devices Although this operation succeeds it can be fairly slow Windows NT does not have Plug and Play support and uses the hardware profiles to initialize its devices Mismatches lead to errors reported by the device drivers and the devices are disabled In order to set up hardware profiles for your physical and virtual machines follow these steps 1 Before running VMware Workstation to boot an operating system previously installed on a disk partition boot the operating system natively and create two hardware profiles which you can call Physical Machine and Virtual Machine To do this open Control Panel gt System then click th
347. nt and testing by letting users create multiple development and testing environments as virtual machines on a single PC Developers can create a library of virtual machines and use them to easily develop and test applications on multiple operating systems or to quickly create and test real world multi tier configurations or virtual networks Developers can also use the multiple snapshot capabilities of Workstation to capture and manage point in time configurations to facilitate debugging and give a developer the ability to easily revert back to stable configurations should an error occur during testing VMware Workstation enables developers to reduce configuration and set up time and instead focus on development and testing Enhance productivity of enterprise IT professionals VMware Workstation allows system administrators system engineers and other enterprise IT professionals to create and test multiple computing environments as virtual machines on a single PC prior to deploying these environments on physical PCs or servers in a production environment This dramatically reduces hardware costs and the time and risk associated with IT tasks such as deploying new applications application updates and operating system patches Additionally IT help desk departments can create a virtual library of corporate desktop and server configurations that they can quickly access and manipulate and then undo if necessary thereby improving their r
348. nted under Linux Since the virtual machine and guest operating system access an existing partition while the host continues to run Linux it is critical that the virtual machine not be allowed to modify any partition mounted under Linux or in use by another virtual machine To safeguard against this problem be sure the partition you use in the virtual machine is not mounted under the Linux host 9 Complete the remaining steps in the wizard 10 If you have multiple IDE drives configured on a system the VMware BIOS normally attempts to boot them in this sequence a Primary master b Primary slave c Secondary master d Secondary slave If you have multiple SCSI drives configured on a system the VMware BIOS normally attempts to boot them in the order of the SCSI device number If you have both SCSI and IDE drives configured the VMware BIOS normally attempts to boot SCSI drives followed by IDE drives in the order described above You can change the boot sequence using the Boot menu of the virtual machine s Phoenix BIOS To enter the BIOS setup utility power on the virtual machine and press F2 as the virtual machine begins to boot 11 Power on the virtual machine Click the Power On button The virtual machine starts runs the Phoenix BIOS then boots from the master boot record MBR Choose the target operating system from the list of options offered by the boot manager 224 www vmMware comM CHAPTER 8 Using Disks 1
349. ntroller channel 1 at IDE 1 0 You can enable the DMA feature after you finish installing Windows NT You must install Service Pack 6a Download DMACHECK EXE from the Microsoft Web site support microsoft com support kb articles Q191 7 74 ASP and run it Click the Enabled option for the IDE controller and channel configured for the virtual disk Typically this is channel 0 only unless you have the virtual machine configured with multiple virtual disks and no virtual DVD CD ROM drive As noted above you should not enable DMA on an IDE channel with a virtual DVD CD ROM drive attached Linux Guest Operating System Performance Tips This section offers advice for configuring a Linux guest operating system for better performance inside a VMware Workstation virtual machine Note This document pertains to the guest operating system that is running inside a VMware Workstation virtual machine It does not describe actions that should be taken on Linux running on the host Guest Operating System Selection Make certain you have selected the correct guest operating system in the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings gt Options VMware Tools Make certain VMware Tools is installed VMware Tools provides an optimized SVGA driver and sets up the VMware Tools service to run automatically when the system 427 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual starts Among other things the VMware Tools service allows you to synchronize t
350. nual Uninstalling VMware Tools To remove VMware Tools from your Linux guest operating system log on as root su and enter the following command e From a tar install vmware uninstall tools pl e From an RPM install rpm e VMwareTools 126 a ooe CHAPTER 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine VMware Tools for FreeBSD Guests 1 Power on the virtual machine 2 Select VM gt Install VMware Tools The remaining steps take place inside the virtual machine not on the host computer 3 Be sure the guest operating system is running in text mode You cannot install VMware Tools while X is running 4 Asroot su mount the VMware Tools virtual CD ROM image change to a working directory for example tmp uncompress the installer then unmount the CD ROM image Note You do not use an actual CD ROM to install VMware Tools nor do you need to download the CD ROM image or burn a physical CD ROM of this image file The VMware Workstation software contains an ISO image that looks like a CD ROM to your guest operating system This image contains all the files needed to install VMware Tools in your guest operating system Note Some FreeBSD distributions automatically mount CD ROMs If your distribution uses automounting do not use the mount and umount commands below You still must untar the VMware Tools installer to tmp mount cdrom cd tmp Untar the VMware Tools tar file tar zxf cdrom vmware freebsd tools tar gz umount cdr
351. o view all your virtual machines on a large team The thumbnails are displayed in the same order as the team s start up sequence starting on the left with the first virtual machine in the sequence Workstation updates thumbnails in real time to display the actual content of the virtual machine screens The active virtual machine the one appearing in the lower pane of the console is represented by the VMware icon Workstation menus and commands directly affect only the active virtual machine and you can use the mouse and keyboard to interact directly with the active virtual machine Changing the Active Virtual Machine Click a thumbnail of a virtual machine to make the virtual machine active The virtual machine you clicked appears in the lower pane of the console and its thumbnail becomes the VMware icon Using Full Screen with Teams In full screen mode Workstation displays only the active virtual machine See Using Full Screen Mode on page 150 297 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Editing Team Settings To review or change team properties choose Team gt Settings You can configure the virtual machines in the team review the team LAN segments or rename the team using the following tabs e Connections e Virtual Machines e LAN Segments e Options Connections To review and configure network connections 1 Choose Team gt Settings 2 Click Connections Team Settings Connections Virtual Machines
352. o modify a partition that is simultaneously mounted under the Linux host operating system Since the virtual machine and guest operating system access an existing partition while the host continues to run Linux it is critical that the virtual machine not be allowed to modify any partition mounted by the host or in use by another virtual machine To safeguard against this problem be sure the partition you use for the virtual machine is not mounted under the Linux host At this point you are ready to begin installing the guest operating system on the physical disk you configured for the virtual machine For more details read the installation notes for various guest operating systems in the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide available from the VMware Web site or from the Help menu CHAPTER 8 Using Disks 245 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Legacy Virtual Disks VMware Workstation 5 introduces features that were not available in previously released VMware products See What s New in Version 5 on page 19 for a list of these features Workstation 5 achieves its new functionality by using a new virtual machine format a format that is not compatible with the legacy disk format used by these VMware applications e Workstation 4 x e GSX Server 3 x e ESX Server 2 x e VMware ACE 1 x VMware Workstation 5 does work with legacy virtual disks allowing easy integration into environments using these other VMware products
353. oblems Preparing a Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 Guest Operating System to Use SCSI Devices To use SCSI devices in a Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 virtual machine you need a special SCSI driver available from the download section of the VMware Web site www vmware com download Follow the instructions on the Web site to install the driver 402 www vmMware com CHAPTER 14 Connecting Devices Preparing a Windows NT 4 0 Guest Operating System to Use SCSI Devices Generic SCSI devices use the virtual Mylex BusLogic BT KT 958 compatible host bus adapter provided by the virtual machine Some guest operating systems guide you through installing the drivers after you install the first SCSI device in the virtual machine On Windows NT 4 0 however you may need to install the driver manually if it is not already installed for a virtual SCSI disk You should do so before you add a generic SCSI device To install the BusLogic driver in a Windows NT 4 0 guest have your Windows NT installation CD available and follow these steps 1 Open the SCSI Adapters control panel Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt SCSI Adapters Click the Drivers tab Click Add In the list of vendors on the left select BusLogic pil ae wee In the list of drivers on the right select BusLogic MultiMaster PCI SCSI Host Adapters 6 Click OK 7 Insert the Windows NT CD when you are prompted Click OK 8 Reboot when you are prompted Adding a Ge
354. ocuments My Virtual Machines Windows Me Windows Me vmx Be sure to enclose the entire command string in quotation marks Note The configuration file has a vmx extension by default 92 www vmMware com Command Line Application CHAPTER 4 Learning VMware Workstation Basics VMware Workstation includes a separate application vmrun for operating teams or virtual machines from the command line To launch the vmrun application from the command prompt enter vmrun COMMAND OPTION Valid vmrun commands and options are described in the following table Cn Start a virtual machine Stop a virtual machine or team Reset a virtual machine or team suspend Suspend a virtual machine or team upgradevm Upgrade a virtual machine to the current Workstation version Path to vmx file Path to vmx file virtual machine or Path to vmtm file team Path to vmx file virtual machine or Path to vmtm file team Path to vmx file virtual machine or Path to vmtm file team Path to vmx file 93 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Note Before running this command on a Windows host you must do one of the following e Change your working directory to the VMware Workstation directory The default location is c Program Files VMware VMware Workstation e Add the VMware Workstation directory to the system path On Windows 2000 and XP this setting is changed from Control Panels gt
355. ode gt lt v scan code gt If using key code mapping map key code lt code gt to lt v scan code In this example lt code gt must be a decimal number and lt v scan code gt should be a C syntax hexadecimal number for example 0x001 The easiest way to find the X key code for a key is to run xev orxmodmap pk Most of the v scan codes are covered in V Scan Code Table on page 393 The keysym mapping tables described in this section are also helpful Use this feature to make small modifications to the mapping For example to swap left Ctrl and Caps Lock use the following lines xkeymap keycode 64 xkeymap keycode 37 OxOld X Caps Lock gt VM left ctrl 0x03a X Control L gt VM caps lock These configuration lines can be added to the individual virtual machine configuration to your personal VMware Workstation configuration vmware config or even to the host wide etc vmware config or installation wide usually usr local 1lib vmware config configuration When key code mapping cannot be used or is disabled VMware Workstation maps keysyms to v scan codes It does this using one of the tables in the xkeymap directory in the VMware Workstation installation usually usr local lib vmware Which table you should use depends on the keyboard layout The normal distribution includes tables for PC keyboards for the United States and a number of European countries and languages And for most of these there are
356. odify virtual disk files from the command line or within scripts One key feature is the ability to enlarge a virtual disk so its maximum capacity is larger than it was when you created it This way if you find you need more disk space in a given virtual machine but you do not want to add another virtual disk or use ghosting software to transfer the data on a virtual disk to a larger virtual disk you can instead change the maximum size of the virtual disk This is something you cannot do with physical hard drives Another feature allows you to change disk types When you create a virtual machine you specify how disk space is allocated You select one of the following e All space for the virtual disk is allocated in advance This corresponds to what the virtual disk manager calls the preallocated disk type e Space allocated for the virtual disk begins small and grows as needed This corresponds to what the virtual disk manager calls the growable disk type With virtual disk manager you can change whether the virtual disk type is preallocated or growable and whether the virtual disk is stored in a single file or split into 2GB files For example you may have allocated all the disk space for a virtual disk then find that you need to reclaim some hard disk space on the host You can convert the preallocated virtual disk into a growable disk then remove the original virtual disk file The new virtual disk is large enough to contain all the data
357. of IP addresses provided by the VMware Workstation DHCP server on a particular virtual network Settings VMnet host Subnet Netmask Start IP address 168 198 128 End IP address 192 168 198 254 Broadcast address Lease duration for DHCP clients Days Default lease time o Max lease time a a i o You can also use this dialog box to set the duration of DHCP leases provided to clients on the virtual network 3 Click OK to save your changes and close the virtual network editor www vmware comM CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network Enabling Disabling Adding and Removing Host Virtual Adapters When you install VMware Workstation two network adapters are added to the configuration of your host operating system one that allows the host to connect to the host only network and one that allows the host to connect to the NAT network If you are not using a virtual network adapter you may wish to remove it On a Windows host you can also choose to disable an adapter The presence of virtual network adapters has a slight performance cost because broadcast packets must go to the extra adapters On Windows networks browsing your network may be slower than usual And in some cases these adapters interact with the host computer s networking configuration in undesirable ways Disabling a Host Virtual Adapter on a Windows Host Use the virtual
358. olute pointing device in the guest Applications which require DirectInput relative mode need to turn off the absolute pointing device in the guest In practice this is only required for a certain class of full screen 3 D applications for example real time games like first person shooters Note If you set the vmmouse present option you should also turn off the preference for motion ungrabbing in the Input tab of the Preferences settings dialog To turn off ungrabbing for vmouse present a Choose Edit gt Preferences b Click Input c Deselect Ungrab when cursor leaves window 366 a ooe CHAPTER 13 Configuring Video and Sound Enabling Accelerated 3 D for a Guest Operating System To enable the guest operating system for accelerated 3 D 1 2 4 Power on the virtual machine Install VMware Tools Note It is critical for stability that you install the version of VMware Tools that matches the version of VMware Workstation you are running Install DirectX 9 0c End User Runtime This download is available from Microsoft at www microsoft com downloads search aspx displaylang en amp categoryid 2 Install and run your 3 D applications Known Issues Common problems for Direct3 D experimental support include the following Switching tabs in the VMware Workstation console does not work while 3 D applications are running Switching between full screen and windowed mode does not work while 3 D applications are running
359. om 5 Run the VMware Tools installer Using the tar installer cd vmware tools distrib vmware install pl 6 Log out of the root account exit 7 Start X and your graphical environment 8 In an X terminal launch the VMware Tools background application vmware toolbox amp Note You may run VMware Tools as root or as a normal user To shrink virtual disks you must run VMware Tools as root su 127 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Note In a FreeBSD 4 5 guest operating system sometimes VMware Tools does not start after you install VMware Tools reboot the guest operating system or start VMware Tools on the command line in the guest An error message appears Shared object libc so 3 not found The required library was not installed This does not happen with full installations of FreeBSD 4 5 but does occur for minimal installations To fix the problem of the missing library take the following steps 1 Insert and mount the FreeBSD 4 5 installation CD or access the ISO image file 2 Change directories and run the installation script cd cdrom compat3x install sh 128 a ooe CHAPTER 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine Installing VMware Tools in a NetWare Virtual Machine 1 Power on the virtual machine 2 Select VM gt Install VMware Tools The remaining steps take place inside the virtual machine 3 Load the CD ROM driver so the CD ROM device mounts the ISO image as a volume Do one of the following
360. om library en us winui WinUl Windows Userlnterface UserInput VirtualkeyCodes asp 439 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual The hot key entries also include modifier keys The modifier keys are Ctrl Alt and Shift or a combination of those keys Ctrl Alt 0x3 Alt Shift 0x5 Ctrl Shift 0x6 Ctrl Alt Shift When listing a key plus a modifier type the virtual key code for the key followed by a comma then type the value for the modifier key or keys For example the value entry for Ctrl Shift F1 is 0x70 0x6 Note Keep the following limitations in mind when defining cycle keys and switch keys e Do not use the Pause key with the Ctrl key You may use the Pause key with other modifier keys e lf you use F12 you must use one or more modifier keys You cannot use F12 alone e You cannot use combinations that include only the Shift Ctrl and Alt keys These keys may be used only as modifiers in combination with some other key Hot Key for Cycling Through Virtual Machines and the Host Computer You can specify a hot key or hot key combination for cycling through the available virtual machines on a host computer Each time you press the specified hot key the screen displays the next virtual machine in order You may also include the host operating system in the cycle If any particular virtual machine is not running it is skipped If only one virtual machine is running and the host operating system is not included in the cycle
361. on 5 on a Windows Host on page 43 Installing VMware Workstation 5 on a Linux Host on page 44 e Before Installing on a Linux Host on page 45 e Installing Workstation on a Linux Host on page 45 e Configuring with vmware config pl on page 48 e Web Browser Required on page 48 e Uninstalling VMware Workstation 5 on a Linux Host on page 49 35 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Selecting Your Host System VMware Workstation is available for both Windows and Linux host computers The installation files for both host platforms are included on the same CD ROM Your serial number allows you to use VMware Workstation only on the host operating system for which you licensed the software If you have a serial number for a Windows host you cannot run the software on a Linux host and vice versa To use VMware Workstation on a different host operating system for example to use it on a Linux host if you have licensed the software for a Windows host purchase a license on the VMware Web site You may also get an evaluation license at no charge for a 30 day evaluation of the software For more information see www vmware com download e To install on a supported Windows host computer see Installing VMware Workstation 5 on a Windows Host on page 37 e To install on a Linux host computer see Installing VMware Workstation 5 on a Linux Host on page 44 Upgrading from Previous Versions If you are upgrading from a previous version of VMw
362. on list Click OK then reboot Windows 98 when prompted Boot into Windows 98 natively and verify the display settings You should be able to use the display driver that you installed natively before starting this procedure 233 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Do Not Use Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 Dynamic Disks as Raw Disks Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 support a disk type called a dynamic disk Dynamic disks use a proprietary Microsoft format for recording partition information This format is not publicly documented and thus is not supported for use in raw disk configurations under VMware Workstation Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 also support the older type of partition table Disks that use this type of partition table are called basic disks You can use the disk management tool to check the type of disk used on your Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 host and if it is a dynamic disk change it to basic Caution If you change a dynamic disk to a basic disk you lose all data on the disk Use this procedure to convert a dynamic disk to a basic disk 1 Open the disk management tool Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt Administrative Tools gt Computer Management gt Disk Management 2 Delete all logical volumes on the disk This destroys all data on the disk 3 Right click the disk icon and select Revert to Basic Disk 4 Create the par
363. on systems Enabling 3 D acceleration may cause the host or guest to crash causing you to lose data even if 3 D applications are not active Experimental support for Direct3D acceleration is described in the following sections e Audience for Direct3D Experimental Support on page 363 e Accelerated 3 D Limitations on page 364 e Enabling Accelerated 3 D on page 364 e Known Issues on page 367 e Helping VMware with Experimental Support on page 368 Audience for Direct3D Experimental Support Workstation provides this feature for advanced customers who want to explore an in progress implementation of 3 D acceleration Technical support for accelerated 3 D is not yet provided for Workstation However we encourage you to file a Support Request so we can evaluate problems you might experience with accelerated 3 D Please review Helping VMware with Experimental Support on page 368 before you file a support request 363 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Accelerated 3 D Limitations Experimental support for Direct3D applies only to Windows 2000 and Windows XP guests on hosts running Windows 2000 Windows XP or Linux Experimental support has the following limitations e Workstation accelerates DirectX 8 applications and DirectX 9 applications that use only the subset of DirectX 8 e Support for 3 D applications is not optimized for performance e OpenGL applications run in software emulation mode Not all aspects of 3 D accelerat
364. one Virtual Machine Wizard To prevent conflict with static IP addressing change the clone s static IP before the clone connects to the network Refer to Selecting IP Addresses on a Host only 273 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Network or NAT Configuration on page 327 for a discussion regarding static IP address configuration The Linked Clone Snapshot When you create a linked clone Workstation 5 creates a snapshot of the parent virtual machine This snapshot preserves the exact state of the virtual machine when you create the clone Caution You cannot delete this snapshot without destroying the linked clone It is safe to delete this snapshot if you have deleted the clone depending on it The snapshot manager allows you to rename any snapshot If you rename a snapshot for a cloned virtual machine you may want to use the Description field to aid you in future identification Refer to The Snapshot Manager on page 258 for more information on renaming snapshots Linked Clones and Access to the Parent Virtual Machine You cannot power on or resume a linked clone if Workstation fails to locate the parent virtual machine This section discusses the following topics e Moving aLinked Clone on page 274 e Protecting the Parent of Linked Clones on page 275 Moving a Linked Clone You can move a linked clone or its parent within a file system or network but you must ensure VMware Workstation can continue to access the clo
365. onsole View VMware Workstation displays three views in the main part of the window e Displaying the Home Page e Displaying the Summary View e Displaying the Console View Displaying the Home Page In the Workstation window select the Home tab to display the Workstation home page Use the icons on the home page to start creating a new virtual machine or open an existing virtual machine To close the home page click the X to the right of the tabs on a Windows host or the X on the tab on a Linux host To display the home page again choose View gt Go to Home Tab Displaying the Summary View When you select a tab for a powered off virtual machine or team Workstation displays a summary of the configuration information about that item Workstation also displays a summary for a suspended virtual machine or team BN Windows 98 VMware Workstation File Edit View VM Team Windows Help mju gt 6 GAR Gaps Favorites x LU ed ee Py Ta lS Pelee E Windows 98 Birao noan amy Ln eg B Teams i j amp 2T Client Server Windows pe 3 3T Client Server DB Linux VMs 2 Mandrake Linux 2 RHEL3 clean install E RHEL3 gold i SUSE Linux B Windows VMs a ED WinXP template Commands Devices GD P VPNI D Start this virtual machine B memory 256 MB Ci xP veN2 ff Edit virtual nfachine settings 2 Hard Disk IDE 0 0 ycp Rom IDE 0 1 Using drive F 5cd ROM 2 IDE 1 0 Using drive E Floppy Using drive A GB Ethernet Bridged Quse Controller Presen
366. oose whether you want the virtual disk to be an IDE disk or a SCSI disk vi Be ow N Set the capacity for the new virtual disk If you wish select Allocate all disk space now Allocating all the space at the time you create the virtual disk gives somewhat better performance but it requires as much disk space as the size you specify for the virtual disk If you do not select this option the virtual disk s files start small and grow as needed but they can never grow larger than the size you set here You can set a size between 0 1GB and 950GB for a virtual disk The default is 4GB You may also specify whether you want the virtual disk created as one large file or split into a set of 2GB files You should split your virtual disk if it is stored on a file system that does not support files larger than 2GB 6 Accept the default filename and location for the virtual disk file or change it if you want to use a different name or location To find a different folder click Browse If you want to specify a device node for your virtual disk click Advanced On the advanced settings screen you can also specify a disk mode This is useful in certain special purpose configurations in which you want to exclude disks from snapshots For more information on the snapshot feature see Using Snapshots on page 251 198 Tricor R CHAPTER 8 Using Disks Normal disks are included in snapshots In most cases this is the setting you want
367. original virtual machine Installing a guest operating system and applications can be time consuming By cloning a virtual machine you can easily deploy many copies of a fully configured virtual machine without the need to install the same operating system and applications in each copy Clones may be linked or full e Afull clone is an independent copy of a virtual machine that shares nothing with the parent virtual machine after the cloning operation Ongoing operation of a full clone is entirely separate from the parent virtual machine e Alinked clone is a copy of a virtual machine that shares virtual disks with the parent virtual machine in an ongoing manner This conserves disk space and allows multiple virtual machines to use the same software installation The Clone Virtual Machine Wizard automatically copies everything required for a duplicate virtual machine You don t have to locate the original virtual machine files identify the files needed and copy them manually The Clone Virtual Machine Wizard automatically creates anew MAC address and other unique identifiers for the duplicate virtual machine Refer to Cloning a Virtual Machine on page 267 for more information regarding clones 147 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Deleting a Virtual Machine Workstation 5 includes commands to remove a virtual machine from the Favorites list or completely delete the virtual machine You do not need to manipulate files in the h
368. orkstation 5 For example you cannot take multiple snapshots Removing Version 3 or 4 to Install Version 5 There is a key precaution you should take when you remove VMware Workstation 3 or 4 or an earlier version of VMware Workstation 5 to install VMware Workstation 5 e Leave the existing license in place VMware Workstation installation procedures for your host may require that you run an uninstaller to remove a previous version e Ona Windows host the uninstaller may ask if it should remove licenses from your registry Do not allow the uninstaller to remove the licenses You can safely keep licenses for multiple VMware products on the computer at the same time e Ona Linux host the license remains in place You do not need to take any special action You may safely leave the license where it is The actual upgrade installation depends on your host operating system e Upgrading on a Windows Host on page 55 e Upgrading on a Linux Host on page 56 54 www vmMware com CHAPTER 3 Upgrading VMware Workstation Upgrading on a Windows Host e You may upgrade from Workstation 4 to version 5 using the VMware Workstation 5 upgrade product e To upgrade from version 3 to version 5 you must have the full VMware Workstation 5 product Upgrading from Version 4 or an Earlier Version 5 Release 1 Launch the Workstation 5 installer from your download directory or CDROM 2 Reboot your computer if you are prompted to do so 3 Allo
369. ost CPU and to allow applications on a virtual machine to launch before another team virtual machine attempts to connect The start up sequence applies to power on power off suspend and resume operations e Power on and resume operations for virtual machines occur in the order of the sequence shown in the team settings list e Power off and suspend operations for virtual machines occur in the reverse of the order shown in the team settings list To set the start up sequence for a team see Changing the Start Up Sequence for a Team on page 299 Understanding the Start Up Sequence Delay You can set a delay between the sequential start ups of virtual machines in a team This delay is useful to avoid overloading the CPU when multiple team virtual machines start You might also use this delay to ensure that a virtual machine functioning as a server completes its start up before client virtual machines start If your virtual machine team depends on precise start up timing you may need to experiment to determine how much time your host and guest operating environments and applications need to launch 295 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Working with the Team Console View The team console view shows each virtual machine in the team From the team console view you can select any team virtual machine to work with Displaying Teams VMware Workstation displays teams in a summary view or console view e The summary view is avail
370. ost file system to delete a virtual machine e Toremove a virtual machine or team name from the Favorites list right click the name and choose Remove from Favorites This choice does not affect the virtual machine itself all virtual machine and team files remain intact on the host computer file system e To delete a virtual machine from the host computer right click the name of the virtual machine in the Favorites list and select Delete from Disk or select the virtual machine and choose VM gt Delete from disk VMware Workstation allows you to delete a virtual machine even if it is a member of a team To delete a team itself see Closing a Team on page 284 www vmMware com 148 CHAPTER 6 Running VMware Workstation Using Virtual Machine Teams A team is a group of networked virtual machines that act together Power operations are applied to an entire team with startup order and delay time before startup fully configurable for each virtual machine on the team Teams are useful for multitier application development testing demonstration and deployment LAN segments allow you to create private virtual networks for performance testing and security The New Team Wizard guides you through creation of a new team Add virtual machines and LAN segments to deploy a completely private testing environment or one that interacts with your network as usual Refer to the Configuring Teams on page 277 for a complete description of teams
371. other computer of the same type Windows to Windows or Linux to Linux e You must place the virtual machine s other files including vmx and REDO on Windows vmx or cf g and REDO on Linux in the same relative location on the new computer In other words if the virtual machine s files reside in My Documents My Virtual Machines Windows Me on the original host computer you must place them in that same location on the new host computer e You cannot move the disk to a computer of a different type Windows to Linux or vice versa e You cannot move the disk to another directory on the current system If your disk file information does not contain a path it looks like this Windows Me vmdk If your disk entry resembles the one above just a filename with a vmdk extension you can move the disk and redo log anywhere you wish 183 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Sharing Virtual Machines with Other Users If other users access your virtual machines you should consider the following points e On Windows hosts the virtual machine files should be relocated to a directory that is accessible to all appropriate users The default location for a Windows host is not typically accessible to other users C Documents and Settings lt user name gt My Documents My Virtual Machines When you configure the virtual machine in the New Virtual Machine Wizard you can specify a location for the virtual machine elsewhere on your sys
372. ou agreed to install host only networking If you did not agree to use host only networking you need to run the program again to set up host only networking Setting Up the Second Host Only Interface Windows Host Follow these steps to set up the second host only interface on a Windows host 1 Go to Edit gt Virtual Network Settings gt Host Virtual Adapters 2 Click Add new adapter 3 Choose the virtual network on which you want to use the adapter and click OK 4 Click Apply 5 Click OK to close the virtual network editor 340 www vmMware comMm CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network Setting Up the Second Host Only Interface Linux Host I As root su run the VMware Workstation configuration program usr bin vmware config pl Use the wizard to modify your configuration After asking about a NAT network the program asks Do you want to be able to use host only networking in your virtual machines Answer Yes The wizard reports on host only networks that you have already set up on the host or if none is present configures the first host only network The wizard asks Do you wish to configure another host only network Answer Yes Repeat this step until you have as many host only networks as you want Then answer No Complete the wizard When it is finished it restarts all services used by VMware Workstation Run ifconfig You should see at least four network interfaces etho lo vmneti1 a
373. our guest operating system Check the following notes and make any necessary adjustments to the configuration of your host operating system vmware distrib If you have a previous tar installation delete the previous vmware distrib directory before installing from a tar file again The default location of this directory is tmp vmware distrib Clock The real time clock function must be compiled into your Linux kernel Parallel port VMware Workstation for Linux requires that the parallel port PC style hardware option CONFIG_PARPORT_PC be built and loaded as a kernel module that is it must be set to m when the kernel is compiled Installing Workstation on a Linux Host Note The steps below describe an installation from a CD ROM disc If you downloaded the software the steps are the same except that you start from the directory where you saved the installer file you downloaded not from the Linux directory on the CD 1 Log on to your Linux host with the user name you plan to use when running VMware Workstation In a terminal window become root so you can perform the initial installation steps su Mount the VMware Workstation CD ROM Change tothe Linux directory on the CD 45 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 5 Continue installation with the appropriate section for your desired installer e Using the tar Installer e Using the RPM Installer Using the tar Installer Note You may skip the steps for
374. ow the Custom path In the screen that allows you to specify the virtual disk s capacity select Split disk into 2GB files If you are adding a virtual disk to an existing virtual machine follow the steps in the Add Hardware Wizard In the screen that allows you to specify the virtual disk s Capacity select Split disk into 2GB files When a disk is split into multiple files larger virtual disks have more vmdk files The first vmdk file for each disk is small and contains pointers to the other files that make up the virtual disk The other vmdk files contain data stored by your virtual machine and use a small amount of space for virtual machine overhead If you chose to allocate space for the virtual disk in advance the file sizes are fixed and most of the files are 2GB As mentioned above the first file is small The last file in the series may also be smaller than 2GB If you did not allocate the space in advance the vmdk files grow as data is added to a maximum of 2GB each except for the first file in the set which remains small The virtual machine settings editor shows the name of the first file in the set the one that contains pointers to the other files in the set The other files used for that disk are automatically given names based on the first file s name 191 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual For example a Windows XP Professional virtual machine using the default configuration with files that
375. ower on select Always Create then click OK to continue powering on the virtual machine The virtual machine is set up to create a new UUID every time it is moved Power off the virtual machine and begin using it as a master copy by copying the virtual machine files to other locations e Ifyou intend to move the virtual machine numerous times and want to keep the same UUID each time the virtual machine moves select Always Keep and click OK to continue powering on the virtual machine Note If you want to change the Always Keep or Always Create setting power off the virtual machine and edit its configuration file vmx Delete the line that contains uuid action create or uuid action keep Suspending and resuming a virtual machine does not trigger the process that generates a UUID Thus the UUID in use at the time the virtual machine was suspended remains in use when the virtual machine is resumed even if it has been copied or moved However the next time the virtual machine is rebooted the message appears so you can choose to create a new UUID or keep the existing one 171 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Specifying a UUID for a Virtual Machine In some circumstances you may want to assign a specific UUID to the virtual machine To do this you need to override the automatically generated UUID value Power off the virtual machine and edit its configuration file vmx to set the value of the UUID parameter Use a text ed
376. ows host The New Virtual Machine Wizard automatically selects a reasonable starting point for the virtual machine s memory but you may be able to improve performance by adjusting the settings in the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings gt Memory www vmMware com 410 CHAPTER 15 Performance Tuning If you plan to run one virtual machine at a time most of the time a good starting point is to give the virtual machine half the memory available on the host Adjusting the application memory settings may also help Go to Edit gt Preferences gt Memory For additional information see Memory Usage Notes on page 418 Debugging Mode VMware Workstation can run in two modes normal mode and a mode that provides extra debugging information The debugging mode is slower than normal mode For normal use check to be sure you are not running in debugging mode Choose VM gt Settings gt Options and select Advanced In the Advanced Options section be sure there is no check in the Run with debugging information check box CD ROM Drive Polling Some operating systems including Windows NT and Windows 98 poll the CD ROM drive every second or so to see whether a disc is present This allows them to run autorun programs This polling can cause VMware Workstation to connect to the host CD ROM drive which can make it spin up while the virtual machine appears to pause If you have a CD ROM drive that takes especia
377. pace now is a time consuming operation that cannot be cancelled and requires as much physical disk space as you specify for the virtual disk www vmware com 110 CHAPTER 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine Select the option Split disk into 2GB files if your virtual disk is stored on a file system that does not support files larger than 2GB 16 Specify the location of the virtual disk s files New Virtual Machine Wizard Specify Disk File Where would you like to store information about this disk Disk file One 4 0GB disk file will be created using the file name provided here If you want to specify which device node should be used by your SCSI or IDE virtual disk click Advanced New Virtual Machine Wizard Specify Advanced Options What kind of virtual disk would you like to create Virtual device node SCSI 0 0 Hard Disk 0 Mode C Independent Independent disks are not affected by snapshots Persistent On the advanced settings panel you can also specify a disk mode This is useful in certain special purpose configurations in which you want to exclude disks from snapshots For more information on the snapshot feature see Using Snapshots on page 251 Normal disks are included in snapshots In most cases you should use normal disks leaving Independent unchecked Independent disks are not included in snapshots Caution The independent disk option should be used only by advanced users who need
378. page 372 If you are using a 2 6 x kernel the modules that provide parallel port functionality are modprobe lt modulename gt and modprobe parport_ pc To see if these modules are installed and running on your system run the 1smod command as the root user You can also look at the proc modules file for the same list With 2 6 x loading parport_ pc does not load all three modules If none of the listed parallel port modules is running use this command modprobe parport_ pc amp amp modprobe ppdev This command inserts the three modules needed for a parallel port If you continue to see problems it is possible that the 1p module is running If it is the virtual machine cannot use the parallel port correctly To remove the 1p module run this command as the root user rmmod lp You should also ensure that the line referring to the 1p module in the etc modules conf or etc conf modules file is removed or commented out by inserting a hash character at the beginning of the line The name of the configuration file depends on the Linux distribution you are using When you reboot the host after removing this line the configuration file no longer starts the 1p module To ensure that the proper modules for the parallel port are loaded at boot time add this line to the etc modules conf or etc conft modules file alias parport_lowlevel parport pc Linux kernels in the 2 6 x series also use a special arbitrator that allows access to the
379. pen the virtual machine you want to adjust choose VM gt Settings click the Options tab select Advanced then use the drop down lists under Process priorities to make the setting you want for that virtual machine There is no corresponding setting on a Linux host Snapshots If you select Take and restore snapshots in the background you can continue using your virtual machine even when Workstation is taking or restoring a snapshot Enabling background snapshots for a host with slow hard disks may affect performance If you experience significant performance problems when taking or restoring snapshots turn off this option Workstation supports only one background snapshot process at a time for a virtual machine If you take or restore a second snapshot before a previous snapshot operation completes for the same virtual machine Workstation displays a progress bar until the previous snapshot operation completes Then the second snapshot operation continues in the background A virtual machine that is powered on does not recognize any change to this check box until you restart that virtual machine 81 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Lockout Windows Hosts Only Preferences Workspace Input Hot Keys Display Memory Priority Lockout V Enable administrative lockout Select the actions to lock then enter a password in both Fields Users must provide this password when performing an action that is locked here
380. plate When powering off Just power off O Revert to snapshot O Take a new snapshot O Ask me Disabling Snapshots VMware Workstation speed and response times are improved when snapshots are disabled However all changes made to a virtual machine are permanent and you cannot restore an earlier state To disable snapshots go to VM gt Settings gt Options gt Snapshots e f no snapshots exist for the selected virtual machine you can disable snapshot functionality by selecting Disable snapshots e f one or more snapshots exist for the selected virtual machine the Disable snapshots option is disabled If you want to disable snapshot functionality you must first delete all snapshots for the current virtual machine Refer to Deleting a Snapshot on page 264 265 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Revert to a Snapshot When Powering Off To set the virtual machine to revert to a snapshot when you power off go to VM gt Settings gt Options gt Snapshots You have the following options when you power off a virtual machine that has a snapshot e Just power off powers off the virtual machine without any change to its snapshots This is the default setting e Revert to snapshot reverts to the virtual machine s parent snapshot that is the parent snapshot of the current You Are Here position With this setting a virtual machine always starts in the same state Reverting to the snapshot discards change
381. play the Clone Source panel 6 Select a snapshot from the drop down menu and click Next Clone Virtual Machine Wizard Clone Source Which state do you want to create a clone from Clone source From current state This virtual machine is a template It can be cloned only from an existing snapshot From snapshot Snapshot for Linked Clones v Description Created to allow VM to be a parent template Note The wizard does not allow you to clone from the current state when the virtual machine has template mode enabled 7 Name the linked clone and click Finish Workstation creates the linked clone and displays a status panel 8 Click Done to exit the wizard 276 a ooe CHAPTER Configuring Teams The following sections describe virtual machine teams Teams Overview on page 278 Creating and Deleting Teams on page 279 Adding and Removing Virtual Machines on page 286 Starting and Stopping Teams on page 289 Working with Team Networks on page 292 The Startup Sequence on page 295 Working with the Team Console View on page 296 Editing Team Settings on page 298 Command Line for Teams on page 303 277 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Teams Overview VMware Workstation teams allow you to set up a virtual computer lab on one host computer You can now power on multiple associated virtual machines with a single click Team virtual machines can use networking just as other virtual machines can In a
382. pressing the hot key has no effect WWW VMware com 440 CHAPTER 16 Special Purpose Configuration Options The hot key for cycling through virtual machines is defined in the global configuration file config ini Two options control cycling FullScreenSwitch cycleKey The value of this option defines the hot key It is specified as lt key gt lt modifiers gt There is no default For example to use the Pause key with no modifier to cycle through virtual machines add the following line to the config ini file or modify its value if the option is already listed FullScreenSwitch cycleKey 0x13 0x0 FullScreenSwitch cycleHost The value of this option determines whether the host operating system is included in the cycle Possible values are true and false The default value is false For example to include the host operating system in the cycle add the following line to the config ini file or modify its value if the option is already listed FullScreenSwitch cycleHost TRUE Hot Keys for Switching Directly to Virtual Machines and the Host Computer You can specify a hot key or hot key combination for switching directly to any available virtual machine on a host computer Each time you press the specified hot key the screen display switches to that of the specified virtual machine You may also specify a hot key for switching directly to the host operating system If any particular virtual machine is not running pressin
383. ps see www vmware com vcommunity newsgroups html Reporting Problems If you have problems while running VMware Workstation please report them to the VMware support team These guidelines describe the information we need from you to diagnose problems If a virtual machine exits abnormally or crashes please run the support script to collect the appropriate log files and system information Follow the steps below that apply to your host computer 32 www vmware com CHAPTER 1 Introduction and System Requirements Windows Host 1 Open a command prompt 2 Change to the VMware Workstation program directory ee cd Program Files VMware VMware Workstation If you did not install the program in the default directory use the appropriate drive letter and path in the cd command above 3 Run the support script cscript vm support vbs 4 After the script runs it displays the name of the directory where it has stored its output Use a file compression utility such as WinZip or PKZIP to zip that directory and include the zip file with your support request Linux Host 1 Open a terminal 2 Run the support script as the user who is running the virtual machine vm support If you are not running the script as root the script displays messages indicating that it cannot collect some information This is normal If the VMware support team needs that information a support representative will ask you to run the script again as root
384. r Depth 360 Changing Screen Color Depth on the Host 360 Changing Screen Color Depth in the Virtual Machine 361 Using Full Screen Mode on a Linux Host 362 Experimental Support for Direct3D 363 Audience for Direct3D Experimental Support 363 Accelerated 3 D Limitations 364 Enabling Accelerated 3 D 364 Known Issues 367 Helping VMware with Experimental Support 368 Configuring Sound 369 Installing Sound Drivers in Windows 9x and Windows NT Guest Operating Systems 369 Connecting Devices 371 Using Parallel Ports 372 Parallel Ports 372 Installation in Guest Operating Systems 72 Configuring a Parallel Port on a Linux Host 373 Special Notes for the lomega Zip Drive 376 Using Serial Ports pres Using a Serial Port on the Host Computer 377 Using a File on the Host Computer 378 Connecting an Application on the Host to a Virtual Machine 380 Connecting Two Virtual Machines 382 Special Configuration Options for Advanced Users 385 Examples Debugging over a Virtual Serial Port 387 Keyboard Mapping on a Linux Host 389 Quick Answers 389 www vmware comM The Longer Story V Scan Code Table Using USB Devices in a Virtual Machine Notes on USB Support in Version 5 Enabling and Disabling the USB Controller Connecting USB Devices Using USB with a Windows Host Replacing USB 2 0 Drivers on a Windows 2000 Host Using USB with a Linux Host What Has Control over a USB Device Disconnecting USB Devices from a Virtual Machine Human Interface Devices Connecting to
385. r Updating system with a progress bar When the installer is done VMware Tools are installed There is no confirmation or finish button 7 Inan X terminal as root su configure VMware Tools vmware config tools pl Respond to the questions the installer displays on the screen Press Enter to accept the default value Note Be sure to respond yes when the installer offers to run the configuration program 122 Twat 8 CHAPTER 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine Launch the VMware Tools background application vmware toolbox amp Note Some guest operating systems require a reboot for full functionality Installing VMware Tools from the Command Line with the Tar Installer The first steps are performed on the host within Workstation menus i A Power on the virtual machine After the guest operating system has started prepare your virtual machine to install VMware Tools Choose VM gt Install VMware Tools The remaining steps take place inside the virtual machine ai As root su mount the VMware Tools virtual CD ROM image change to a working directory for example tmp uncompress the installer then unmount the CD ROM image Note Some Linux distributions automatically mount CD ROMs If your distribution uses automounting do not use the mount and umount commands below You still must untar the VMware Tools installer to tmp Some Linux distributions use different device names or organize the dev
386. r for that domain There are two ways you can connect the virtual machine to a WINS server You can connect to the WINS server provided by the DHCP server used on the NAT network provided that the WINS server is already set up on the host If you want to connect from the virtual machine to a 353 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual WINS server not set up on the host you can manually enter the IP address of the WINS server Using NAT to Connect to an Existing WINS Server Already Set Up on the Host In order to use this method a WINS server in the same workgroup or domain must be set up on the host These steps use Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 as a guide The process is similar for Windows NT Windows Me and Windows 9x guests 1 In the virtual machine right click on My Network Places and choose Properties 2 Inthe Network Connections window right click the virtual network adapter and choose Properties 3 In the Properties dialog box select Internet Protocol TCP IP then click Properties 4 In the TCP IP Properties dialog box click Advanced 5 Click the WINS tab then under NetBIOS setting select Use NetBIOS setting from DHCP Server 6 Click OK twice then click Close Manually Entering the IP Address of a WINS Server Use this method to connect to a WINS server in the same workgroup or domain that is not already set up on the host 1 In the virtual machine right click on My Network Places and c
387. r number depends on the geometry If you have a disk with a boot sector written by a program running on the host and you try to boot that disk inside a virtual machine the boot program can fail if the host geometry does not match the geometry used by the BusLogic virtual SCSI adapter The symptoms are that you see the first part of the boot loader possibly an LI from LILO for example but then the boot either stops or crashes BusLogic uses the following rules for generating disk geometries In each case the number of cylinders is calculated by taking the total capacity of the disk and dividing by heads sectors Fortunately for sufficiently big disks practically all vendors use 255 heads and 63 sectors Drivers In contrast to IDE adapters SCSI adapters are not interchangeable and cannot all use the same drivers That is if you have an Adaptec SCSI host adapter in your machine and you remove it and replace it with a BusLogic SCSI host adapter your operating system will most likely fail to boot unless you install a BusLogic driver Dual booting from a disk that is also used as a virtual disk is no different To your operating system it appears that the SCSI card in the machine suddenly changed from whatever you own to an LSI Logic or BusLogic card and your operating system needs to have a corresponding driver installed If that driver is not installed you get a panic a blue screen or some similar fatal error as soon as the
388. r to use for the virtual network is automatically selected as an unused private IP network number To find out what network is used on a Windows host choose Edit gt Virtual Network Settings and check the subnet number associated with the virtual network On a Linux host run ifconfig in a terminal A NAT configuration also uses an unused private network automatically selected when you install VMware Workstation To find out what network is used on a Windows host choose Edit gt Virtual Network Settings and check the subnet number associated with the virtual network On a Linux host run ifconfig in a terminal Using DHCP to assign IP addresses is simpler and more automatic than statically assigning them Most Windows operating systems for example come preconfigured to use DHCP at boot time so Windows virtual machines can connect to the network the first time they are booted without additional configuration If you want your virtual machines to communicate with each other using names instead of IP addresses however you must set up a naming convention a name server on the private network or both In that case it may be simpler to use static IP addresses In general if you have virtual machines you intend to use frequently or for extended periods of time it is probably most convenient to assign them static IP addresses or configure the VMware DHCP server to always assign the same IP address to each of these virtual machines 327 VMwar
389. re Workstation console with the guest operating system display size Autofit Window This command causes the Workstation console to maintain the size of the virtual machine s display resolution If the guest operating system changes its resolution the Workstation console automatically resizes to match the new resolution Autofit Guest This command causes the virtual machine to resize the guest display resolution to match the size of the Workstation console Fit Window Now This command causes the Workstation console to match the current display size of the guest operating system Fit Guest Now This command causes the guest operating system display size to match the current Workstation console t An autofit command is toggled on or off each time you select it If both Autofit commands are toggled on then you can manually resize the Workstation console but the guest operating system can also resize the Workstation console This command is redundant when one of the autofit options is active because the console and the guest operating system display are the same size With both autofit commands toggled off VMware Workstation does not automatically match window sizes as you work Scroll bars appear in the console when the Workstation console is smaller than the guest operating system display A black border appears in the console when the console is larger than the guest operating system display 152 a ooe CHAPTER 6 Runn
390. re Workstation 3 0 or another VMware product and you want to move it to a different computer or to another directory on your host you need to perform the tasks outlined in this section These instructions assume that you are using a virtual disk stored in a set of vmdk files on your host computer Caution It s always safest to make backup copies of all the files in your virtual machine s directory before you start a process like this This section discusses the following topics regarding moving a Workstation 3 virtual machine e Preparing Your Workstation 3 Virtual Machine for the Move on page 180 e Preparing the Workstation 5 Host Machine for a Workstation 3 Virtual Machine on page 181 179 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Preparing Your Workstation 3 Virtual Machine for the Move 1 Use VMware Workstation 3 to open the virtual machine If the virtual machine has more than one virtual disk and if the virtual disks use different disk modes you must use the Virtual Machine Control Panel to change one or more of the virtual disks so they all use the same mode 2 Be sure you know whether the virtual disk is set up as an IDE disk or a SCSI disk You can check this in the Virtual Machine Control Panel Also note the size of the virtual disk you are moving You need this information when you prepare the new host machine as described in the next section 3 Be sure the guest operating system is completely shut down If t
391. re com CHAPTER 1 Introduction and System Requirements e Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 0 beta e SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 SP1 experimental support e Various other service pack updates and kernel updates Improved 64 bit Host Support e Workstation 5 includes hardware support for AMD Opteron AMD Athlon 64 and Intel EM64T e Software support includes 64 bit host operating systems e Windows XP experimental support e Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 0 e SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 7 8 9 e Windows Server 2003 SP1 e Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 0 Isochronous USB support Workstation 5 offers support for isochronous USB input devices such as Web cameras and microphones as well as output devices such as speakers Use your webcam or work with multitrack audio within your guest operating system Command Line Interface Workstation 5 offers anew command line interface enabling you to create scripts to automate certain manual steps See Command Line Reference on page 91 Movie Record and Playback Workstation 5 offers the ability to record your actions within a virtual machine and save the movie in an AVI format facilitating team collaboration Replay the resulting AVI file on any PC equipped with an AVI player A free Windows player is available for download from the VMware Web site Record steps to reproduce defects in a particular configuration or record configuration steps prior to running an application Share the movie with colle
392. reach it unless you explicitly configure them not to do so If either of these programs is being run only to receive routing information the easiest solution is to run it with a q option so that it does not supply routing information only receives it If however they are running because they are to supply routing information then you need to configure them so they do not advertise routes to the host only network Unfortunately the version of routed that comes with many distributions of Linux has no support for specifying that an interface should not be advertised Consult the routed 8 manual page for your system in case you have a more contemporary version of the software For gated configuration is involved You need to explicitly exclude the VMnet1 interface from any protocol activity If you need to run virtual machines on a host only network on a multihomed system where gated is used and have problems doing so please contact VMware technical support by submitting a support request at www vmware com requestsupport 334 www vmMware com CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network Other Potential Issues with Host Only Networking on a Linux Host The following are common issues you may encounter when you are configuring a host only network DHCPD on the Linux Host Does Not Work after VMware Workstation Installation If you were running the DHCP server program dhepd on your machine before installing VMware Workstation it probabl
393. remove the stale lock To make sure that no virtual machine could be using the lock file the virtual machine checks the lock file to see if 1 The lock was created on the same host where the virtual machine is running 2 The process that created the lock is not running If those two conditions are true the virtual machine can safely remove the stale lock If either of those conditions is not true a dialog box appears warning you that the virtual machine cannot be powered on If you are sure it is safe to do so you may delete the lock files manually On Windows hosts the filenames of the lock files end in Lek On Linux hosts the filenames of the lock files end in WRITELOCK Physical disk partitions are also protected by locks However the host operating system is not aware of this locking convention and thus does not respect it For this 192 waar CHAPTER 8 Using Disks reason VMware strongly recommends that the physical disk for a virtual machine not be installed on the same physical disk as the host operating system Defragmenting Virtual Disks Like physical disk drives virtual disks can become fragmented Defragmenting disks rearranges files programs and unused space on the virtual disk so that programs run faster and files open more quickly Defragmenting does not reclaim unused space on a virtual disk to reclaim unused space shrink the disk For best disk performance follow these steps 1 Runa disk defragmentation u
394. rename the Original Configuration profile to Physical Machine 230 TE arate 24 E CHAPTER 8 Using Disks Click OK to close the System Properties dialog box Shut down Windows 95 and reboot the system Boot into your host operating system Linux Windows NT Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 Start the Windows 95 virtual machine Select Virtual Machine from the list of profiles when prompted If you are prompted to select the CPU Bridge accept the default then click OK Restart Windows 95 when prompted Again select Virtual Machine from the list of profiles when prompted When the video card is detected you are prompted to select which driver you want to install for your new hardware Click the Select from a list of alternate drivers radio button then click OK Select Display Adapters from the Select Hardware Type dialog box Select Standard Display Adapter VGA from the device list then click OK Restart Windows 95 when prompted Install VMware Tools as outlined in Installing a Guest Operating System and VMware Tools on page 117 then restart the virtual machine Start the Device Manager and expand the Display adapters tree Highlight VMware SVGA Click Properties Uncheck Physical Machine then click OK Click Close Shut down Windows 95 and power off the virtual machine Shut down your host operating system Linux Windows NT Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 and reboot into Wi
395. requests to be forwarded to the NAT device 346 www vmMware comM CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network DNS on the NAT Network The NAT device acts as a DNS server for the virtual machines on the NAT network Actually the NAT device is a DNS proxy and merely forwards DNS requests from the virtual machines to a DNS server that is known by the host Responses come back to the NAT device which then forwards them to the virtual machines If they get their configuration information from DHCP the virtual machines on the NAT network automatically use the NAT device as the DNS server However the virtual machines can be statically configured to use another DNS server The virtual machines in the private NAT network are not themselves accessible via DNS If you want the virtual machines running on the NAT network to access each other by DNS names you must set up a private DNS server connected to the NAT network External Access from the NAT Network In general any protocol using TCP or UDP can be used automatically by a virtual machine on the NAT network so long as the virtual machine initiates the network connection This is true for most client applications such as Web browsing Telnet passive mode FTP and downloading streaming video Additional protocol support has been built into the NAT device to allow FTP and ICMP echo ping to work completely transparently through the NAT On the external network to which the host is connected
396. revent deletion you can create a template virtual machine See also Full clone Linked clone Snapshot and Template 449 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Quick switch mode A display mode in which the virtual machine s display fills most of the screen In this mode tabs at the top of the screen allow you to switch quickly from one running virtual machine to another See also Full screen mode Raw disk A hard disk in a virtual machine that is mapped to a physical disk drive or a partition of a drive on the host machine A virtual machine s disk can be stored as a file on the host file system see Virtual disk or on a local hard disk When a virtual machine is configured to use a raw disk VMware Workstation directly accesses the local disk or partition as a raw device not as a file on a file system It is possible to boot a previously installed operating system on an existing partition within a virtual machine environment The only limitation is that the existing partition must reside on a local IDE or SCSI drive See also Virtual disk Resume Return a virtual machine to operation from its suspended state When you resume a suspended virtual machine all applications are in the same state they were when the virtual machine was suspended See also Suspend Revert to snapshot Reverting to a snapshot restores the status of the active virtual machine to its immediate parent snapshot This parent is represented in the
397. rk traffic may leak out through the dial up connection To prevent the leakage be sure packet forwarding is disabled in your guest operating system 331 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Maintaining and Changing the MAC Address of a Virtual Machine When a virtual machine is powered on VMware Workstation automatically assigns each of its virtual network adapters an Ethernet MAC address MAC stands for media access control A MAC address is the unique address assigned to each Ethernet network device The software guarantees that virtual machines are assigned unique MAC addresses within a given host system In most cases the virtual machine is assigned the same MAC address every time it is powered on so long as the virtual machine is not moved the path and filename for the virtual machine s configuration file must remain the same and no changes are made to certain settings in the configuration file In addition VMware Workstation does its best but cannot guarantee to automatically assign unique MAC addresses for virtual machines running on multiple host systems Avoiding MAC Changes To avoid changes in the MAC address automatically assigned to a virtual machine you must not move the virtual machine s configuration file Moving it to a different host computer or even moving it to a different location on the same host computer changes the MAC address You also need to be sure not to change certain settings in the virtual mach
398. rk Packets Received sec SUSE Lin VMware PLIBS XP Network Packets Received sec Windows VMware PUBS XP Network Packets Sent sec SUSE Lin VMware PUBS XP Network Packets Sent sec Windows VMware PUBS XP Percent Guest Physical Mem SUSE Lin VMware PUBS XP Percent Guest Physical Mem Windows VMware PUBS XP x For more information about using the Performance console choose Action gt Help in the Performance console or go to the Microsoft Web site 417 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Memory Usage Notes VMware Workstation allows you to make the following memory related settings e The memory size of a particular virtual machine e The amount of the host computer s RAM that can be used for virtual machines e The extent to which you want to allow the host operating system s memory manager to swap virtual machines out of physical RAM By adjusting these three settings you can affect both virtual machine and overall system performance This section describes how VMware Workstation uses the memory configuration parameters to manage virtual machines and system memory properly Virtual Machine Memory Size The first configuration parameter you can set is the size of an individual virtual machine s memory Set this configuration parameter for the virtual machine in the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings gt Memory The guest me
399. rk adapter is shown in the list of devices click Add then use the Add Hardware Wizard to add an adapter If you plan to run the router software on your host computer you can skip the next section Virtual Machine 3 Connected to Both Host Only Interfaces If you plan to run the router software on a virtual machine set up a third virtual machine for that purpose 1 Create the virtual machine using the New Virtual Machine Wizard or use an existing virtual machine 2 Launch VMware Workstation and open the virtual machine 3 Edit the configuration using the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings Select the first network adapter in the list of devices and choose Host only VMnet1 from the drop down list on the right Select the second network adapter in the list of devices then select Custom VMnet2 from the drop down list on the right If you need to add one or more network adapters click Add then use the Add Hardware Wizard to add an adapter Now you need to configure the networking components on the host and in the virtual machines The recommended approach uses static IP addresses for all the virtual machines 1 Stop the VMnet DHCP server service Windows host Choose Edit gt Virtual Network Settings gt DHCP and click Stop service Linux host Stop the vmnet dhcpd service killall TERM vmnet dhcpd 2 Install guest operating systems in each of the virtual machines 3 Install the router softwar
400. rkstation Basics Launching VMware Workstation on a Linux Host 1 Open a terminal window 2 Type vmware amp and press Enter The VMware Workstation window opens VY VMware Workstation Eile Edit View VM Team Tabs Help m u gt S 0 Q K Power Off Suspend Power On Reset Snapshot Revert Snapshot Manager Full Screen Quick Switch Favorites X Home FE xpprot FE xppro2 TE 3Tier x jj Client Server Team X E RHEL3a x v Teams E 3Tier Client Server Team State Suspended X Linux Mandrake Linux Commands Virtual Machines and LAN Segments RHEL3a E SUSE Linux gt Resume this team Virtual Machine Guest Os LAN 1 LAN 2 v Windows P Edit team settings Gi xppros Windows XP Professional o xppro1 N i Xppro6 Windows XP Professional El i Notes xppro2 E Longhorn experimental Private LAN segment T1 for SQL server test NetWare 5 amp Solaris 9 experimental Configuration file home user vmware Client Server Team Client Server Team vmtm ot Discard Save The Workstation window Linux host 63 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Overview of the VMware Workstation Window A VMware Workstation virtual machine is like a separate computer that runs in a window on your physical computer However VMware Workstation displays more than the screen of a physical computer From the Workstation window you can access and run your virtual machines and teams and switch e
401. rkstation window contains buttons you can click to power your virtual machines on and off change the Workstation display and manage snapshots The following sections describe the toolbar buttons S My Virtual Machine VMware Workstation File Edit View YM Team Windows Help aju gt A GAR Og Toolbar for virtual machine Windows host Caution When a team is active clicking the power on power off suspend resume or reset button affects all the virtual machines on that team Power Off This button turns off the active virtual machine or team like the power button on a hardware PC You can configure Workstation for a soft power off called shut down or a hard power off called power off See Shutting Down a Virtual Machine on page 144 or Starting and Stopping Teams on page 289 for a description of this feature Suspend This button stops a virtual machine or team in a manner that allows you to resume your work later as if you never left You may be familiar with the concept of suspending your work on a laptop See Using Suspend and Resume on page 250 for a description of this feature 69 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Power On or Resume This button powers on a selected virtual machine or team that is powered off or resumes a virtual machine or team that is suspended e Power on See Starting a Virtual Machine on page 141 or Starting and Stopping Teams on page 289 for a description e Resume See Us
402. rosoft s Performance console so you can collect performance data from running virtual machines Note The Performance console is available only on Windows hosts You cannot monitor performance for virtual machines on Linux hosts However you can monitor the performance of any virtual machines running on the Windows host including those running Linux guest operating systems The VMware Workstation performance counters can monitor the following data from a running virtual machine e Reading and writing to virtual disks e Memory used by the virtual machine e Virtual network traffic You can track virtual machine performance only when a virtual machine is running The performance counters reflect the state of the virtual machine not the guest operating system For example the counters can record how often a virtual machine reads from a virtual disk but they cannot track how many processes are running inside the guest operating system An explanation of each counter appears in the Performance console To add counters to track virtual machine performance use the Windows Performance console Take the following steps 1 Open the Administrative Tools control panel and double click Performance The Performance console opens www vmware comM 416 CHAPTER 15 Performance Tuning 2 Click the plus sign on the toolbar The Add Counters dialog box appears Add Counters Use local computer counters Select counters from computer
403. rovides several ways you can configure a virtual machine for virtual networking e Bridged networking configures your virtual machine as a unique identity on the network separate and unrelated to its host See Bridged Networking on page 309 e Network address translation NAT configures your virtual machine to share the IP and MAC addresses of the host The virtual machine and the host share a single network identity that is not visible outside the network NAT can be useful when you are allowed a single IP address or MAC address by your network administrator You might also use NAT to configure separate virtual machines for handling http and ftp requests with both virtual machines running off the same IP address or domain See Network Address Translation NAT on page 310 e Host only networking configures your virtual machine to allow network access only to the host This can be useful when you want a secure virtual machine that is connected to the host network but available only through the host machine See Host Only Networking on page 312 e Custom networking lets you configure your virtual machine s network connection manually If you select the Typical setup path in the New Virtual Machine Wizard when you create a virtual machine the wizard sets up bridged networking for the virtual machine You can choose any of the common configurations bridged networking network address translation NAT and host only networking by selec
404. rtition or disk for the guest operating system to use Be sure that the physical partition is not mounted by the Windows host and not in use by others Also be sure the physical partition or disk does not have data you will need in the future if it does back up that data now 2 Start the New Virtual Machine Wizard File gt New gt Virtual Machine and select Custom Add Hardware Wizard Select a Disk Which disk do you want this drive to use Disk O Create a new virtual disk A virtual disk is composed of one or more files on the host file system which will appear as a single hard disk to the guest operating system Virtual disks can easily be copied or moved on the same host or between hosts O Use an existing virtual disk Choose this option to reuse a previously configured disk Use a physical disk for advanced users Choose this option to give the virtual machine direct access to a local hard disk www vmware comM CHAPTER 8 Using Disks When you reach the Select a Disk step select Use a physical disk Add Hardware Wizard Select a Physical Disk Which local hard disk do you want this virtual machine to use Device PhysicalDrive0 Usage Use entire disk O Use individual partitions Choose the physical hard disk to use from the drop down list Select whether you want to use the entire disk or use only individual partitions on the disk Click Next Add Hardware Wizard Select Partitions
405. rtual Machine for Use in Full Screen Switch Mode 438 Moving a Virtual Machine to the User s Computer 439 Setting Configuration Options on the User s Computer 439 Starting and Stopping Virtual Machines on the User s Computer 443 Guest ACPI S1 Sleep 446 Glossary 447 Index 453 www vmware comM CHAPTER Introduction and System Requirements This chapter discusses the following topics Product Overview on page 16 What s New in Version 5 on page 19 Host System Requirements on page 23 Virtual Machine Specifications on page 27 Supported Guest Operating Systems on page 30 Technical Support Resources on page 32 15 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Product Overview Thank you for choosing VMware Workstation the powerful virtual machine software for enterprise IT professionals T XP VPN1 VMware Workstation CES Cer File Edit View YM Team Windows Help a upe S R Ba os Favorites bs Home E XP vPN1 wa XP VPN2 ga RHEL3 gold Sat 27 Client Server g Windows 98 ga SUSE Linux u Mandrake Linux St ST Client Server DB m Teams 88 27 Client Server 8 3T Client Server DB Linux Ms GD Mandrake Linux E RHEL3 clean install E RHEL3 gold 4 GD SUSE Linux a E Windows VMs i yi http www vmware com support ws5 doc whatsnew_ws html ED Windows 98 ANY L wever ee w eee z E WinxP template amp Inbox AN EMC COMPANY E XP VPNL GD xP VPN2 Community I Documentation VMware Workstation 5 Technica
406. rtual machine or the host operating system can be copied in a way that allows it to be transferred to another virtual machine or to the host operating system Possible values are true such copying is allowed and false such copying is not allowed The default value is true The setting for this option should be the same as the setting for Tsolation tools paste enable below Isolation tools paste enable The value of this option determines whether data copied in one virtual machine or the host operating system can be pasted into another virtual machine or the host operating system Possible values are true such pasting is allowed and false such pasting is not allowed The default value is true The setting for this option should be the same as the setting for Isolation tools copy enable above Tsolation tools HGFS disable The value of this option determines whether virtual machines can be configured with shared folders for sharing files among virtual machines and with the host computer Possible values are true shared folders are disabled and false shared folders are enabled The default value is false The following entries are required in the global configuration file config ini and must not be changed mks ctlAltDel ignore TRUE mks fullscreen allowScreenSaver TRUE fullScreenSwitch onSeparateDesktop TRUE msg autoAnswer TRUE 442 www vmMware comM CHAPTER 16 Special Purpose Configuration Options Start
407. rver and client 6 Select This end is the client 7 Select The other end is a virtual machine 8 By default the device status setting is Connect at power on You may deselect this setting if you wish Click Advanced if you want to configure this serial port to use polled mode This option is of interest primarily to developers who are using debugging tools that communicate over a serial connection For more information see Special Configuration Options for Advanced Users on page 385 383 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 9 Click Finish then click OK to close the virtual machine settings editor Linux Host In the server virtual machine 1 Open the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings 2 Click Add to start the Add Hardware Wizard 3 Select Serial Port then click Next 4 Select Output to named pipe then click Next 5 In the Path field enter tmp lt socket gt or another Unix socket name of your choice 6 Select This end is the server 7 Select The other end is a virtual machine 8 By default the device status setting is Connect at power on You may deselect this setting if you wish Click Advanced if you want to configure this serial port to use polled mode This option is of interest primarily to developers who are using debugging tools that communicate over a serial connection For more information see Special Configuration Options for Advanced Users on page 385 9 Click Finish then
408. s For example an instructor may need to discard student answers for a computer lesson when a virtual machine is powered off at the end of class e Take anew snapshot takes a new snapshot of the virtual machine state after it is powered off This is useful to preserve milestones automatically The snapshot is displayed in the snapshot manager The name of this snapshot is the date and time the virtual machine was powered off The description is Automatic snapshot created when powering off e Ask me asks what you want to do with a snapshot each time you power off Snapshots and Legacy Virtual Machines When you power on a virtual machine created in Workstation 3 or 4 a dialog box gives you the choice to upgrade the virtual machine or to leave the virtual machine unchanged For full Workstation 5 functionality you must upgrade If you do not upgrade whenever you power on the legacy virtual machine Workstation 5 offers you the choice to upgrade Upgrading Legacy Virtual Machines to Workstation 5 You can upgrade a legacy virtual machine from Workstation 3 or Workstation 4 to VMware Workstation 5 Any snapshot of the upgraded virtual machine is upgraded and commands for multiple snapshots become available Note An upgraded snapshot retains disk contents but discards memory contents When you power on that snapshot it appears as if the virtual machine has crashed Using Legacy Virtual Machines without Upgrading If you choos
409. s XP guests you do not have to reboot to use the new driver 121 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual VMware Tools for Linux Guests On a Linux guest you can install VMware Tools within X or from the command line e Installing VMware Tools within X on page 122 e Installing VMware Tools from the Command Line with the Tar Installer on page 123 e Installing VMware Tools from the Command Line with the RPM Installer on page 124 Installing VMware Tools within X You can install VMware Tools within X using the tar installer in a terminal window See Installing VMware Tools from the Command Line with the Tar Installer on page 123 To install VMware Tools from X with the RPM installer 1 Choose VM gt Install VMware Tools The guest operating system mounts the VMware Tools installation virtual CD 2 Double click the VMware Tools CD icon on the desktop Note In some Linux distributions the VMware Tools CD icon may fail to appear when you install VMware Tools within an X windows session on a guest In this case you should continue installing VMware Tools as described in Installing VMware Tools from the Command Line with the Tar Installer on page 123 beginning with step 3 3 Double click the RPM installer in the root of the CD ROM 4 Enter the root password 5 Click Continue The installer prepares the packages 6 Click Continue when the installer presents a dialog box saying Completed System Preparation A dialog appears fo
410. s is a SCSI disk Follow these steps to create a virtual machine using a virtual disk 1 Start VMware Workstation Windows hosts Double click the VMware Workstation icon on your desktop or use the Start menu Start gt Programs gt VMware gt VMware Workstation Linux hosts In a terminal window enter the command vmware amp Note On Linux hosts the Workstation installer adds an entry to the Start menu for VMware Workstation However this menu entry is located in different submenus depending on your Linux distribution For example e SUSE Linux 9 1 Start gt System gt More Programs gt VMware Workstation e Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS WS Release 3 Start gt System Tools gt More System Tools gt VMware Workstation 2 If this is the first time you have launched VMware Workstation and you did not enter the serial number when you installed the product an option available on a Windows host you are prompted to enter it The serial number is on the registration card in your package or in the email message confirming your electronic distribution order Enter your serial number and click OK www vmware comM CHAPTER 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine The serial number you enter is saved and VMware Workstation does not ask you for it again For your convenience VMware Workstation automatically sends the serial number to the VMware Web site when you use certain Web links built into the product for example Help gt
411. s needed because NetWare servers do not idle the CPU when the operating system is idle As a result a virtual machine takes CPU time from the host regardless of whether the NetWare server software is idle or busy 136 TT tirecom CHAPTER 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine Where to Go Next e Running VMware Workstation on page 139 e Using Disks on page 187 e Moving and Sharing Virtual Machines on page 169 e Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine on page 249 e Cloning a Virtual Machine on page 267 e Configuring Teams on page 277 e Configuring a Virtual Network on page 305 e Configuring Video and Sound on page 359 e Connecting Devices on page 371 e Performance Tuning on page 407 137 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 138 TT tirecom CHAPTER Running VMware Workstation This chapter discusses launching the VMware Workstation program and various tasks you may want to perform in daily use after you have installed VMware Workstation a guest operating system and VMware Tools Starting a Virtual Machine on page 141 Checking the Status of VMware Tools on page 142 Suspending and Resuming Virtual Machines on page 143 Shutting Down a Virtual Machine on page 144 Resetting a Virtual Machine on page 145 Taking and Reverting to a Snapshot on page 146 Cloning a Virtual Machine on page 147 Deleting a Virtual Machine on page 148 Using Virtual Machine Teams on page 149 139 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual e Con
412. s page to control the automatic bridging of Mnet0 to the first available physical Ethernet k _ adapter on the host Automatic bridging Excluded adapters Do not attempt to automatically bridge to the following adapters On host systems with more than one physical Ethernet adapter installed the choice of which adapter Workstation uses is arbitrary If you want to place restrictions on the choice see the following section Excluding a Host Ethernet Adapter from VMnet0 Bridged Networking 4 Click OK to save your changes and close the virtual network editor Excluding a Host Ethernet Adapter from VMnet0 Bridged Networking You can exclude a host Ethernet adapter from the list of adapters Workstation uses for automatic bridged networking on VMnet0 To exclude one or more physical Ethernet adapters 1 Choose Edit gt Virtual Network Settings 2 Click the Automatic Bridging tab 3 Click Add to put the physical adapter in the list of excluded devices Add Excluded Adapters Select the network adapters that should not be bridged to YMnet0 By Linksys NC100 Fast Ethernet Adapter Packet Scheduler Miniport BY NVIDIA nForce MCP Networking Adapter Packet Scheduler Miniport 319 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 4 Inthe Add Excluded Adapters dialog box select the listing for the adapter you want to exclude then click OK Virtual Network Editor Summary Automatic Bridging Host Virtual N
413. s you change the directory in which newly created virtual machines are stored The directory Workstation uses by default is displayed under Default location for teams and virtual machines To set a different directory type in the path or click Browse to navigate to the directory you want to use Workstation creates a directory for each new virtual machine under the directory you specify here If you select Remember opened tabs between sessions you see a tab for each opened virtual machine or team in the console window the next time you start Workstation A virtual machine or team is considered opened if both of the following conditions are true e The virtual machine or team was left open e The virtual machine or team was powered on and off or powered on and Suspended Use the Check for software updates drop down menu to determine how often VMware Workstation checks to see if new versions of the product are available You can choose daily weekly or monthly automatic checks or choose Never to turn off automatic checking You can check manually at any time by choosing Help gt Check for Updates on the Web 77 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Input Preferences Workspace Input Hot Keys Display Memory Priority Lockout Keyboard and Mouse Grab keyboard and mouse input on mouse click C Grab keyboard and mouse input on key press Cursor These options are effective only when VMware Tools is running in the
414. se is appropriate Note If you do not enable host only networking when you install Workstation you cannot allow a virtual machine to use both bridged and host only networking 8 The configuration program displays a message saying the configuration completed successfully If it does not display this message run the configuration program again 9 When done exit from the root account exit Install VMware Tools after you install a guest operating system See Installing VMware Tools on page 120 47 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Configuring with vmware config pl Use vmware config pl to configure your installation of VMware Workstation Note If you run the RPM installer you need to run this program separately from the command line If you install from the tar archive the installer offers to launch the configuration program for you Answer Yes when you see the prompt Required Configuration Changes Configuration with vmware config pl is required in the following circumstances e When you install VMware Workstation the first time e When you upgrade your version of Workstation e When you upgrade your host operating system kernel It is not necessary to reinstall VMware Workstation after you upgrade your kernel e To reconfigure the networking options for VMware Workstation for example to add or remove host only networking Location of vmware config pl The installer places vmware config pl in usr bin lf u
415. se two monitors launch two instances of VMware Workstation Start one or more virtual machines in each VMware Workstation window then drag each VMware Workstation window to the monitor on which you want to use it For the largest possible screen display switch each of the windows to quick switch mode View gt Quick Switch To switch mouse and keyboard input from the virtual machine on the first screen to the virtual machine on the second screen move the mouse pointer from one to the other You do not need to take any special steps if VMware Tools is running in both guest operating systems and if you are using the default settings for grabbing input If you have changed the defaults you may need to press Ctrl Alt to release the mouse pointer from the first virtual machine move it to the second virtual machine then click in the second virtual machine so it will grab control of mouse and keyboard input Note Multiple monitor support is experimental in this release of VMware Workstation It does not work properly with some third party desktop management software or display drivers 151 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Note If you switch to full screen mode VMware Workstation always uses the primary display To use multiple monitors you must use either the normal windowed mode or quick switch mode Fitting the Workstation Console to the Virtual Machine Display The View menu autofit and fit commands allow you to match the VMwa
416. seline E Windows XP Baseline IE Base Pro are Mozilla Base fT Netscape Base La I ms SP 1 IE Basel fT a 7 rea You 4re Here Netscape Basel Las I ms SPe IE Base eae Mozilla Base I eoa Netscape Base Snapshots as restore points in a process tree VMware Workstation supports over 100 snapshots per branch in a process tree Relationship Between Snapshots The relationship between snapshots is like parent to child e Ina linear process each snapshot has one parent and one child except for the last snapshot which has no children e Ina process tree each snapshot has one parent but one snapshot may have more than one child Many snapshots have no children 253 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Examples of Using Snapshots Using Snapshots as Protection from Risky Changes If you plan to make risky changes in a virtual machine for example testing new software or examining a virus take a snapshot before you begin If you encounter a problem you can restore the virtual machine to the state preserved in that snapshot If your risky actions cause no problems you can take another snapshot of the virtual machine in its new state Snapshots can minimize lost work if something goes wrong With multiple snapshots of saved positions you can return at any time to any important position when you discover a problem Starting a Virtual Machine Repeatedly in the Same State You can configure the virtual
417. separate directory Setting Configuration Options on the User s Computer Global Configuration Settings Global configuration settings are made in the VMware Workstation global configuration file created by default in the following locations e Windows Host C Documents and Settings All Users Application Data VMware VMware Workstation config ini e Linux Host etc vmware config Note Full screen switch mode is enabled for Windows hosts only This Linux configuration file path is provided for clarity and completeness You can edit this file with a text editor You should set permissions on this file so the user cannot change it Local Configuration Settings Local configuration settings are made in the configuration file for a particular virtual machine The local configuration file is in the virtual machine s directory the filename has a vmx extension The format for an entry in either configuration file is option value Entries in the configuration files can appear in any order The hot key entries described in this section require you to enter a virtual key code as part of the value for an option Virtual key codes are entered in hexadecimal format as a hexadecimal number preceded by Ox For example to use the virtual key code of 5A as a value type 0x5A Microsoft provides a reference list of virtual key codes on the MSDN Web site At the time this manual was written the reference list was at msdn microsoft c
418. sks Linking is Faster but using that virtual machine with Virtual PC invalidates the converted virtual machine Make a complete copy of the source virtual machine Link to the existing virtual machine Warning Do not continue to use the source virtual machine with Virtual PC after importing Doing so may invalidate the imported virtual machine The new virtual machine will require Mware Workstation 5 0 or later e Make a complete copy of the source virtual machine This creates a VMware virtual machine with no dependencies on the original VirtualPC virtual machine e Link to the existing virtual machine This creates a VMware virtual machine that shares the virtual disk of the source VirtualPC virtual machine This option is disabled if you chose to create a legacy virtual machine in step ri Caution Linking to the disk file is faster than making a complete copy but selecting this option means your VMware virtual machine can stop functioning if you ever use the source virtual machine in VirtualPC again Click Next 115 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 9 Review the description of the migration settings To make changes click Back When you are Satisfied with the settings click Next E Mware irtual Machine Importer Ready to Start Importing Your virtual machine will be imported as described below The wizard is importing the virtual machine ge C incoming Old vMware bin y2vvpc win200
419. sr bin is not in your default path run the program with the following command usr bin vmware config pl Web Browser Required To use the VMware Workstation Help system you must have a Web browser installed on your host computer www vmware comM 48 CHAPTER 2 Installing VMware Workstation Uninstalling VMware Workstation 5 on a Linux Host Uninstalling an RPM Installation of Workstation If you used the RPM installer to install VMware Workstation remove the software from your system by running rpm e VMwareWorkstation Note The asterisk symbol is a wildcard for the build number Uninstalling a tar Installation of Workstation If you used the tar installer to install VMware Workstation remove the software from your system by running vmware uninstall pl 49 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Where to Go Next e Learning VMware Workstation Basics on page 61 e Creating a New Virtual Machine on page 101 e Running VMware Workstation on page 139 50 www vmMware com CHAPTER Upgrading VMware Workstation This chapter discusses how to upgrade VMware Workstation 3 or 4 on your Linux or Windows host system and how to use existing virtual machines under VMware Workstation 5 e Preparing for the Upgrade on page 52 e Upgrading on a Windows Host on page 55 e Upgrading on a Linux Host on page 56 e Using Workstation 4 Virtual Machines in Workstation 5 on page 57 51 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Pr
420. ssional Working directory Suspend files and snapshots will be stored here C Documents and Settings user My Virtual Machine Name Use this setting to change the virtual machine name Type anew name in the field and click OK This field affects the virtual machine name only as it appears in the console tab and Favorites list Changing the virtual machine name here does not change the names of the virtual machine files Virtual Machine Configuration File Windows only This read only field displays the path to the file that contains configuration information for the selected virtual machine Guest Operating System Workstation optimizes the virtual machine for the operating system you choose in this field Version Use this field to change the setting for the guest operating system version in the virtual machine s configuration file This setting does not actually change the guest operating system itself When you set the guest operating system type in the New Virtual Machine Wizard Workstation chooses configuration defaults based on the guest type you choose Changing the guest type in this field simply changes the guest type setting in the configuration file The Version field is useful when you are upgrading the guest operating system installed in the virtual machine and you want to change the guest operating system version 84 www vmware comM CHAPTER 4 Learning VMware Workstation Basics
421. st may not exceed 4 GB Memory Use on the Host Host operating systems do not behave well when they run low on free memory for their own use When a Windows or Linux host operating system does not have enough RAM for its own use it thrashes it constantly swaps parts of itself between RAM and its paging file on disk To help guard against virtual machines causing the host to thrash VMware Workstation enforces a limit on the total amount of RAM that may be consumed by virtual machines Some memory must be kept available on the host to ensure the host is able to operate properly while virtual machines are running The amount of memory reserved for the host depends on the host operating system and the size of the host computer s memory Memory Sharing Many workloads present opportunities for sharing memory across virtual machines For example several virtual machines may be running instances of the same guest operating system have the same applications or components loaded or contain common data VMware Workstation uses a proprietary transparent page sharing technique to securely eliminate redundant copies of memory pages With memory sharing a workload often consumes less memory than it would when running on a physical machine As a result the system can support higher levels of overcommitment efficiently The amount of memory saved by memory sharing is highly dependent on workload characteristics A workload consisting of many nearly id
422. station is not running start it Open virtual machine 2 Do not power on the virtual machine Use the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings to add a virtual network adapter Connect the adapter to Custom VMnetz2 Click OK to save the configuration and close the virtual machine settings editor 4 If VMware Workstation is not running start it Open virtual machine 3 Do not power on the virtual machine Use the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings to add a virtual network adapter Connect the adapter to Custom VMnetz2 Use the virtual machine settings editor to add a second virtual network adapter Connect the adapter to Custom VMnet3 Click OK to save the configuration and close the virtual machine settings editor 5 If VMware Workstation is not running start it Open virtual machine 4 Do not power on the virtual machine Use the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings to add a virtual network adapter Connect the adapter to Custom VMnet3 Click OK to save the configuration and close the virtual machine settings editor www vmware com 6 9 CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network Determine the network addresses used for VMnet2 and VMnet3 Note On a Windows host you may skip the steps for configuring network addresses manually and instead use Workstation s DHCP server Go to Edit gt Virtual Network Settings gt DHCP and add VMnet2 and VMnet3 to the list of virtu
423. stem as root su For example you can enter the following commands chgrp lt newgroup gt dev vmneto chmod g rw dev vmneto lt newgroup gt is the group that should have the ability to set vmnet0 to promiscuous mode If you want all users to be able to set the virtual Ethernet adapter dev vmneto in our example to promiscuous mode run the following command on the host operating system as root chmod a rw dev vmnet0 344 www vmMware comM CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network Understanding NAT Network address translation or NAT provides a simple way for virtual machines to use most client applications over almost any type of network connection available to the host The only requirement is that the network connection must support TCP IP NAT is useful when you have a limited supply of IP addresses or are connected to the network through a non Ethernet network adapter NAT works by translating addresses of virtual machines in a private VMnet network to that of the host machine When a virtual machine sends a request to access a network resource it appears to the network resource as if the request came from the host machine NAT uses the host s own network resources to connect to the external network Thus any TCP IP network resource to which the host has access should be available through the NAT connection The chief advantage of NAT is that it provides a transparent easy to configure way for virtual mach
424. sume a virtual machine that you have suspended 1 Start VMware Workstation and choose a virtual machine you have suspended The process is the same as that described in Starting a Virtual Machine on page 141 Click Resume on the VMware Workstation toolbar Note that any applications you were running at the time you suspended the virtual machine are running and the content is the same as it was when you suspended the virtual machine For more information see Using Suspend and Resume on page 250 143 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Shutting Down a Virtual Machine As with physical computers you need to shut down your guest operating system before you power off your virtual machine or team For example in a Windows guest operating system take these steps 1 Choose Shut Down from the Start menu of the guest operating system inside the virtual machine 2 Choose Shut Down then click OK 3 After the guest operating system shuts down you can turn off the virtual machine Click Power Off Now it is safe to exit VMware Workstation or power off a team If you are using a different guest operating system the procedure is similar Follow the usual steps to shut down the guest operating system inside your virtual machine then turn off the virtual machine with the Power Off button Power Off vs Shut Down You can configure the Power Off button to turn off a virtual machine or team in two ways e You can set the
425. summary tab for the team 2 Click the Power On button on the toolbar A progress indicator appears The time to complete the operation varies with the size of the virtual machines The startup sequence determines the order in which virtual machines are suspended and resumed and the time Workstation delays after each team member is resumed before resuming the next team member See Changing the Start Up Sequence for a Team on page 299 Note Ifyou attempt to close VMware Workstation while the team suspend resume operation is still in progress a warning dialog appears Power Operations for Individual Members of a Team To perform power operations for a single virtual machine in a team 1 Select the virtual machine from the teams console 2 Choose the appropriate command from the VM gt Power menu e Power On see Starting a Virtual Machine on page 141 for a description This command starts the active virtual machine just as a power switch starts a physical PC e Power Off see Shutting Down a Virtual Machine on page 144 for a description This command turns off the active virtual machine just as a power switch turns off a physical PC 290 TE arate CHAPTER 11 Configuring Teams Caution If a virtual machine is writing to disk when it receives a Power Off command data may be corrupted See Shutting Down a Virtual Machine on page 144 for more information e Suspend and Resume see Suspending and Resuming Virtual Machi
426. switch mode affects the way VMware Workstation itself runs and as a result affects all virtual machines These options are available on Windows hosts only 432 WWWw vmware comMm CHAPTER 16 Special Purpose Configuration Options Locking Out Interface Features Administrative lockout is a global setting that affects all virtual machines for all users on a host computer It allows a user to impose any combination of the following restrictions e Only a user who knows the password can create new virtual machines e Only a user who knows the password can edit virtual machine configurations e Only a user who knows the password can edit network settings Note If no user has yet set administrative lockout preferences any user may set them and set a password for access to the administrative lockout features If any user has already set administrative lockout preferences you must know the password in order to change the settings Take the following steps to set administrative lockout preferences 1 Open the Application Settings dialog box Edit gt Preferences 2 Click the Lockout tab If a password is already set for the administrative lockout feature enter the password when prompted Preferences Workspace Input Hot Keys Display Memory Priority Lockout Enable administrative lockout Select the actions to lock then enter a password in both fields Users must provide this password when performing an action that is lo
427. systems It is not safe to make the same partition visible to both host and guest You can cause data corruption if you do this To share files between host and guest operating systems use shared folders For details see Using Shared Folders on page 15 7 190 Tries CHAPTER 8 Using Disks Disk Files In the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings you can choose the disk files for a virtual machine See What Files Make Up a Virtual Machine on page 96 for a comprehensive list of the other files You may want to choose a file other than the one created by the New Virtual Machine Wizard if you are using a virtual disk that you created in a different location or if you are moving the automatically created disk files to a new location The disk files for a virtual disk store the information that you write to a virtual machine s hard disk the operating system the program files and the data files The virtual disk files have a vmdk extension A virtual disk is made up of one or more vmdk files On Windows hosts each virtual disk is contained in one file by default You may as an option configure the virtual disk to use a set of files limited to 2GB per file Use this option if you plan to move the virtual disk to a file system that does not support files larger than 2GB You must set this option at the time the virtual disk is created If you are setting up a new virtual machine in the New Virtual Machine Wizard foll
428. t Audio Default adapter State Powered off Guest OS Windows 98 Configuration file D My Virtual Machines win98se win98 vmx ersion Current virtual machine For VMware Workstation 5 0 0 jf Clone this viftual machine Type here to enter notes for this virtual machine Summary Toolbar Button Summary view for a virtual machine Windows host You can examine settings in the Summary view at any time by clicking the Summary toolbar button However some settings can be changed only when the virtual 66 WWW VMware com CHAPTER 4 Learning VMware Workstation Basics machine or team is powered off not running or suspended See Adding Configuring and Removing Devices in a Virtual Machine on page 164 or Editing Team Settings on page 298 for information about editing settings Note Summary tabs are displayed only for virtual machines that are currently open To open a virtual machine that is not displayed choose File gt Open gt Virtual Machine navigate to the virtual machine s vmx file and select Open The summary console tab remains visible as long as the virtual machine remains open The Status Bar n the Summary view messages from VMware Workstation appear in the status bar at the bottom left of the summary window la You do not have YMware Tools installed The status bar For example the status bar displays an alert if the version of VMware Tools in a virtual machine does not match your version
429. t 300 Basic disks on Windows host 234 BIOS file in virtual machine 96 provided in virtual machine 27 Boot loader LILO 220 223 236 453 454 Boot sequence in VMware BIOS 221 224 Bridge 307 Bridged networking configuring options 318 defined 447 Browser configuring on Linux host 48 BSD supported guest operating systems 31 BT 958 108 235 BusLogic 28 108 235 402 405 C Capacity disk 188 190 202 238 Capture screen shot of virtual machine 165 screenshot 165 CD adding drive to virtual machine 204 CD ROM image file 27 Celeron 23 Centrino 23 Change See Configure team name 302 virtual machine name 84 Clock real time on Linux host 45 synchronize guest and host 131 Clone creating 270 creating clone in New Team Wizard 281 enable template mode 275 full 269 linked 269 network identity 273 new 270 overview 268 snapshot for linked clone 274 Clone of clone full clone of linked clone 273 Linked clone of linked clone 273 www vmware com clone of clone full clone of linked clone 273 Clone template not on team 275 Clone linked snapshot 274 CODEC movie 166 Color screen colors in a virtual machine 360 Comm port See Serial connection Serial port 377 Command line vmrun 93 VMware 91 workstation 91 Commands keyboard shortcuts 95 on the command line 91 Compress See Shrink Configuration virtual machine 451 Configure administrative lockout 433
430. t a time If you use one or more of the operating systems in a virtual machine this assumption is no longer true If you make some other selection in the New Virtual Machine Wizard and later decide you want to use bridged networking you can make that change in the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings For details see Changing the Networking Configuration on page 316 Network Address Translation NAT Virtual Ethernet adapter onCn EE OE E Bon amp Virtual machine DHCP server Virtual Ethernet switch VMnet8 NAT device NAT gives a virtual machine access to network resources using the host computers IP address A network address translation connection is set up automatically if you follow the Custom path in the New Virtual Machine Wizard and select Use network address translation If you want to connect to the Internet or other TCP IP network using the host computer s dial up networking or broadband connection and you are not able to give your virtual machine an IP address on the external network NAT is often the easiest way to give your virtual machine access to that network 310 TE arate CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network NAT also allows you to connect to a TCP IP network using a Token Ring adapter on the host computer If you use NAT your virtual machine does not have its own IP address on the external network Instead a separate private network is set up on the host computer Your vir
431. t manager that indicates the current status of the active virtual machine This can be important when deciding whether to revert to or go to a snapshot See also Snapshot manager Revert to snapshot and Go to Snapshot 452 www vmMware com Index File extensions 201 Jomp 165 cfg 98 Ask 97 log 96 nvram 96 Jong 165 REDO 97 Std 97 tar 124 vmdk 97 173 176 179 191 vmsd 97 msn 97 mss 97 vmtm 98 vmx 98 429 locating for clone 281 vinx 98 wav 369 A Access to raw disks 219 241 ACPI 446 Adapter host virtual 308 in promiscuous mode on a Linux host 344 virtual Ethernet 316 Add devices to virtual machine 164 DVD or CD drive 204 floppy drive 206 generic SCSI device 403 405 host virtual adapter 323 parallel port 372 serial port 377 shared folder 157 software to virtual machine 155 virtual disk 197 virtual Ethernet adapter 316 virtual machines during new team wizard 280 Address assigning IP 329 assigning MAC manually 333 IP in virtual machine 107 IP on virtual network 327 MAC 332 network address translation 345 using DHCP to assign on a virtual network 327 Administrative lockout 433 Assign drive letter 221 IP address 327 MAC address 332 network port number in NAT 351 Athlon 23 Attach See Connect Audio See Sound AudioPCl 369 Autofit 152 guest 152 autofit window 152 Automatic bridging 318 Autorun disable 40 B Bandwidth LAN segment 282 bandwidth LAN segmen
432. t on a Linux partition to boot a non Linux operating system that may be on another drive As noted above you should consider the security implications of the configuration you choose 5 Ifyou plan to run a second Linux installation from an existing partition as a quest operating system and your physical computer s etc lilo conf has a memory register statement such as Append mem you may want to adjust the append memory parameter or create a new entry in LILO for running Linux in a virtual machine If the amount of memory configured in lilo conf exceeds the amount of memory assigned to the virtual machine then when the virtual machine tries to boot the second Linux installation the guest operating system will most likely panic You can create another entry in Lilo con for running Linux in a virtual machine by specifying a different amount of memory than what would normally be recognized when Linux boots directly on the physical machine 6 To configure a virtual machine to run from a raw disk partition start the New Virtual Machine Wizard File gt New gt Virtual Machine and select Custom 7 When you reach the Select a Disk step select Use a physical disk 223 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 8 Complete the wizard steps specifying the appropriate disk or partition to use for this virtual machine Caution Corruption is possible if you allow the virtual machine to modify a partition that is simultaneously mou
433. t to an application on the host computer This is useful for example if you want to use an application on the host to capture debugging information sent from the virtual machine s serial port To install a direct serial connection between an application on the host and a virtual machine take the following steps Windows Host 1 Open the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings 2 Click Add to start the Add Hardware Wizard 3 Select Serial Port then click Next Add Hardware Wizard Serial Port Type What media should this virtual serial port access Serial port Use physical serial port on the host Output to file Output to named pipe 4 Select Output to named pipe then click Next Add Hardware Wizard Specify Named Pipe Which named pipe should this serial port connect to Named pipe pipe com_1 This end is the server The other end is an application Device status Connect at power on 5 Use the default pipe name or enter another pipe name of your choice The pipe name must follow the form pipe lt namedpipe gt that is it must begin with pipe 6 Select This end is the server or This end is the client In general select This end is the server if you plan to start this end of the connection first 7 Select The other end is an application 380 waar CHAPTER 14 Connecting Devices 8 By default the device status setting is Connect at power on You may d
434. tall machine is equivalent to a PC with a unique network address and Full complement of E RHEL3 aold hardware choices go Gi SUSE Linux jm Windows m Click this button to create a new virtual machine You then can install E Windows 98 and run a variety of standard operating systems in the virtual machine E WinxP template New Virtual E xP PN1 Machine Ga xP PN2 Click this button to create a new team You then can add several virtual machines and connect them with private team LAN segments New Team Click this button to browse for virtual machines or teams and to select E one to display in this panel You then can interact with the guest E operating system within this display as you would a standard PC Open Existing Favorites nee List Home Page Summary Console Workstation window sections toolbar favorites list and home page summary console e The Home Page Summary View and Console View Appearing on the right this main part of the window is the display screen where your virtual machines display information e The Toolbar These buttons along the top allow you to act on your virtual machines offering one click options for power suspend snapshot screen and summary console display e The Favorites List Appearing on the left this area lets you bookmark your virtual machines and teams of virtual machines for quick access 65 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual The Home Page Summary View and C
435. tation Follow standard procedures for changing the color settings on your host operating system then restart VMware Workstation and the virtual machines 360 a ooe CHAPTER 13 Configuring Video and Sound Changing Screen Color Depth in the Virtual Machine If you choose to change the color settings in the guest operating system the approach you take depends on the guest operating system Follow the normal process for changing screen colors in your guest operating system In a Windows guest the Display Properties control panel offers only those settings that are supported In a Linux or FreeBSD guest you must change the color depth before you start the X server or restart the X server after making the changes 361 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Using Full Screen Mode on a Linux Host When you switch to full screen mode VMware Workstation changes the full screen display resolution to better match the resolution set in the guest operating system On a Linux host VMware Workstation uses the VidMode or DGA2 extension from the XFree86 Project or XiG s Xfs to match the host resolution to the one requested by the guest running in the virtual machine In a few cases VMware Workstation may not find the best resolution When VMware Workstation switches to full screen mode it can choose only those resolutions that are already configured for the host s X server If a virtual machine runs at a resolution that does not match a mo
436. te To take snapshots of multiple virtual machines for example taking snapshots for all members of a team requires that you take a separate a snapshot of each team member Snapshots in a Linear Process One common use of snapshots is in a development process as a way to save each step in a linear process That way as you add new untested code to a project you can always revert to a prior known working state of the project when newly added code does not work as expected Another example of using snapshots is a linear process is a computerized training course You can take snapshots of each lesson starting point so you can instantly revert to the appropriate place for each student skipping lengthy computer preparation time Dom m a eE Windows 2000 Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Professional Snapshots as restore points in a linear process VMware Workstation supports over 100 snapshots per linear process Snapshots in a Process Tree Another way to use snapshots is shown in the following figure Here instead of saving each step of a process in a single long sequence you are saving a number of sequences as branches from a single baseline This strategy is often used in testing 252 Twat CHAPTER 9 Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine software for example You can take a snapshot before installing different versions of a program to ensure each different installation begins from an identical ba
437. ted except for USB devices Virtual Networking e Support for nine or more virtual Ethernet switches depending on the host operating system Three switches are configured by default for bridged host only and NAT networking e Support for most Ethernet based protocols including TCP IP NetBEUI Microsoft Networking Samba Novell Netware and Network File System e Built in NAT supports client software using TCP IP FTP DNS HTTP and Telnet including VPN support for PPTP over NAT 29 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Supported Guest Operating Systems The operating systems listed here have been tested in VMware Workstation 5 virtual machines and are officially supported For notes on installing the most common guest operating systems see the VMware Guest Operating System Installation Guide available from the VMware Web site or from the Help menu Operating systems that are not listed are not supported for use in a VMware Workstation virtual machine For the most recent list of supported guest operating systems see the following page from the online Workstation 5 documentation on the VMware Web site www vmware com support ws doc intro_supguest_ws html Microsoft Windows 32 bit e Experimental support for Windows code named Longhorn beta e Windows Server 2003 Web Edition Standard Edition Enterprise Edition Small Business Server 2003 Service Pack 1 listed versions also supported with no service pack e Windows XP
438. tem or on a network volume e On Linux hosts permissions for the virtual machine files especially the configuration file vmx and virtual disks vmdk should be set for other users according to how you want them to use the virtual machine For example if you want users to run a virtual machine but not be able to modify its configuration do not make the configuration file writable Other users can also share a virtual machine by making a linked clone of it a copy that uses the same virtual disks as the parent virtual machine it was copied from See Cloning a Virtual Machine on page 267 1 84 www vmMware com CHAPTER 7 Moving and Sharing Virtual Machines Moving Linked Clones You can move a linked clone as you would an ordinary Workstation 5 virtual machine However if you move a linked clone or if you move its parent virtual machine make certain the clone can access the parent virtual machine for example using a shared directory or networked file server When you power on a linked clone that has been moved be prepared to update the file system path to the parent virtual machine location Caution You cannot power on a linked clone if Workstation cannot locate the original virtual machine 185 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 186 TT tirecom CHAPTER Using Disks The following sections provide information on configuring your virtual machine s hard disk storage so it best meets your needs Confi
439. th VMware Workstation and guide you through the key steps for installing the software and putting it to work e Later chapters provide in depth reference material for getting the most out of the sophisticated features of VMware Workstation About the Host and Guest Computers The terms host and guest describe your physical and virtual machines e The physical computer on which you install the VMware Workstation software is called the host computer and its operating system is called the host operating system e The operating system running inside a virtual machine is called a guest operating system e For definitions of these and other special terms see Glossary on page 447 www vmMware com CHAPTER 1 Introduction and System Requirements What s New in Version 5 Multiple Snapshots VMware Workstation 5 greatly enhances the snapshot functionality available in previous releases of the product by allowing you to take a series of point in time saved to disk snapshots of running virtual machines This makes it easier to capture and switch between multiple configurations and accelerates testing and debugging Should a problem arise during testing you can easily revert to a prior stable snapshot The new snapshot manager displays thumbnails of all your snapshots on a single screen making it easy for you to track and revert to a previously saved snapshot Also when reverting to a previously saved snapshot Workstation creates a
440. that are not addressed to them By default however these systems come with IP packet forwarding disabled IP forwarding is not an issue on Windows 2000 Professional Windows XP Professional or Windows XP Home Edition hosts If you find packets leaking out of a host only network on a Windows 2000 host computer check to see if forwarding has been enabled on the host machine If it is enabled disable it On a Windows 2000 or Windows Server 2003 host go to Start gt Programs gt Administrative Tools gt Routing and Remote Access An icon on the left is labeled with the host name Ifa green dot appears over the icon IP forwarding is turned on To turn it off right click the icon and disable Routing and Remote Access A red dot appears indicating that IP forwarding is disabled Windows 2000 Professional Users The Windows 2000 Administration Tools are not installed on a Windows 2000 Professional system However you can install these tools from a Windows 2000 Server or Windows 2000 Advanced Server CD ROM To install Windows 2000 Administration Tools on a local computer 1 Open the i386 folder on the applicable Windows 2000 Server disc 2 Double click the adminpak msi file Follow the instructions that appear in the Windows 2000 Administration Tools Setup wizard 3 After Windows 2000 Administration Tools are installed you can access most of the server administrative tools by choosing Start gt Programs gt Administrative Tools 330
441. that multiple programs are not using the dev sg and the traditional dev entry at the same time It is important that you do not attempt to use the same device in both host and guest This can cause unexpected behavior and may cause loss or corruption of data Permissions on a Generic SCSI Device You must have read and write permissions on a given generic SCSI device in order to use the device within a virtual machine even if the device is a read only device such as a CD ROM drive These devices typically default to root only permissions Your administrator should create a group with access to read and write to these devices then add the appropriate users to that group Device Support In theory generic SCSI is completely device independent but VMware has discovered it is sensitive to the guest operating system device class and specific SCSI hardware We encourage you to try any SCSI hardware you want to use and report problems to VMware technical support Note Ifyou are using generic SCSI devices in a Windows 95 Windows 98 or Windows Me guest operating system and are experiencing problems with the devices download the latest Mylex BusLogic BT KT 958 compatible host bus adapter from www lsilogic com This driver overrides what Windows chooses as the best driver but it corrects known problems To use SCSI devices in a Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 virtual machine you need a special SCSI driver available from the download section of
442. the New Virtual Machine Wizard using any type of networking It appears to the guest operating system as an AMD PCNET PCI adapter You can create and configure up to three virtual network adapters in each virtual machine using the virtual machine settings editor 308 TE waratecim CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network Common Networking Configurations The following sections illustrate the networking configurations that are set up for you automatically when you choose the standard networking options in the New Virtual Machine Wizard or virtual machine settings editor Only one virtual machine is shown in each example but multiple virtual machines can be connected to the same virtual Ethernet switch On a Windows host you can connect an unlimited number of virtual network devices to a virtual switch On a Linux host you can connect up to 32 devices Bridged Networking Virtual Ethernet adapter Onon EEE EEE Virtual machine Virtual Ethernet switch VMnet0 Host s 7 Ethernet Virtual bridge adapter Bridged networking connects a virtual machine to a network using the host computers Ethernet adapter Bridged networking is set up automatically if you select Use bridged networking in the New Virtual Machine Wizard or if you select the Typical setup path This selection is available on a Linux host only if you enable the bridged networking option when you install VMware Workstation If your host computer is on a
443. the installer on the CD distribution If you are using a downloaded installer the filename is similar to VMwareWorkstation lt XXXX gt exe Where lt xxxx gt is a series of numbers representing the version and build numbers lt InstallTempPaths is the full path to the folder where you want to store the administrative installation image 2 Runa silent installation using msiexec and the administrative installation image you extracted in the previous step msiexec i lt InstallTempPath gt VMware Workstation msi INSTALLDIR lt PathToProgramDirectory gt ADDLOCAL ALL REMOVE lt featurename featurename gt qn Enter the command on one line If you want to install VMware Workstation in a location other than the default change the path that follows INSTALLDIR to specify the desired location You may use the optional REMOVE property to skip installation of certain features The REMOVE property can take one or more of the following values Authd The VMware authorization service Network Networking components including the virtual bridge and the host adapters for host only networking and NAT networking do not remove if you want to use NAT or DHCP The virtual DHCP server The virtual NAT device If you specify more than one value use a comma to separate the values For example REMOVE Authd NAT Note If you specify REMOVE Network the installer skips installation of certain networking components including NAT an
444. the next step The next step also allows you to allocate all the disk space when the virtual disk is created if you wish To use an existing operating system on a physical hard disk a raw disk read Configuring a Dual Boot Computer for Use with a Virtual Machine on page 215 To install your guest operating system directly on an existing IDE disk partition read the reference note Installing an Operating System onto a Physical Partition from a Virtual Machine on page 241 Note Raw disk configurations are recommended only for expert users Caution If you are using a Windows Server 2003 Windows XP or Windows 2000 host see Do Not Use Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 Dynamic Disks as Raw Disks on page 234 To install the guest operating system on a raw IDE disk select Existing IDE Disk Partition To use a raw SCSI disk add it to the virtual machine later with the virtual machine settings editor Booting from a raw SCSI disk is not supported For a discussion of some of the issues involved in using a raw SCSI disk see Configuring Dual or Multiple Boot SCSI Systems to Run with VMware Workstation on a Linux Host on page 235 109 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 14 Select whether to create an IDE or SCSI disk New Virtual Machine Wizard Select a Disk Type What kind of disk do you want to create Virtual Disk Type The wizard recommends the best choice based on the guest operating system you selected
445. they are plugged into USB ports on the host 401 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Connecting to a Generic SCSI Device Generic SCSI lets a virtual machine run any SCSI device that is supported by the guest operating system in the virtual machine Generic SCSI gives the guest operating system direct access to SCSI devices connected to the host such as scanners and tape drives Generic SCSI on a Windows Host Operating System Using the SCSI Generic driver in Windows VMware Workstation allows your guest operating system to operate generic SCSI devices including scanners tape drives and other data storage devices in a virtual machine Note In order to access host SCS devices as Generic SCSI devices from within a virtual machine you must run VMware Workstation as a user with administrator access Device Support In theory generic SCSI is completely device independent but VMware has discovered it is sensitive to the guest operating system device class and specific SCSI hardware We encourage you to try any SCSI hardware you want to use and report problems to VMware technical support Note If you are using generic SCSI devices in a Windows 95 Windows 98 or Windows Me guest operating system and are experiencing problems with the devices download the latest Mylex BusLogic BT KT 958 compatible host bus adapter from wwwlsilogic com This driver overrides what Windows chooses as the best driver but it corrects known pr
446. ti MW oO lt Note that you can change the team s connections options at any time using the Team gt Settings menu Select a network connection for each virtual machine Ethernet adapter Each virtual machine can have one network connection per virtual Ethernet adapter e You can add or remove virtual Ethernet adapters later See Network Adapter on page 292 for more information e You can change connections later Connecting to or Changing a LAN Segment for the procedure 9 Click Finish to exit the New Team Wizard 283 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Opening a Team To open a team in VMware Workstation 1 Choose File gt Open 2 Browse to the location of the vmtm file for the desired team 3 Select the file and click Open The selected team appears as a tabbed item in the summary window To add the team to the Favorites list see Adding an Item to the Favorites List on page 72 Closing a Team Closing a team removes its summary window The team and virtual machine members can no longer be seen in VMware Workstation but you can open the team from the File menu The team and virtual machine files remain on the host file system To delete a team permanently see Deleting a Team on page 285 To close a team 1 Make sure the team is powered off 2 Select the team to close Click the summary console tab for the desired team or select the team name in the favorites list 3 Choose File gt
447. ties dialog box appears Change any settings you wish then click OK 162 a ooe CHAPTER 6 Running VMware Workstation Using Drag and Drop With the drag and drop features of VMware Workstation 5 you can move files easily between a Windows host and a Windows virtual machine You can drag and drop individual files or entire directories You can drag and drop files or folders from a file manager such as Windows Explorer on the host to a file manager in the virtual machine or vice versa You can also drag files from a file manager to an application that supports drag and drop or from applications such as zip file managers that support drag and drop extraction of individual files When you drag a file or folder from host to virtual machine or from virtual machine to host Workstation copies the file or folder to the location where you drop it This means for example that if you drop a file on the desktop icon of a word processor the word processor opens with a copy of the original file The original file does not reflect any changes you make to the copy Initially the application opens using a copy of the file that is stored in your temp directory as specified in the TEMP environment variable To protect any changes you make choose File gt Save As from the application s menu and save the file in a different directory Otherwise it may be overwritten or deleted by mistake To disable or enable drag and drop for a virtual machi
448. ties from the pop up menu Click the Effects tab and uncheck the Animate windows menus and lists check box Also if you have Show window contents while dragging checked try unchecking that check box 425 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 Guest Operating System Performance Tips This section offers advice for configuring a Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 guest operating system for better performance inside a VMware Workstation virtual machine Note This document pertains to the guest operating system that is running inside a VMware Workstation virtual machine It does not describe actions that should be taken on Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 running on the host computer Guest Operating System Selection Make certain you have selected the correct guest operating system in the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings gt Options VMware Tools Make certain VMware Tools is installed VMware Tools provides an optimized SVGA driver and sets up the VMware Tools service to run automatically when the system starts Among other things the VMware Tools service allows you to synchronize the virtual machine s clock with the host computer s clock which can improve performance for some functions You can install VMware Tools by choosing VM gt Install VMware Tools Visual Effects The fade effects that Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Serv
449. tility inside the virtual machine 2 Power off the virtual machine then defragment its virtual disks from the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings Select the virtual disk you want to defragment then click Defragment Note This capability works only with virtual disks not physical or plain disks 3 Runa disk defragmentation utility on the host computer Defragmenting disks may take considerable time Note The defragmentation process requires free working space on the host computer s disk If your virtual disk is contained in a single file for example you need free space equal to the size of the virtual disk file Other virtual disk configurations require less free space Shrinking Virtual Disks If you have a virtual disk that grows as data is added you can shrink it as described in this section If you allocated all the space for your virtual disk at the time you created it you cannot shrink it Note The maximum benefit occurs when you defragment a virtual disk before you shrink it See Defragmenting Virtual Disks on page 193 Shrinking a virtual disk reclaims unused space in the virtual disk If there is empty space in the disk this process reduces the amount of space the virtual disk occupies on the host drive Shrinking a virtual disk is a convenient way to convert a virtual disk to the format supported by Workstation Virtual disks created in the new format can be recognized only by VMware Workstation 3 0 and
450. ting the Custom setup path The wizard then connects the virtual machine to the appropriate virtual network You can set up more specialized configurations by choosing the appropriate settings in the virtual machine settings editor in the virtual network editor on Windows hosts and on your host computer On a Windows host the software needed for all networking configurations is installed when you install VMware Workstation On a Linux host when you install Workstation you can choose whether to have bridged and host only networking available to your virtual machines you must choose both options during the Workstation installation to make all networking configurations available for your virtual machines 306 Twat CHAPTER 12 Configuring a Virtual Network Components of the Virtual Network The following sections describe the devices that make up a virtual network Virtual switch Like a physical switch a virtual switch lets you connect other networking components together Virtual switches are created as needed by the VMware Workstation software up to a total of nine switches You can connect one or more virtual machines to a switch By default a few of the switches and the networks associated with them are used for special named configurations e The bridged network uses VMnet0 e The host only network uses VMnet1 e The NAT network uses VMnets The other available networks are simply named VMnet2 VMnet3 VMnet4 and so on
451. tion 4 x GSX Server 3 x ESX Server 2 x and VMware ACE 1 x Creating a Legacy Virtual Machine with Workstation 5 Workstation 5 can create a new virtual machine to use in Workstation 4 x GSX Server 3 x ESX Server 2 x and VMware ACE 1 x However the new features of Workstation 5 are not available in this legacy virtual machine See Steps to a New Virtual Machine on page 102 for a discussion of creating a new virtual machine using Workstation 5 247 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 248 www vmware comM CHAPTER Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine VMware Workstation 5 provides two ways to preserve the state of a virtual machine you can Suspend the virtual machine or take a Snapshot of it This chapter describes the Suspend and Snapshot features and helps you understand when to use them e Using Suspend and Resume on page 250 e Using Snapshots on page 251 e Examples of Using Snapshots on page 254 e What Is Captured by a Snapshot on page 255 e Taking a Snapshot on page 256 e The Snapshot Manager on page 258 Restoring a Snapshot Revert or Go To on page 263 Deleting a Snapshot on page 264 Making a Clone from a Snapshot on page 264 Virtual Machine Settings for Snapshots on page 265 249 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Using Suspend and Resume The suspend and resume feature is useful when you want to save the current state of your virtual machine and continue work later from the same state
452. titions you want on the disk 234 www vmMware comM CHAPTER 8 Using Disks Configuring Dual or Multiple Boot SCSI Systems to Run with VMware Workstation on a Linux Host It may be possible to configure VMware Workstation so that you can use an operating system already installed and configured on a SCSI disk as a guest operating system inside a VMware Workstation virtual machine Using an existing SCSI disk or SCSI raw disk inside a virtual machine is supported only if the host has an LSI Logic or BusLogic SCS adapter LS Logic is the preferred choice because it is easier to find drivers for LSI Logic adapters It may be possible to configure a host with a different SCSI adapter so the same operating system can be booted both natively and inside a virtual machine but this approach is not supported by VMware For details on some of the key issues involved see Known Issues and Background Information on Using SCSI Raw Disks on page 238 Before You Create the Virtual Machine Configuration You must create a separate configuration for each guest operating system Allow read and write access to the partitions used by that operating system only 1 Before starting if you are running a Windows guest operating system you should read Setting Up Hardware Profiles in Virtual Machines on page 225 You should boot the guest operating system natively on the computer and create a hardware profile for the virtual machine before proceeding 2 C
453. ton Follow the instructions on screen and in the user manual for your new software Note Some applications use a product activation feature that creates a key based on the virtual hardware in the virtual machine where it is installed Changes in the configuration of the virtual machine may require you to reactivate the software To minimize the number of significant changes set the final memory size for your virtual machine and install VMware Tools before you activate the software Note When you try to run a few programs including the installer for the Japanese language version of Trend Micro Virus Buster Workstation may appear to hang For the workaround to this problem see the following knowledge base article on the VMware Web site at www vmware com info id 30 155 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Cutting Copying and Pasting Text When VMware Tools is running you can cut or copy and paste text between applications in the virtual machine and the host computer or between two virtual machines Use the normal hot keys or menu choices to cut copy and paste To turn off this feature to prevent accidental copying and pasting from one environment to another change your preferences Choose Edit gt Preferences On the Input tab clear the check box beside Enable copy and paste to and from virtual machine 156 TT ezmuarecorn CHAPTER 6 Running VMware Workstation Using Shared Folders With shared folders you
454. tricted virtual machine and set the power off option to Ask me the user sees the standard dialog box when shutting down a virtual machine and has the opportunity to choose Just power off Take snapshot or Revert to snapshot Automatically Returning to a Snapshot with a Restricted User Interface You can combine a restricted user interface with a snapshot to ensure that users virtual machines always start in the same state Typically users running a virtual machine with a restricted user interface can power it on and off only and the virtual machine boots when powered on When the virtual machine has a snapshot set and is configured to return to that snapshot when powered off the user can only start and power off the virtual machine The virtual machine always starts from the snapshot Since you can restrict the user interface only on Windows hosts this combination works only with virtual machines running on Windows hosts To set up a virtual machine with restricted user interface and a snapshot as described above take the following steps 1 Power on the virtual machine and be sure it is in the state you want then take the snapshot 2 Configure the virtual machine to return to the snapshot any time it is powered off To do so choose VM gt Settings gt Options gt Snapshots and select After powering off and Revert to snapshot 3 With the virtual machine powered off restrict the user interface Close the VMware Workstation w
455. trolling the Display on page 150 e Installing New Software on page 155 e Cutting Copying and Pasting Text on page 156 e Using Shared Folders on page 157 e Using Drag and Drop on page 163 e Using Devices in a Virtual Machine on page 164 e Creating a Screen Shot or a Movie of a Virtual Machine on page 165 The illustrations in these sections show a Windows XP guest operating system Some commands used in the illustrations are different from those used in other guest operating systems www vmware com 140 CHAPTER 6 Running VMware Workstation Starting a Virtual Machine To start a virtual machine 1 Start Workstation For instructions see Launching VMware Workstation on page 62 1 Select the name of the virtual machine you want to use in the Favorites list at the left of the Workstation window If the virtual machine you want to use is not shown there choose File gt Open and browse to the configuration vmx file for the virtual machine you want to use Refer to Virtual Machine Location on page 141 for help finding virtual machines on your host operating system 2 Click the Power On button to start the virtual machine 3 Click anywhere inside the virtual machine window to give the virtual machine control of your mouse and keyboard 4 Ifyou need to log on type your name and password just as you would on a physical computer Note If your Windows guest operating system asks you to press Ctrl Alt Del before logging
456. tual Machines Windows XP Professional Linux hosts The default location for this Windows XP Professional virtual machine is lt homedir gt vmware winXPPro where lt homedirs is the home directory of the user who is currently logged on Virtual machine performance may be slower if your virtual hard disk is on a network drive For best performance be sure the virtual machine s folder is on a local drive However if other users need to access this virtual machine you should consider placing the virtual machine files in a location that is accessible to them For more information see Sharing Virtual Machines with Other Users on page 184 106 ET rirecor 9 CHAPTER 5 Creating a New Virtual Machine If you selected Typical as your configuration path skip to step 10 If you selected Custom as your configuration path you may adjust the memory settings or accept the defaults then click Next to continue New Virtual Machine Wizard Memory for the Virtual Machine How much memory would you like to use for this virtual machine Memory Specify the amount of memory allocated to this virtual machine The memory size must be 4 multiple of 4 MB 256 MB A Guest OS recommended minimum 128MB amp Recommended memory 256MB amp Maximum for best performance 732MB In most cases it is best to keep the default memory setting If you plan to use the virtual machine to run many applications or applications that need high amounts
457. tual disk vmdk files from the virtual machine s directory to the new host You could move them to a shared network directory for example or burn them to CD ROMs if they are not too large Once you know how you are going to move the virtual machine go to Moving a Workstation 5 Virtual Machine to a New Host on page 175 e If you are moving this virtual machine to another directory on this host then you are ready to make the move Copy all the files in the virtual machine s original directory to the new location If you stored any files in directories other than the virtual machine directory be sure to move them into a directory of the same name and same position relative to the location of the virtual machine Start VMware Workstation and open the new virtual machine you just created Choose File gt Open then browse to the virtual machine s configuration vmx file www vmMware com CHAPTER 7 Moving and Sharing Virtual Machines Moving a Workstation 5 Virtual Machine to a New Host 1 Make sure VMware Workstation is installed and working correctly on the new host computer 2 Create a directory for the virtual machine you are moving Locate the virtual disk files you are moving and copy them into the new directory Be sure to copy all the files in the virtual machine s original directory If you stored any files in directories other than the virtual machine directory be sure to move them into a directory of the same name a
458. tual machine 250 TT vmurecarn CHAPTER 9 Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine Using Snapshots VMware Workstation snapshots allow you to preserve the state of the virtual machine so you can return to the same state repeatedly Version 5 introduces multiple snapshots and the snapshot manager This section discusses snapshots in the following topics e Understanding Snapshots on page 252 e Examples of Using Snapshots on page 254 e What Is Captured by a Snapshot on page 255 e Taking a Snapshot on page 256 e The Snapshot Manager on page 258 e Restoring a Snapshot Revert or Go To on page 263 e Virtual Machine Settings for Snapshots on page 265 e Deleting a Snapshot on page 264 e Making a Clone from a Snapshot on page 264 e Snapshots and Legacy Virtual Machines on page 266 e Snapshots and Other Activity in the Virtual Machine on page 255 251 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Understanding Snapshots Taking a snapshot saves the current state of the virtual machine so you can return to it at any time Snapshots are useful when you need to revert a virtual machine repeatedly to the same state but you don t want to create multiple virtual machines If you simply want to save the current state of your virtual machine temporarily so you can continue work later from the same state see Using Suspend and Resume on page 250 You can take multiple snapshots of a virtual machine to save any state you might want to return to No
459. tual machine starts at the snapshot and the interface is not restricted 437 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Using Full Screen Switch Mode Full screen switch mode is a run time option for the VMware Workstation program on Windows Hosts When VMware Workstation is running in full screen switch mode the user has no access to the VMware Workstation user interface The user cannot create reconfigure or launch virtual machines A system administrator performs these functions When VMware Workstation is running in full screen switch mode one or more virtual machines may be running and you can use hot keys to switch from one to another You may also provide hot key access to the host operating system Note Full screen switch mode is enabled for Windows hosts only Linux hosts do not have full screen switch mode Creating a Virtual Machine for Use in Full Screen Switch Mode To create new virtual machines you must run VMware Workstation in standard mode The instructions in this section assume that you are creating the virtual machines on a separate administrative computer However you may if you prefer create the virtual machines directly on the user s computer Create the new virtual machine following the instructions in Creating a New Virtual Machine on page 101 Be sure to make the following choices e In step 5 select Custom to perform a custom installation e n step 8 make a note of the folder in which you create the
460. tual machine gets an address on that network from the VMware virtual DHCP server The VMware NAT device passes network data between one or more virtual machines and the external network It identifies incoming data packets intended for each virtual machine and sends them to the correct destination If you select NAT the virtual machine can use many standard TCP IP protocols to connect to other machines on the external network For example you can use HTTP to browse Web sites FTP to transfer files and Telnet to log on to other computers In the default configuration computers on the external network cannot initiate connections to the virtual machine That means for example that the default configuration does not let you use the virtual machine as a Web server to send Web pages to computers on the external network If you make some other selection in the New Virtual Machine Wizard and later decide you want to use NAT you can make that change in the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings For details see Changing the Networking Configuration on page 316 311 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Host Only Networking Virtual Ethernet adapter OR R E E E E Bon ff Virtual machine DHCP server Virtual Ethernet switch VMnet1 Host virtual adapter Host only networking creates a network that is completely contained within the host computer A host only network is set up automatically if you select Use Host onl
461. ual serial port access Serial port Use physical serial port on the host Output to file Output to named pipe 377 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 378 4 Select Use physical serial port on the host then click Next Add Hardware Wizard Select a Physical Serial Port Which physical drive should this serial port connect to Physical serial port COM1 Device status Connect at power on 5 Choose the port on the host computer that you want to use for this serial connection By default the device status setting is Connect at power on You may deselect this setting if you wish Click Advanced if you want to configure this serial port to use polled mode This option is of interest primarily to developers who are using debugging tools that communicate over a serial connection For more information see Special Configuration Options for Advanced Users on page 385 6 Click Finish then click OK to close the virtual machine settings editor 7 Power on the virtual machine Using a File on the Host Computer You can set up the virtual serial port in a virtual machine to send its output to a file on the host computer This is useful for example if you want to capture the data a program running in the virtual machine sends to the virtual serial port or if you need a quick way to transfer a file from the guest to the host To install a virtual serial port that connects to a file on the host computer t
462. uest Operating System Booted from a Raw Disk 232 www vmware comM Do Not Use Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 Dynamic Disks as Raw Disks 234 Configuring Dual or Multiple Boot SCSI Systems to Run with VMware Workstation on a Linux Host 235 Known Issues and Background Information on Using SCSI Raw Disks ___ 238 Installing an Operating System onto a Physical Partition from a Virtual Machine _ 241 Configuring a Windows Host 242 Configuring a Linux Host 244 Legacy Virtual Disks 246 Upgrading a Legacy Virtual Machine for New Features of Workstation 5 _ 247 Using a Legacy Virtual Machine without Upgrading 247 Creating a Legacy Virtual Machine with Workstation 5 247 Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine 249 Using Suspend and Resume 250 Using Snapshots 251 Understanding Snapshots 252 Examples of Using Snapshots 254 What Is Captured by a Snapshot 255 Taking a Snapshot 256 The Snapshot Manager 258 Restoring a Snapshot Revert or Go To 263 Deleting a Snapshot 264 Making a Clone from a Snapshot 264 Virtual Machine Settings for Snapshots 265 Snapshots and Legacy Virtual Machines 266 Cloning a Virtual Machine 267 Understanding Clones 268 Why Make a Clone 268 Full and Linked Clones 269 Full Clones and Snapshots of the Parent 269 Creating Clones 270 The Clone Virtual Machine Wizard 270 Working with Clones 273 Making a Linked Clone of a Linked Clone 273 Making a Full Clone of a Linked Clone 273 Network Identity for a
463. uest operating system in the new virtual machine You need the installation media CD ROM or floppy disks for your guest operating system See Installing a Guest Operating System and VMware Tools on page 117 Install the VMware Tools package in your virtual machine for enhanced performance See Installing VMware Tools on page 120 Start using your virtual machine Before you begin be sure you have A computer and host operating system that meet the system requirements for running VMware Workstation See Host System Requirements on page 23 The VMware Workstation installation software If you bought the packaged distribution of VMware Workstation the installation software is on the CD in your package If you bought the electronic distribution the installation software is in the file you downloaded Your VMware Workstation serial number The serial number is included in the VMware Workstation package or in the email message confirming your electronic distribution order The installation CD or disks for your guest operating system 37 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Installing Workstation on a Windows Host 1 Log on to your Microsoft Windows host as the Administrator user or as a user who is a member of the Windows Administrators group Note To install Workstation on a Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 host computer you must log on as local administrator that is not be logged on to the domain unless your domain account
464. ugh creating a new virtual machine including configuring the physical disk description files Rerun the wizard to create a separate configuration for each guest operating system installed on a physical partition e Configuring a Windows Host on page 242 e Configuring a Linux Host on page 244 CHAPTER 8 Using Disks 241 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 242 Configuring a Windows Host Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 Dynamic Disks If your host is running Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 and is using dynamic disks see Do Not Use Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 Dynamic Disks as Raw Disks on page 234 Configuring the Virtual Machine to Use a Physical Disk Use the following steps to run a guest operating system from a physical disk Note If you use a Windows host s IDE disk in a physical disk configuration it cannot be configured as the slave on the secondary IDE channel if the master on that channel is a CD ROM drive 1 Identify the raw partition on which you plan to install the guest operating system Check the guest operating system documentation regarding the type of partition on which the operating system can be installed For example operating systems like DOS Windows 95 and Windows 98 must be installed on the first primary partition while others like Linux can be installed on a primary or extended partition on any part of the drive Identify an appropriate physical pa
465. ult On Linux hosts with IDE drives the default setting for this option depends on whether the ide scsi module is loaded in your kernel The ide scsi module must be loaded or you must be using a physical SCSI drive if you want to connect to the DVD or CD drive in raw mode If you encounter problems using your DVD or CD drive try selecting Legacy emulation Note that in legacy emulation mode you can read from data discs in the DVD or CD drive but some other functions are not available When Legacy emulation is deselected the guest operating system communicates directly with the drive This direct communication enables capabilities that are not possible in legacy emulation mode such as using CD and DVD writers to burn discs reading multisession CDs performing digital audio extraction and viewing video However in some cases the DVD or CD drive may not work correctly when the guest operating system is communicating directly with the drive In addition certain drives and their drivers do not work correctly in raw mode Selecting Legacy emulation is a way to work around these problems If you run more than one virtual machine at a time and if their CD drives are in legacy emulation mode you may prefer to start the virtual machines with their CD drives disconnected This ensures that you do not have multiple virtual machines connected to the CD drive at the same time 205 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 206 Addin
466. us Buster VMnet1 336 VMnet8 346 vmrun 93 VMware command line 91 VMware Tools configuring 130 defined 452 for FreeBSD guests 127 for Linux guests 122 for NetWare guests 129 for Windows guests 120 installing 120 installing from the command line with the RPM installer 124 installing from the command line with the tar installer 123 starting 142 VMware Virtual Disk Manager 208 VMware config pl 46 VMware fullscreen log file 444 VPCATS V scan code defined 389 table of codes 393 W window autofit 152 fit 152 Window size 152 153 Windows installing on Windows host 37 supported guest operating systems 30 uninstalling on Windows host 43 upgrading on Windows host 55 VMware Tools for 120 Windows 95 sound driver 369 SVGA driver in a raw disk configura tion 230 Windows 98 sound driver 369 SVGA driver in a raw disk configura tion 232 465 Windows NT SCSI driver for guest 403 sound driver 369 Windows Server 2003 SCSI driver for guest 236 402 Windows XP installing guest operating system 117 SCSI driver for guest 236 402 Wireless networking 309 Wizard add new hardware 164 clone virtual machine 270 new team 279 new virtual machine 103 191 449 Workspaces switching in Linux guest 79 X X server and keyboard mapping 389 Xeon 23 XFree86 and keyboard mapping 389 Z Zip drives on a parallel port 376 466 WWWw vmware comMm
467. uttons Take Snapshot Delete Clone Zoom In Zoom Out Snapshot tree Snapshot created Thu 03 Feb 2005 07 18 33 PM PST Name Snapshot for xppro3 Detai Is region Description Created by clone operation i Navigation Region o wre L The snapshot manager Linux host 260 o omen CHAPTER 9 Preserving the State of a Virtual Machine Snapshot Tree The snapshot tree shows all snapshots for the active virtual machine Linux hosts have a zoom feature to change the magnification of the tree e Click Zoom In to increase magnification for the snapshot tree display e Click Zoom out to decrease magnification for the snapshot tree display If you have many snapshots this feature allows you to view the whole snapshot tree You can act directly on snapshots in the snapshot tree Click a snapshot Selects that snapshot To act on the selected snapshots click one of the command buttons Take Snapshot Delete and Clone See Command Buttons on page 261 Double click a Reverts to that snapshot and restores the power state of the virtual machine snapshot at the time the snapshot was taken Right click a snapshot Displays a pop up menu with commands available to that snapshot Go to Snapshot This command opens the selected snapshot as if you clicked the Go To Snapshot button Clone This snapshot This command creates a stand alone virtual machine called a clone Refer to Cloning a Virtual Ma
468. ve virtual machine See also Revert to snapshot Guest operating system An operating system that runs inside a virtual machine See also Host operating system Host only networking Atype of network connection between a virtual machine and the host Under host only networking a virtual machine is connected to the host on a private network which normally is not visible outside the host Multiple virtual machines configured with host only networking on the same host are on the same network See also Bridged networking Custom networking and Network address translation NAT WWW VMware com 448 CHAPTER 17 Glossary Host machine The physical computer on which the VMware Workstation software is installed It hosts the VMware Workstation virtual machines Host operating system An operating system that runs on the host machine See also Guest operating system LAN segment A private virtual network that is available only to virtual machines within the same team See also Virtual Network and Teams Legacy virtual machine A virtual machine created for use in Workstation 4 x GSX Server 3 x or ESX Server 2 x You can use and create legacy virtual machines within Workstation 5 but new Workstation 5 features are not usable For example clones multiple snapshots and teams are not compatible with a legacy virtual machine Linked clone A copy of the original virtual machine that shares the virtual disks with th
469. ving VMware Workstation 2 x Virtual Machines 181 Considerations for Moving Workstation Disks in Undoable Mode 182 Sharing Virtual Machines with Other Users 184 Moving Linked Clones 185 Using Disks 187 Configuring Hard Disk Storage in a Virtual Machine 188 Disk Types Virtual and Physical 188 Disk Files 191 Lock Files 192 Defragmenting Virtual Disks 193 Shrinking Virtual Disks 193 Adding Drives to a Virtual Machine 197 Adding a New Virtual Disk to a Virtual Machine 197 Adding Physical Disks to a Virtual Machine 201 Adding DVD or CD Drives to a Virtual Machine 204 Adding Floppy Drives to a Virtual Machine 206 Connecting a CD ROM or Floppy Drive to an Image File 207 Using VMware Virtual Disk Manager 208 Running the VMware Virtual Disk Manager Utility 209 Shrinking Virtual Disks with VMware Virtual Disk Manager 22 Examples Using the VMware Virtual Disk Manager 213 Configuring a Dual Boot Computer for Use with a Virtual Machine 2 5 Using the Same Operating System in a Virtual Machine and on the Host Computer 216 Before You Begin 217 Configuring Dual or Multiple Boot Systems to Run with VMware Workstation 219 Setting Up Hardware Profiles in Virtual Machines 225 Running a Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 Virtual Machine from an Existing Multiple Boot Installation 230 Setting Up the SVGA Video Driver for a Windows 95 Guest Operating System Booted from a Raw Disk 230 Setting Up the SVGA Video Driver for Use with a Windows 98 G
470. virtual disk to make sure it works as expected you can delete the original virtual disk file In order for the virtual machine to recognize the converted virtual disk you should use the virtual machine settings editor to remove the existing virtual disk from the virtual machine then add the converted disk to the virtual machine For information on adding virtual disks to a virtual machine see Adding Drives to a Virtual Machine on page 197 x lt n gt GB MB Expands the virtual disk to the specified capacity You must specify the lt diskname gt new larger size of the virtual disk in gigabytes or megabytes You cannot change the size of a physical disk Caution Before running the virtual disk manager utility you should back up your virtual disk files d lt diskname gt Defragments the specified virtual disk You can defragment only growable virtual disks You cannot defragment preallocated virtual disks p lt mountpoint gt Prepares a virtual disk for shrinking If the virtual disk is partitioned into volumes each volume must be prepared separately The volume C or D for example must be mounted by VMware DiskMount at lt mountpoint gt For information on mounting and unmounting virtual disk volumes with DiskMount see the VMware DiskMount user s manual available from the VMware Web site at www vmware com pdt VMwareDiskMount pdf The VMware DiskMount Utility is available as a free download at www vmware com download disk
471. virtual machine Ungrab when cursor leaves window Hide cursor on ungrab Grab when cursor enters window Copy and paste Enable copy and paste to and from virtual machine The Input tab lets you adjust the way that the virtual machine captures control of keyboard and mouse Note The option Grab when cursor enters window allows you to move the mouse pointer back into the virtual machine window easily if you have been working in the virtual machine then temporarily moved the mouse pointer outside the virtual machine window The mouse pointer is grabbed only when VMware Workstation has focus is the active application Also if you release the mouse pointer by pressing a hot key combination Ctrl Alt by default you must click inside the virtual machine window to make VMware Workstation grab the mouse pointer again Hot Keys Preferences Workspace Input Display Memory Priority Lockout Hot key combination Chale CtrShift Alt O Custom Ctrl Shift Alt Hot key changes will take effect the next time this virtual machine is started The Hot Key tab lets you change the key combination that determines whether certain combinations of keys are passed to the guest operating system or intercepted by VMware Workstation Note Because Ctrl Alt is the key combination used to tell VMware Workstation to release ungrab mouse and keyboard input combinations that include Ctrl Alt are not passed to the guest operati
472. virtual machine automatically after you power it off or suspend it Closing a virtual machine removes the tab for that machine from the main window in quick switch mode 85 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Power Controls Note Settings in Power Controls apply only to the active virtual machine You can configure this button to turn off a virtual machine or team in two ways Select Power Off if you want this button to work the way a power switch works on a power supply The virtual machine is abruptly powered off with no consideration for work in progress Select Shut Down Guest if you want this button to send a shut down signal to the guest operating system An operating system that recognizes this signal shuts down gracefully Note Not all guest operating systems respond to a shut down signal from this button If your operating system does not respond to a shut down signal shut down from within the operating system as you would with a physical machine e I The suspend button is not configurable e jp The power on or resume button is not configurable You can configure this button to reset a virtual machine or restart a guest operating system Select Reset if you want this button to work as a reset switch The virtual machine is abruptly reset with no consideration for work in progress Select Restart Guest if you want this button to send a restart signal to the guest operating system An operating system that recognizes
473. w the installer to complete the installation Upgrading from Version 3 to Version 5 1 Uninstall the Workstation version now installed on your computer For details see Removing Version 3 on page 55 Note The uninstaller may offer to remove licenses from your registry Do not remove the licenses 2 Reboot your computer 3 Install version 5 Note When you are upgrading with an upgrade serial number the installer checks for the presence of a version 4 license on the computer If it finds no version 4 license it prompts you to enter your version 4 serial number 4 Reboot your computer Removing Version 3 1 Launch the VMware Workstation uninstaller Start gt Programs gt VMware gt VMware Workstation Uninstallation 2 Click Yes 3 Follow the on screen instructions You need to keep your existing license in the Windows registry After you reboot follow the instructions in Installing VMware Workstation 5 on a Windows Host on page 37 55 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Upgrading on a Linux Host You may upgrade from version 4 to version 5 using the upgrade version of VMware Workstation 5 To upgrade from version 3 to version 5 you must have the full version of VMware Workstation 5 Upgrades from earlier versions of VMware Workstation are not supported Note When you are upgrading with the upgrade product the installer checks for the presence of a license on the computer If it finds no license it prompts
474. with Independent deselected Independent disks are not included in snapshots If you select Independent you have the following options e Persistent changes are immediately and permanently written to the disk e Nonpersistent changes to the disk are discarded when you power off or revert to a snapshot When you have set the filename and location you want to use and have made any selections you want to make on the advanced settings screen click Finish The wizard creates the new virtual disk It appears to your guest operating system as a new blank hard disk Use the guest operating system s tools to partition and format the new drive for use Adding an Existing Virtual Disk to a Virtual Machine You can reconnect an existing virtual disk that has been removed from a virtual machine see Removing a Virtual Disk from a Virtual Machine on page 200 The virtual machine must be powered off before you begin 1 Open the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings and click Add The Add Hardware Wizard guides you through the steps to create your virtual disk Click Hard Disk then click Next Select Use an existing virtual disk then click Next Enter the path and filename for the existing disk file or click Browse to navigate to the file Click OK 199 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Removing a Virtual Disk from a Virtual Machine Use the virtual machine settings editor to disconnect a virtual disk from a
475. with identical contents to be stored as a single copy on write page Page sharing decreases host memory usage but consumes system resources potentially including I O bandwidth You may want to avoid this overhead for guests for which host memory is plentiful and O latency is important To disable page sharing add the following line to the virtual machine configuration vmx file sched mem pshare enable FALSE option 429 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual 430 www vmware comM CHAPTER Special Purpose Configuration Options The following sections describe how to use special purpose configuration options e Locking Out Interface Features on page 433 e Restricting the User Interface on page 435 e Using Full Screen Switch Mode on page 438 e Guest ACPI S1 Sleep on page 446 In some situations you may find it useful to restrict a user s ability to reconfigure virtual machines and to simplify the user interface for inexperienced users In a classroom for example you may want to ensure that virtual machine configurations remain consistent from one class session to the next The special purpose configuration options available on Windows hosts meet these needs 431 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Administrative lockout is a global setting for VMware Workstation itself and affects all virtual machines Restricted user interface affects only the specific virtual machines for which the setting has been made Full screen
476. xample you cannot shrink a virtual disk if e You preallocated disk soace when you created the disk Preallocating disk space is the default option for both typical and custom virtual machine creation paths e The virtual machine has any snapshots To delete a snapshot choose VM gt Snapshot gt Snapshot Manager gt Delete e The virtual machine contains physical disks e The virtual disk is not an independent disk in persistent mode e The virtual disk is stored on a CD ROM www vmware comM CHAPTER 8 Using Disks Adding Drives to a Virtual Machine VMware Workstation virtual machines can use up to four IDE devices and up to seven SCSI devices Any of these devices can be a virtual hard disk or DVD or CD ROM drive A virtual machine can read data from a DVD disc VMware Workstation does not Support playing DVD movies in a virtual machine Many other SCSI devices can be connected to a virtual machine using the host operating system s generic SCSI driver For details on connecting these devices see Connecting to a Generic SCSI Device on page 402 This section discusses the following topics e Adding a New Virtual Disk to a Virtual Machine on page 197 e Removing a Virtual Disk from a Virtual Machine on page 200 e Adding Physical Disks to a Virtual Machine on page 201 e Adding DVD or CD Drives to a Virtual Machine on page 204 e Adding Floppy Drives to a Virtual Machine on page 206 e Connecting a CD ROM or Floppy Drive to an Image F
477. y Priority Lockout Windows Hosts Only Virtual Machine Settings Hardware Options 48 48 49 50 51 52 52 59 D9 55 56 57 57 57 58 60 61 62 62 63 64 66 69 71 75 76 77 78 78 79 80 81 82 83 83 84 Command Line Reference 91 Startup Options on a Linux Host 91 Startup Options on a Windows Host 92 Command Line Application 93 Keyboard Shortcuts 95 What Files Make Up a Virtual Machine 96 Where to Go Next 99 Creating a New Virtual Machine 101 Setting Up a New Virtual Machine 102 Steps to a New Virtual Machine ey Converting a VirtualPC Virtual Machine as Installing a Guest Operating System and VMware Tools 117 Example Installing Windows XP as a Guest Operating System ies Installing VMware Tools 120 Upgrading VMware Tools 120 VMware Tools for Windows Guests 120 VMware Tools for Linux Guests 122 VMware Tools for FreeBSD Guests 127 Installing VMware Tools in a NetWare Virtual Machine 129 VMware Tools Configuration Options 130 Using the Control Panel to Configure VMware Tools 130 Using the System Console to Configure VMware Tools in a NetWare Guest Operating System 135 Where to Go Next 37 Running VMware Workstation 139 Starting a Virtual Machine 1 Virtual Machine Location 1 Checking the Status of VMware Tools 1 Suspending and Resuming Virtual Machines 143 Shutting Down a Virtual Machine 1 Power Off vs Shut Down 1 Resetting a Virtual Machine 1 Reset vs Restart 1 www vmMware comM Taking and Revert
478. y Networking in the New Virtual Machine Wizard On Linux hosts this selection is available only if you enabled the host only networking option when you installed VMware Workstation Host only networking provides a network connection between the virtual machine and the host computer using a virtual Ethernet adapter that is visible to the host operating system This approach can be useful if you need to set up an isolated virtual network If you use host only networking your virtual machine and the host virtual adapter are connected to a private Ethernet network Addresses on this network are provided by the VMware DHCP server If you make some other selection in the New Virtual Machine Wizard and later decide you want to use host only networking you can make that change in the virtual machine settings editor VM gt Settings For details see Changing the Networking Configuration on page 316 Routing and Connection Sharing If you install the proper routing or proxy software on your host computer you can establish a connection between the host virtual Ethernet adapter and a physical network adapter on the host computer This allows you for example to connect the virtual machine to a Token Ring or other non Ethernet network On a Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 host computer you can use host only networking in combination with the Internet connection sharing feature in Windows to allow a virtual machine to use the host s
479. y was configured to respond to DHCP requests from clients on any network interface present on the machine When host only networking is configured an additional network interface VMnet1 is marked up and available for use and dhcpd may notice this In such cases some dhepd implementations abort if their configuration files do not include a subnet specification for the interface even if dhcpd is not supposed to respond to messages that arrive through the interface The best solution to this problem is to add a line in the following format to the dhcpd configuration file subnet lt net gt 0 netmask 255 255 255 0 lt net gt is the network number assigned to your host only network for example 192 168 0 This line in the configuration file informs dhepd about the host only network and tells it explicitly not to respond to any DHCP requests it sees coming from it An alternative solution is to explicitly state the set of network interfaces that you want dhepd to listen to each time you start the program For example if your machine has one Ethernet interface etho then each time you start dhepa list it on the command line dhcpd etho This keeps dhepd from probing for all available network interfaces If the above solutions do not work for your DHCP server program then it likely is old You can try upgrading to a more current version such as the DHCP software available from the ISC www isc org 335 VMware Workst
480. ying a UUID for a Virtual Machine on page 172 Set the value of uuid bios to the value you recorded in step 2 7 Start the virtual machine It should now have the same UUID as it did before the move 172 TT evmurecorn CHAPTER 7 Moving and Sharing Virtual Machines Moving a VMware Workstation 5 Virtual Machine What do you do if you have created a virtual machine using VMware Workstation and you want to move it to a different computer Or even somewhere else on the same computer The process is not difficult and in most cases you can even move your virtual machine from a Windows host to a Linux host or vice versa If the virtual machine was created under VMware Workstation 5 follow the directions in this section These instructions assume that you are using a virtual disk stored in a set of vmdk files on your host computer Caution It s always safest to make backup copies of all the files in your virtual machine s directory before you start a process like this This section discusses the following topics e Hosts with Different Hardware on page 173 e Virtual Machines Use Relative Paths on page 174 e Preparing a Workstation 5 Virtual Machine for a Move on page 174 e Moving a Workstation 5 Virtual Machine to a New Host on page 175 Hosts with Different Hardware If you move a virtual machine to a host with significant hardware differences the guest operating system may no longer work correctly Moving Between 64 bit and
481. you rename or relocate the virtual disk add it back to any virtual machines that use it Choose VM gt Settings click Add then follow the wizard to add this existing virtual disk CHAPTER 8 Using Disks 213 VMware Workstation 5 User s Manual Defragmenting a Virtual Disk To defragment a virtual disk use a command like the following vmware vdiskmanager d myDisk vmdk Remember you cannot defragment a virtual disk if you allocated all the disk space when you created the virtual disk You cannot defragment a physical disk See Defragmentation of Disk Drives on page 408 for a discussion of the performance impact of defragmenting drives Preparing a Virtual Disk for Shrinking Before you can shrink a virtual disk you must prepare each volume on the disk C or D for example for shrinking To prepare a volume it must be located on a Windows host First you must mount the volume To mount the volume use the VMware DiskMount Utility available as a free download from the VMware Web site For information about downloading and using VMware DiskMount see the VMware DiskMount user s manual available from the VMware Web site at www vmware com pdt VMwareDiskMount pdf The VMware DiskMount Utility is available as a free download at www vmware com download diskmount html VMware DiskMount mounts individual volumes of a virtual disk For the best results when you shrink a virtual disk you should mount all the volumes and shrink them
482. you to enter your previous version serial number Note Starting with Workstation 5 Samba is no longer automatically configured when you run vmware config pl The tar Upgrade Process If you used the tar installer to install version 3 or 4 or an earlier release of version 5 and you plan to use the tar installer for version 5 you do not need to take any special steps to uninstall the older version Just follow the installation instructions Installing VMware Workstation 5 on a Linux Host on page 44 The RPM Upgrade Process Take the following steps to upgrade to version 5 if you used the RPM installer to install Workstation 3 or 4 or an earlier release of version 5 If you are currently using version 3 0 you need to uninstall the RPM package of prebuilt modules that was installed with 3 0 before you uninstall the 3 0 software You do not need to take this step if you are currently using version 3 1 1 Uninstall any previous version as root If you are running version 3 0 uninstall the prebuilt modules as root then uninstall VMware Workstation by running rpm e VMwareWorkstationKernelModules rpm e VMwareWorkstation If you are running version 3 1 3 2 or 4 or an earlier release of version 5 uninstall it as root by running rpm e VMwareWorkstation Note The asterisk symbol is a wild card to account for the version number of Workstation that was previously installed 2 Install version 5 following the instructions

Workstation User`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents